The URL can be used to link to this page

15660 SW PACIFIC HIGHWAY STE 9 ' , w LOW PRESSURE ALARM WATE.F tv..l.' .- - WATER NiTtE t F' Iti -WATEk .),:TLt.! FOk I J I I I I tj . 3 •-_ I , .W k, n rl , _ ''. As A 1 �� Ir I , ! w �,4• � L ! I 1 i I I 1 I 1 I r. 1 CITY OF TIGARDApproved I I ! fConditionally Approved. [ 1 ! y lFor only the work described in. rr PERMIT NU 'LLQ'?- •L - - N .w rill See letter to r000w.... . . . ..... .......... I rvF Attach T� ✓ Job Address SlG�_ u � I ►- - - _ I � I Vrp I Nr u rAir OF ,r.N,il, , •n 4E'� r 1,1f .�' �.. a� ,y W'Tlr r q r .f;v li'JNF f I' Ilty Q�0 NROF�So. ' �F' a�INFr, •� '•) i A ` �`�i? r F- rv'{C f!_ r,� ? ', -- ) ��',,rl / `r, I a '.A L e 15660 SW Pscilic Hwy suite 9 1 n12 i a� If Illk notice appears cleare1. 11111111 the ►Ul p 8 1998 dncunlent, the dncununt is of tn;lr�inal g1u11i1y. ,II( ft(11'11,�11?D I�ill��l �III�II ll � jll 1 . IlillllliN l�! t�lll�l�lli�ll llill�i�l�i�l I ;�I�!il�l�i�l ! I�I�i;l'i�t�i I !�I�i�i�i�l�l I I�i(I�i'I�fji I I�I�I�I�t�1ll�( I I�I�III�I�I�i I�I�I�lil�l�l!! ' mumt 11:11111111;1.!f it!!1!!!!,I!11�H!!III!�!!!I I!!}{!ill IIli�il!I Iil!�tlllll!!I�lIII I!lI�IIII illi�llll IIII�IiII I!i1111HII1II=I1!lllNllllt!!!!!!�il-1! 11!I!!II "'i1w11 Ill lilt li{I�IIII IIII�IIIIIIIII�!I1I�:� I i AWN AdIwIlk MIMI , BEFORE C.'CIMMEki:EMENT JF WORK TNfitkMlRAC1OR rSHALLVirRIF' THE a F jft',t! AL;_ ,_Ab(,rk MAIEkAL3 EvmkMENT ANC SERVICLS RE(XOC ,IRf[, EXACT LOCATION, ELEVATION, ANO CHARArTERISTIC'S Of ALL 'I)TILITiE`. ' (!MPLETE 'H• :N'`TAI ATION ',V THE WpRK OF THIS SECTION A,, AND PIPING AND SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT JF ANY ',N')WN CIN THE ;1kAMANC ANC Dfc+.RiBfb HPEIN, INCU.IAG ALL IN DISCREPAN("IFS 0FNTAi "Ik NFCIE I,Afiy 'U MAKE '' .:01APLETF, SATI';FACTORY AN,, _ A R(,AS'T )CAR OPEf:AT! k AN(; .,SE i. EK40 LOCATIUNI) AND MOUNTING HEU,HI'S OF PLUMBIN(; FIKTVRE£ :)MALI H 1N''IAILATION )r ALL F-COPPMENT SHALT COMPLw WITH Ti•E APPLWAVLE BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS• c w i I _...� - __. .__.___�_. _..-r- -__ •_.._�._. __. �.._�___�_e._ __. __ fJaN.JOhS (lF 1'ME ;e{;Al. EI1l1LDINu ANCA �AFFTY PARTIvlJI CL)pES f•-' i .S ALL PLUMBING SHALL BE INSTALLED CO AS TO AMD INTERFERENCE n'• e i ;EE F, .M(+', WATER PIPE WITH ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL EQUiFW'L'.'T AND STRUCTURAL FRAM'r,+ A DOMESTIC (POTAd,_E) COLD AND MOT WATER PIPING, SHAG BE A `'r��T56t- FOLLOWS 4 ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CODE, IN CASE OF CONFuCiS 0714 (to(':, II 'E Mn__._. AN M naAWINGS OR cpECIF1CAT1ON5, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL PREVAIL. AA'1 _ _. _ BELOW CiROUN:? - TvPE "K" SOFT PRAWN COPPER T1191HG ,'.CINilYRiIfiNG ,,, I'� STr,++ti, � i _.ScATSAAAN TO ASTM BW W1TN NRO11GHT COPPER SOLDER JOINT FTT�ICS AND SILVER , SOLDERED ARTS VENTS 'HRU ROOF SHALL. BE INSTALLED 10'-0' FROIV CAR TERMINATED ABOVT: �RCX.INQ _. TYPE T' S(]FT DRAWN COPPER TUBAS CONFORyING 1'-0' ABOVE ANY FRES►( AIR INTAKES <, - TO ASTk B8$ MATH WROUGHT COPPER SLIDER JOINT FITTMGS AND w5-•5 ',ULDER r S LAR#(tN ACp684, + _._ ....�_ __ 6 (,ATE VALVE SHALL 8E BRONZE WITH ENDS TO SUITE PIKE, NON-RISING STEM 6 THE CONTRACTOR SHAH COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL CEILING 1-4, .KI A', AIN ,,.., i - --- __--_ - - -- FOR 150 PSI WORKING PRESSURE ACCESS PANELS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILINC� PLAN ANG „A F S AkK IN EP5c iNSL'l A lE HOT WATER LiNES WITH T" THiCK FIBERGLASS 4NLi MATH PI.ASTIC FLECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN .1,I�lh-A" Tar '�`----T-_..._• _ THE C(MITRACTOk SHALL MAKE ALL ARRANGEMENT' WITH LiTIOTY COMPANIES 40YANCE TABCG P;i-10 M•r LN',-A:L DRA,NS c FOR SERVICE AND COIVNEC'TiON AND SHALL MAKE APPLICATION FOR SEk- ,~ .T I TIN :Farv, : A I,C)PPE ��NG SUPPORT FRPIW' AND PROTECT FROM [LANA-_ AL+ 5 INCLUDINGHE L05• OF VAULTS ANDLMEi'ERcAI: "A!` H�AkT -l>'i-yFM,. e50 .P►r CNDENSATE DFAIN, FROM HVAC UNIT„ SHALL BE TYPE M SOFT CRA ACE AND PERMITS IN THE NA t + E S TE U A 5 9441 BE SLOPED 1/8ER FCIOT MINIMUM S + + v F_LVINATOP 73(4X)OOF 8 THE CUTTING (>f EXISTING PAVING, WALKS AND/OR FLO()It, iHALI Of. BY K 4A51E: AN;' VENT MACHINE SAW CUTTING HOpLE`; FOR PIPES IN CONCRETE WALL '.1R Ft.1k?f✓ I �` -•- - A AL; WVRIZONTAI ''`+L ANG WASTE PiPE SH T ' , SHALL BE DONE BY LORE DRILLING, EOUIPMENT ANE,, PATCH T(` MATCH AGvANf.E / 1ABCC-DI-c i(j AL:. E9E SE C A 1;RADE LSF ,.x PER FOCtT EXISTING ( INSIDE BUILDING n.'• TE PIP£ ABOVE GROUND AND ALL -fPING BELOW GROUND UP ?^ 5•-0' FROM BUILDING SHAD BE SiANDAPG WEIGHT CAST iR(!N y. CONNECTION BETWEEN INCOMPAl1BLE MATERIALS ABOVE GRADE AML1 rlJ'_':iOE .I , AII I By uIjRVf rt;R AK/OR APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND NO-1iLB FIT11NI;S BUILDING SHALL BE MADE WITH TWO NELECTRIC UNIONS SEPARATED BY ----- - UST(lM "AHRt(A Tc p AL. VENT PIPING SHALL BE IRON NO—MiJb FITTINGS A 12" c:TION rJF REG F) k.', PIPE TAItOME STEEL LICA C ,CLEANt.Xa' SIAL.. BE INSTALLED AS PER GOVERNING ((')E ^ 10 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL VALVFi. GAS I:(X.KS, 6A('KFLCiW PRE MAT'.IR4t_ :A :'IFINi; VEN11ON DEVICES AND INDIRECT WASTE. LINE': A, PFOOIPEEr ti :'IPF, SIiALI BE NEW `,1;HEGU1 f 4(,' BLACK STEEL CONFIRMING iC 4;TM 11 ALL LAVATORY AND SINK FAUCETS `>h1A.0 BE LER!1F1ED I)NpEP. SECTION Atl GRAUE A k P. WITH 150 :,P BLACK MALLEABLE. FON SCREWED PTTINC= 1601 AND 1604 OF APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY REGULATION, REOURINC; SND COUPLINGS FLOW CONTROL OF 12 GPM f, A vAtVF• ,)NF 'NCi4 ANC) _>MALLER '.;HAUL BE LEVE.F HANDLI TYWI WITH C:HKCK, Att BRONZE Sr.REMTEQ, CRANE NO 298 t.it EQUAL ' 1;'4 iALI, CLE:ANOUTS SHALL BE IN`.,TALLLD WHERE RF.A!)ILY" Ai'CES5IBLt ANE' I_APe;FR VALVE'S SHALL BE IRON BODY WITH BRQN'f: SQUARE Ht.AE, THE CONIRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL CLf ANUIIT LOCATIONS Of PLUG, CkANE NO .'l4 OR 100AL PPOVIOE rIPERAI1N(' WRENCH WIfPF Fr7V1PMEN1 '. ABINET:;, E'C WITH THE AFCN1*EI_T PRIOR TO ANS 0-11PEOUIRED FOR EACH VANE PROVirC APPROVED GAS PRESSURE INSTALLATION ►,1, 'r i h;� ` n„r REGULATORS I ;t NATURAL GAS RIrNT AND LEFT HAND NIPPLE` AND Ci)_iPLfNGS SHAH Bf „ T ---.---- ---- ,.-- ---r—,--___ ^' f1ESf DRAWING5 ARE FOR BXTNT PURFTHAT AN OF THEY ARE E`_ ION : N h Rf va• r , NEW SLACK IRON LINICMJS SHAD NC1 BE t!SEFi EXCEcT AT FITTINGS. ALLY DIAGRAMATIC. TO THE EXTENT THAT MANY OFF`ETS, BLtiNEI', liNh3N` +. r , �. 6 A %4 i, k LINT T+. 1N,I �y 91 Yf i � •>PEClfl( FITTINGS AND EXACT WrATIONS ARE NOT INDICATED F tNf h AA HANUHLAF kft',JKtEMF'• l f AN:. ,l n BRA.S� RFW PLUG AT AL. CHANGES CIF '4 5uBM111A1S AND ':>IIUF DRAMANG`; �""` - -_ r �✓ 4_16[�E x,' TING MUST rT �•1 rS•1 LII+L �i_o ':: I,FaM k1'IT!N(; CK AI; SEWER') A SOON AS PDSSIBtE AND WITHIN 1i DAYS AFTER AWARD Of THE Nat10iCAP REQUIREMENTS 1� CONTRACT, AND BEFOR% THEIR PURCHASE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL s`UBMI' _ _ _ _ vAL VES TO THE ARCHITECT N BOUND BOOKLETS FOR APPROVAL AND CAJTAINfNG A . . •,AT "1+ODE1 MSS-2424 850 A rIt vTLrMBING $I,IjRi- -;HALL LMC INGEPFNDfNT;Y VALVED COMPLETE LIST OF MATERIALS, SPECIALTIES AND EOUN'MENT HE IS TO +" ACUUM BREAKER OL �G FURNISH FOR THE INSTALI.ATiON ALL "SUBMITTALS SHALL BE MADE AT CNF "" �----�--- r ----_--.•-.•_..-____.,__. - . rHEEM /RD160-37. G!.ASS uNEi t' 'SAL:t?N TAMC NO DEVIATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES WALL BE ACCEPTED I ! STORAGE. 160.OW BTU/I4R Aq u r1 RE'4"0'VEPY �•,,�' E--• L ALL. SfNER. ANE: W4Trk PIPING-, ',HALL BE PR(IF'EFIY TIESTEp TO THE + s153 t;PH AT iOC DEC�FtF:ES F RISE. ' �LJf AT1'SIA! ' IN W 7'01 akCHITJCT e,h'T THE LCCAi. RUriDING INSPECTOR 15 PLUMBINf, CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE. JOB ATE PR1OP Tr, BASE BID HE f;, e "4.1 e AfPROX. LI7ERATING WFHOH 8 SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH AU, EXISTING CONDirIONS AN[ FUTURE W4 AD I' '` ' T '(11ANLETT W WORK TO BE DONE_ HE SHALL INCLUDE ALL HIS SITE rkFCNiMA iiON AND / REQ BRASS A$1/RAE 90A- it r; tI t :, K I"tr1 tN( SETTIEC% BT' 4-, NIC CONDITIONS *THIN H15 BASE BIO HE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CC1M(L: TI "�' -AAVE (; I c I•A I:.f i E` _ PIAN r," KE!.OW I INI.H .;RAC.+ AND FULLY FUNCTIONING PLUMBING SYSTEMS ERWNSE FOMPIY WIiH r' REQ(11REMENT'S FOR Sf.RVK:E IYAitR HEA-f-k I 16 PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE. COMPLETE PL,-1MB1NG ASTAtIA11UN AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BASE BID WITH ALL LOCAL DISTPICT`.• ANC 00VERNIN6 AI!THORiTIE'i INCLUDE ALL FINDINGS WITHIN THE BASF BIT • L iMB1Ni E►`1Ff 'l Y LIIV-` LR"' �AN E' ,i A. I :'-APLF WAif.R 171 ' FTS SHALL BE •t MINIMUV OF - a AN! A MAaIMUM )E 14" (482 6 mm'I MEASURED I ALL HOT WATER SUPPLY AND RECIRCULATION c-IPiNC iEXt:EPr RUN,: Hr 'c,I JI T;'wI-T '1,%'1 FLUSH r:ONTROLI_ • `.HAlt. BE OPERABLE, Of IZ FT OR SHORTER U, INDIVIDUAL FUTURES) TO BE 1NSULATTE A .4_ ANN'• HANbL E WITH A MAXIMUM OPERATING F'ORCF OF ? LBS : 4. kA"!t ,. W J'x.1Ar;E BUTTON THE HANDLE: OF THE iv `t A, S OPERABLE WITHOUT REQUIRING A'IF. qN WIDE `.)OE X WATER fJoli T', n,l'r ,ZF C•41 MINIMUM INSULATION r}iICKNE" Ar .krEc; K nil HTUH-IN zI A,Ai(RIF SHAii E3f MOUNTLD MATH A CLEARAW-t AT LLA:)' ,.0' 1 11"I, ,+,rT' rROM THr F1 )OR TO THE BOTTOM OF 1`4 APRON WITH KNi i f'PAN':i I.1NDIP THE FRONT I-IP EXTENLYNI., A MINIMUM t)f mrr , t% *C,TM WITH A" (20' mm) MINIMUM OF DEPTH sI IJ WIMi,F I'It ;.LI'ARANCE `iHALI Fif. THE SAMF WIDTH AND SHALL BEA `M 1+ ?' %2K F mm 1 HI(;H FR(W THF P 0 AND A MINIMUMI �• .I t+ p rn^,. UFF't' TFC1M T11 i'TIONT �v iKk. ;AVATCN?Y � _� �rp,TP !•'f ................ r P„ (,'U(i(1'il H ;H;ii WA TEF AND _+E'Ah, I,tF' UNDER iAVATORIE:. SHALL BE INSUTAi?U `,4 ,.,.., � :Y' OfHLRWISE I .jARFO HERE SHALL. ESL NO SHARP OR AORASIVE ( :,INK'> AND LAVA10PY rAtA Er•, r(; F3E. ' LRTIFIF[' BY E r _'l' �r-7 ,I)Rt A..E , UNQEF' LavaT(IP'11F5 STATE FOR ENERGY APPLIANCE ;TANC.)ARD COMP IANhE E ;+ rl I:L)• G'E'T y ......... .( �t AUC ET ' NJ1Rtu" aNJ OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPkRABLf. ' LAVATORIES IN RE`;TROOMS CIF PUBI,I �ACJLITiE', SHALL BE EQU!PPE[ pwa,'� r WITH OUTLET DEVICES THAT LIMIT THE FLOW OF HOT WATER TO A MAYIM(IM S w,tH !)Nf HAND A.1C FIAI.I NOT RfG)ll1RE TIGHT GASPING, FMN(NIN� _ TtM.;itN(; Oa THE WiRIST THE F"rlFiCf REQUIRED TO ACTiVA1F OF 05 GPM OP WITH SELF-('.LOSING FAUCETS THAT LIMiT DELIVERY I,', J-' )r"C :r�F'� e L ()f'`'. �N•TNOR.` SHALT BE NO LALATER THAN 5 LBS (1?.2 N). LEVER- A MAXIMUM OF 025 GALLONS OF HOT WATER FOR RECIRCULATING SYSTEM": Ely )i'ERA►F U P'!S►' TYPE. AND FLE rRONICALI Y CCM11ROlf,s;D MEt:HANltil115 ANC SHALL. BE EQUIPPED WITH DEVICES THAT I.IMf1 THE OUTLET TEMP ��._.,--------"- -- ARF f.'AMr'LES A.('CEPTABLE DESIGNS SELF CLOSING VALVES ARE ERATURF TO A VAXIMUM OF 105 T AI.,r?WFi' iF THE rAUCf T REMAINS OPEN FOR Al LEAST 1171 SECCNDS 4 MAXIMUM FLUSH VC'Ll1Mf.S AND FLOW RATES WATER CLOSETS 1 6 GALLONS PER VLUSH (BLOWOUT TYPE E YEMPT; (L URINALS 1 D GALLONS PER FLUSH FAUCETS 2 2 GALLONS PER MINLITE (SINKS AND LAVS) \ t \ ! 1 t I r �F,�ED PRC?r<'S GINE ^. 17,167 1566 SSW Pacific Hwy SuitegFLEI.0 2 o 2 AUG 2 7 1996 Ir Phis ,()lice :Hppe11rs cle:u'er 111:11, 1111 W `LUL Q 8 1998 doc„Ie,I, the ti()c,rtt•,l is of,1111-Ii,:11 gwdif,. ,III'ROFIL NIEID [m,hI IIIIiI! II!IIIINII! IIIiIII�I;III I IlIIlI!�!IIIIII iII1I1!�IIIII I ILII!; 1!111 Ilipilp IMI I I�IIiIIlIIIII'I IIIIIII11p;iiINCH 1moor IN CHINA IIIIIIIIIIiII!IIIi!III 111II1w!!IIIII!!!II!fI!!!!,!}!II!!!I!TNI itIli'.I!'I!III!!!I!rllrll!IIII!!IIIlII!III II!lIIIIi.ilillNl!I!tlllliN HILI!IIf!Ifllililll!}IIi111lIt►it'TIRIIHIIIN!IIUIi I!III!I!iIIIII!'11 IIIIII'1 IIIIINI IiIII1lIIi!111111!ILIINI11t11111I!IIIIIIIIIIIhItt, ADDRESS; i:\records\microfilm\targets\buiIding.doc CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING INSPECTION DIVISION 24-Hour Inspection Linc 6394175 Business Phone; 639-4171 Date Requested: 1 7 A.M. P.M. MST: _ --- / / r location: &C f �C BUP:4-- ---- Tenant: Suite: !7 Bldg: MEC: Contractor: _Phone: T� PLM: Owner:_ f: T —Phone: ELI;: _ - ELR: _ _ BUILDING BLDG(con't) PLUMBING MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL SIT: SITE Site Post/Beam Post/Beam Post/Beam Cover/Service Sewer/Storm Footing Roof UndF!/Slab Rough-In Ceiling Water Line Slab Framing Top Out Gas Linc Rough-In UG Sprinkler Foundation Insulation Sewer Hood/Duct Reconnect Vault Bsmt Damp Drywall Storm Furnace Temp Service misc. Masonry Ceiling Rain Drain A/C I1G S1gt;� Shear/Sheath Fire Spklr/Alm Crawl/I'ound Dr Heat Pump -t;ow Volt : Approved Approved Approved Approved Approval Appr/Sdwlk Not Approved Not Approved Not Approved ' 1Vnt 1ft"ved Not Approved FINAL FINAL FINAL FINAL FINAL <"--- - % O Call for reinspection OR tion f of$ required before next inspection Cl I!table to inspect Inspector,1�/1 C: ;A / l� t-`[ Date:__ f , ' Page_ I of i 7 To: MIKER Subject: ELR96-0342, COFFEE PEOPLE, 15660 PACIFIC HWY Date sent: Mon, 28 jul 1997 14:04:42 NOTICED WE NEVER DID AN INSPECTION, SO I CALLED CONTRACTOR. TALKED TO SECRETARY. SHE COULDN'T FIND ANY INFO, BUT TOLD ME THAT "YES" SHE THOUGHT THEY DID COFFEE PEOPLE. SHE WILL TALK TO INSTALLER AND INSTALLER WILL BE CALLING YOU TO ARRANGE A TIME TO MEET THERE. Jeanne Temple -- 1 -- Mon, 28 Jul 1997 14:04:42 CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING INSPECTION DIVISION 24-Hour Inspection Line: 639-4175 Business Phone: 6394171 -7r'-_Cj:j Date Requested: / A.M. P.M. MST: Location: (tel J � _ BUR -- - -- Tenant: Suite: _Bldg: MEC: Contractor: �i Phone: PLM: Owner:__ Phone: ALECTRICAL LC:q6 _.%_f� TA / �oLR: N�� d = __ IT: BUILDING BLDG(coni) PLUM G MECHANIC SITE Site Post/Beam Post/Beam Post/Beam Sewer/Storm Footing Roof UndFI/Slab Rough-In Ceiling Water Line Slab Fnuning Top Out Gas Line Rough-In UG Sprinkler Foundation Insulation Sewer Hood/Duct Reconnect Vault Bsmt Damp Drywall Storm Furnace Temp Service MISC. Masonry Ceiling Rain Drain A/C UG Slab Shear/Sheath Fire Spklr/Alm Crawl/Found Dr Heal Pump Low _ Approved Approved Approved Ap�roved Approved — Appr/Sdwlk Not Approved Not Approved Not Approved roved Not Approved FINAL FINAL FINAL FINAL C]Call for reinspection O Reinspection fele of$ required before next inspection C3 Unable to inspect Inspector:�, 1 e 61 Date:�" y �� Page__of CITY OF TIGARD DEVELOPMENT SERVICES ELECTRICAL PERIy1JT 13125 SW Hall Blvd., Tigard,OR 97223 (503)639-4171 RESTRICTED ENERGY PERMIT #: ELR9G--0342 DATE ISSUED: 11/14/96 PARCEL: 2S110DC-00200 SITE ADD RES5. . . : 15660 SW PACIFIC HWY SUBDIVISION. . . . : WILLOW BROOK FARM ZONING:C-G BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . 1-0 T. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11. Project Descr-iption : data telecommunications installations ,r). RES I DENT I B. COMMERC I AL AUDIO 8 STEIR[70. . . : AUDIO & TTEREO. INTERCOM & PAGING. . : BURGLAR ALARM. . . . : BOILER. . . . . LANDSCAPE/IRRIGAT. . : GARAGE OPENER. . . . - CLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . : MEDICAL. . . . . . . . . .. . . . HVAC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . DATA/TELE COMM. . : X NURSE CALLS. . . . . . . . ,, VACUUM SYSTEM. . . . : Flt,'E ALARM. . . . . . . OUTDOOR LANDSC LTTE: OTHER: HVAC. . . . . . . . . . . . : PROTECTIVE SIGNAL. . : INSTRUMENTAIII)II. - OTHER. . : TOTAL- # (IF SYSTEMS: I Owner,: FEES COFFEE PEOPLE type amol-trit by date r-ecpt 31259 NE 29TH AVETE CENTER FIRMT $ 40. 00 TAT 11/ 14/96 96--28F,54C'-: 5PCT $ 2. 00 TAT 11/14/96 96286542 PORTLAND OR 97201 Phone #: 503.--223-7714 Contractor: J R. J ELECTRIC $ 4 00 TOTAL PO BOX 813 REOUIRED INSPECTIONS ALBANY OR 973;::'1. L'it—t, 1 Get-vice Phone 541-926 7' "",7Elect' l Final Reg #. 000003 This permit is Issued subject to the regulations contained in the Tigard Muniripai Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other P e t-M i t P 0 .-moi)n a t _t—V ; applicable laws. All work will be done in accordance with approved plans. This permit will expire if work is not started within IN days of issuance, or if work is suspended for more than 180 days. I ssl_teBy OWNER INSTALLAT,.ON ON[_Y--__._ The installation is being made on property I own which is not intended for '_Rle' lea'3e, or., rent. OWNER' S SIGNATURE: DATE: INSTALLATION ONLY, SIGNATURE OF SUPR. ELFCIN- DATE: I-ICENSE NO- Call for inspection 6394175 Community Development RESTRI('I LD ENERGY ELECTRICAL APPLICATION 13125 SW Hall Blvd, FERMI I # L 006, -0�� y� Tigard,OR 97223 Phone (503)639-4171 FAX(503) 684-7297 DATE ISSUED _ TDD No. (503) 684-2772 CITY OF TIGARD Inspection (503)639-4175 ISSUED BY --� PLEASE COMPLETE ALL SEC HONS 1. LOCATION OF INSTALLATION 4. TYPE OF WORK AddressRLSIDENIIAL--- Restricted Enemy ree . . . . . . . . . $4D.W1 2^ Y. Q 27� (FOR ALLSYSTEMS) city State r� Lip S;( �k 1 VDe 4j Wurtc Involved: PERMITS ARE NON• FLA.NSFERAIILE AND NON.REFUNDAAIE AND EXPIRE IF WORK ® Audi,,And Stereo Systems IS NOT 5TARTED WITHIN 180 DAYS OF ISSUANCa.OR IF WORK IS SUSPENDED FOR ino DAYS. ❑ Burglar Alarm ❑ Garage uocr Opener* 2. CONTRACTOR APPLICATION Yu` Heating,vonlllation and Nr Conditioning System' �LE/391C� . ❑ v6cuun,5;y,eros' Address ( —_�lit ❑ 00,121, _ COMMERCIAL--Fee for each systorr' . . . . . . . . ti— (5EE OAR 918-2bC 50) Property Owner � t� - --- Cher.Vjype of-Work Im-&c1, Contractors Board Reg. No. _ �___. ❑ Audio and Stereo Systems -� p ❑ 8oller Controls Fhone# __q I-9 a S__ _C� ❑ Clock Systems ❑ Dota Telecorr-:.,;-nicition Installations 3. OWNER APPLICATION ❑ Fire Alarm Installation __ y ❑ HVAC Print Owner's Name Phone No ❑ Instrumentation _ _ _ -- ❑ Intercom and Paging Systems Address ❑ Landscape Irrigation Control• City State Zip ❑yy Medical 'Ihis permit is issued under OAR 91a•71o•3%0.This applicant aaree5 to make only L.J Nurse Calls restricted energy Installations(100 ,olt amps or loft)under this permit and to do the ❑ Outdoor Landscape Lighting" following, Protective Signaling 1 Only use eieclrieol licensed pe sons to do Installations where required (Certain residential and other trontacOu-is ate gixempt(ro,,,licenling These hzve lJ7 Other ar•teeisksf•) All others need liter lint). 2. Call for do inspection when all a the Inatallatient,tinder this permit are ready for inspection it 503.639-4179. ' Number of Systems 3. Purehase separate permit, or oil,manitatroro that are rit teddy for 1. ,pection —i when the Inspector Is out to inspect under this permit, •No iictnso;+are required. Licenses are required for nil ether Imtadations. 4 Assume responsibility for Assuring that all correcdonS mouired by the inspector --- -- — ---are done,and 5 Assume responsibility for calling for a lint•I inspect)m when all of the 5. FLF.S correctir�m are completed. The person signing for Ibis permit mus',be the applicant or a prmon a, Enter Fees $ authnrized to bind the appllcant. Iii 50/,) Surcharge (05 x total above) ------------- Signature — Li c TOTAL $— Authority If other than applicant ENERGAP,CHP C VT Y OF I I L44K) F'l 1-. 1 P I Cif I'AYME.N I WAA-.11-Al NO. 2 116-286tl4c: CHECK AMUUN r , 4�?. 00 NAME t J X I EL.(-'.Cf'RIC INC CASH ArIOUN r t Ol 00 (41)DRE'S's a PO AUX sl:s PAYMLN'l L)WIL o A I t 14/9t, SUBDIVISION ALBANY, UR 9 T-Y I-- PUPPOSE.. OF PAYMEAl AMOUN PA I D PURP(AX. Ol 11AYMFNI AM AM PAID PERM"( ql2l. 00 bl . OUILD P1 P 1-:014 ltj(,EO SW PACIF.(C iiwy ttr) tOR Pk,-.R011l # U.,k96-O'44c*1 ru7i4t, OMOUNT PWO 4.;,', 00 CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Line: 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Footing Rain Drain Cover/Service FINAL: Foundation Water Line Ceiling -Plumb. Post/Beam Mech. Shear/Sheath Framing -Mach. Plbg.Und/Fir/Slab Plbg.Top Out Insulation Elect. Post/Beam Struct, Mech. Rough-in Gyp. Bd. -Bldg. San. Sewer Gas Line Appr/Sdwlk Reins. Other: Date: / G_ � A.M. — nt Address: - Tenant: -Q-�' Ste: MST: /. BUP: Con/Own: ( - _ MEC: 7 u Z - 2 77 EILC:�75yv-_ THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: ELR: f r Inspector:/ Y _. Date��' APPROVED —DISAPPROVED/CALL FOR REINSP. T CO CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Line: 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Footing Rain Drain Cover/Service FINAL Foundation Water Line Ceiling CZED PostMeam Mach. Shear/Sheath Framing -Mach. Plbg,Und/Flr/Slab Plbg.Top Out Insulation P09UB,,d.,l Struct. Mech. Rough-in Gyp. Bd. -Bld . San. Sewer Gas Line Appr/Sdwlk Reins. Other: _ Date: s2 ,` _._ AM _ .M. Entry:— Address: 01 Tenant: 2 te:. MST- BLIP STBLIP Con/Own: lu'L✓ MEC: 7Q Olt e� ELC: THE FOL WING CORRECTIONS ARE RFGUIRED: ELR Inspector: r.✓ Date: rOVED —DISAPPROVED/CALL FOR REINSP. CF CO CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Line: 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Footing Rain Drain Cover/Service FINAL: Foundation Water Line Ceiling -Plumb. Post/Beam Mech. Shear/Sheath Framing -Mech. Plbg.Und/Flr/Slab Plbg. Top Out Insulation -Elec Post/Beam Struct, Mech. Rough-in Gyp. Bd. -Bldg. San. Sewer Gas Line Appr/Sdwlk Reins. Other: Date: A.M. _P.M. Entry: Address: ��gpD �� Tenant: rt. — Sts: _ MST: ------ o wn: J MEC: PLM: �--C ELC: THE FOL OWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: ELR: i inspector: _--_. Z/►f�_ Y _ Date:1 _APPROVED —DISAPPROVED/CALL FOR REINSP. CF CO CITY OF TIGARD DEVELOPMENT SERVICES ELECTRICAL PERMIT MUMM 13125SWHaii Blvd., Tigard,OR.41223 PERMIT #: ELC96-06517223 (503)639-41, DATE ISSUED: 10/16/96 PARCEL: 29- 11ODC-00200 SITE ADDRESS. . . : 15660 SW PACIFIC HWY #9 SUBDIVISION. . . . : WILLOW BROOK FARM ZONING:C-6 BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . : 1. 1 Pr-oject Description: Sign at-, ot-ttline lighting per^mit UNIT------ ----TEMP SRVC/FEEDERS---- ------MISCELLANEOUS------- 1000 SF OR LESS. . . . : 0 0 200 amp. . . . . . . : 0 PUMP/IRRIGATION....: 0 EACH ADDIL 500SF. . . 0 1. 400 amp. . . . . . . : 0 SIGN/OUT LINE LTG. . - L? LIMITED ENERGY. . . . . : 0 401. 600 amp. . . . . . . : 0 SIGNAL/PANEL.......: 0 MANF. HM/ SVC/FDR. . : 0 601+amps-1000 volts. : 0 MINOR LABEL ( 10) . . . : 0 -----SERVICE/FEEDER------ CIRCUITS----- ----ADD' L INSPECTIONS— IZI - 200 amp. . . . . . : 0 W/SERVICE OR FEEDER: 0 PER INSPECTION. . . . . : 0 201 - 400 amp. . . . . . : 0 1st W/O SRVC OR FDR. .* 0 PER HOUR. . . . . . . . . . . : 0 401 - 600 amp. . . . . . : 0 EA ADDIL BRNCH CIRC: 0 IN PLANT. . . . . . . . . . . : 0 6:01 .. 1.000 amp. . . . . . 0 REVIEW SECT I 10004. amp/volt. . . . . : 0 ) =4 RES UNITS. . . . . . . . : ) 600 VOLT NOMINAL. . a Reconnect only. . . . . : 0 SVC/FDR > = i2,25 AMPS— : CLASS AREA/SPEC OCC. : Owner-: FEES ________________ COFFEE PEOPLE type amount by date t-er-pt 15660 SW PACIFIC HWY r-,RMT' $ 80. 00 B 10/09/96 96--283959 STE 9 5PCT $ 4. 00 R 10/09/96 96-283959 TIGARD OR 97224 Phone #: 503--223-7714 ContV.-actot-: ES & A INC $ 84. 00 TOTAL 1210 OAK PATCH RD REOUIRED INSPECTIONS 1.. UGENE OR 97042 Ceiling Covet, Undet,gt,oi.tnd Cove Phone #: 598-7410 Wall Cover- Elect' l Service Reg #. . .- 111286 This permit is issued subject to the regulations contained in the m4khd Tigard Municipal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other Perm ittVle Signat i-tt,e applicable laws. All stork will be done in accordance with approved plans. This permit will expire if work is not started within IN days of issuance, or if work is suspended fir more KJ6o than 189 days. Issi.ted By INSTALLATION The installation is beiny made an property I own whi7h is not intended fat- sale, lease, at, rent. OWNER' S SIGNATURE: DATE: INSTAI-1-ATION SIGNATURE OF SUPR. FLECIN, _t*10, DATE: 11 LICENSE NO: ....... Call for inspection -- 639-4175 CITY OF TIGARD Electrical Permit Application Plan Checkill N 13125 SW HA" ' 9LVD. Recd By_ TIGARD OR S Date Recd LjRC2 �f`K(o Phone(503)639-4171, Q04 Date to P E.Date to DS Inspection (503) 639-4175 Print or Type Incomplete or illegible will not be accepted Permit 0 4 yg f Fax (503)684-7297 Called �'LXPS 1 1. Job Address: 4. Complete Fee Schedule Below: Name of Development' '/Lm� Number of Inspections per permit Ilowed Name(or name of business) OLG service included: Items Cost Sum Address 1,17-b 6' D J � 4a. Residential•per unit /2 ) - 1000 sq n.or less S11000 _ 4 City/State/zip C� �'�c� Each additional 500 sq.R.or Portion thereof 525 00 Commercial Residential E3Portion Energy _ $is 00 Each Manufd Home or Modular 2a. Contractor installation only: Dwelling Service or Feeder $68 00_ - - (Attach copy of all current tic s) 4b.Services or Feeders Electrical Contractor Installation,alteration,or relocation 200 amps or less _ Addres3 � Cr/ 201i amps to 400 amps $80 S6000 2 City-_(UIC�I?v�cj -State /C l zp 7 401 amps to 600 amps $80S120.00 211 Phone No. -� G.i� i�% 601 amps to 1000 amps $18000 ��_- 2 Job No. Over 1000 amps or volts $340.00 2 Reconnect only $50.00 Elec. Cont. Lice. No. "� C LS Exp.Date 2------ OR State CC8 Reg. No. %//-9. EXp.Date --2' 4c.Temporary Services or Feeders COT BusinessTax or Metro No, _Exp.Date -/ Installation,alteration,or relocation 200 amps or less 550.00 2 /. 201 amps to 400 amps $75.00 Signature of Supr. Elec'n 401 amps to 600 amps $100.00 2 N1 Over 500 amps to 1000 volts. License No, �J � Exp.Date � see"b"above. Phone .. �� 4d.Branch Clrcuits New alteration or extension per panel 2b. For owner Installations: al The fee for branch circuits with purchase of service or Print Owner's Name feeder fee. Address Y Each branch circuit $5.00 2 - ------ ---- b)The fee for branch circuits State_-__ _ ro without purchase of Phone No. service or feeder fee. First branch circuit _ S35 00 _--_-...- --- ; The installation is being mEach additional branch circuit $5.00 made On property I own which is not ---------- 2 inte ided for sale, lease or rent. 4e.Miscellaneous (Service or feeder riot induced) Owner's SignatureEach pump or irrigation circle _ $40.00 _ Each sign or outline lighting ._ 54000 - Signal circuil(s)or a limited energy 2 3. Plan Review sec tiarr (if required): panel,alteration or extension $40.00 2 Minor Lapels(10) 5100.00 Please check appropriate iters and enter fee in section 5B. --4 or more residential units in me stricture 4f.Each additlonal inspection over --Service and feeder 225 arnos or more the allowable in any of the above System over 600 volts nominal Per inspection :35.00 _ Classified area or stricture containing special occupancy Per hour $55.00 as described in N.E.C.Chapter 5 In Plant $55.00 Submit 2 sets of plans with application where any of the above apply. 5. Fees: ` Not required for temporary construction services. 5a.Enter total of above fees 5%Surcharge(05 X total fees) S NQT10E Subtotal S `;h.Enter 25%of line 6a for PERMITS BECOME VOID IF WORK OR CONSTRUCTION AUTHORIZED IS Plan Review,if reoui (Sec.3) S _ NOT COMMENCED WITHIN 180 DAYS.OR IF CONSTRUCTION OR WORK Subtotal S IS SUSPENDED OR ABANDONED FOR A PERIOD OF 180 DAYS AT ANY Trust Account tt_ TIME AFTER WCRK IS COMMENCED, i Total balance Due I CSTS E_C?a AP- 4-496 -- NAME PLOPLE' uk:,A+f APIOWN I 11)1)R E SS t DV n LtAA IN G 1-,A,YMLNI 1210 001111='ATCH ROAD LLA-JENF.--,, UP 9-f.11.oil 1-4.1 RVICH.A... OF PAYMEN1 ►WUUPJ I I"A I D OMANI 11fill) .......... ELECIRILAL., CI . F31-17IJ) P 4. 00 SIGN PfIRMIT i i00,. 00 SIGNS ION k-ASf, Mi. RF14 I OCL, AN).) t...L.ECrRICAL 13F-PM11 FOR Its"A-0 6w PlAc"ll. IG HWY, ""-9 rjjTf.4L. omcA.m,4r PAID 1114. 00 LITS( OF TIGARD DEVELOPMENT SERVICES MECHANICAL.. 13125 SW Hall Blvd., Tigard,OR 97223 (503)639.4171 PE RM I T PERMIT it.. . . . . . . : MEC96-0347 DATE ISSUED: 10/15/96 PARCEL: c'S 1 10DC--00c:'Qr0 SITE ADDRESS. . . : 1.5660 9W PACIFIC HWY #9 SUBDIVISION. . . . : WTI-LOW BROOK FARM ZONING: C•-•G B1OCK. . . . . . . . . . .. LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . : 11 (�L_ASS OF WORN. . :ALT FLOOR FURN. . . . . 0 EVAP COOLERS: 0 TYPE OF LJSE. . . . :COM UNIT HEATERS. . : 0 VENT FANS. . . : c OCCUPANCY GRP. . :A3 VENTS W/O APPI_: 0 VENT SYSTEMS: 1. STORIES. . . . . ,. . . : 0 BOII.E7RS/COMPRESSORS HOODS. . . . . . . : 0 FUEL TYPES----------------- 0--3 HP. . . . : 0 DOME=S. INCIN: 0 3-15 HP. . . . : 0 COMMI_.. INCIN: 0 MAX r.NF'UT: 0 BTLI 15-- 30 HP. . . . : 0 REPAIR UNITS: 0 FIRE DAMPERS?. . : 30-50 HP. . . . : 0 WOODSTOVEG. . : 0 GAS PRESSURE. . . : 50•+ HP. . . . : 0 CL..CI DRYERS. . : 0 NO. OF Ulu I TS- ---- --- AIR HANDLING UNITS OTHER UNITS. : 0 FURN l 100K BTU: 0 C-- 10000 c.�f m: 17.1 GAS OUTLETS. : 0 FURN > =1.00K BTU: 0 > 10000 cfm: 0 RemarI(,; : r,eIor,ating exi.sti.ng (Ii-tct wor•14, installing bathroom vent fans rr•eIocati.ng existing duct work, i.T-rst;AIIing bathroom vent funs Owner- -_.._.._____.________....__.-_.___.-------_.__.. _____.__---..__.__._._-------•-- FEES TIGARD PROMENADE PARTNERSHIP type amol-tnt by date r^ecpt 3P32 HOI-IDAY CR PRMT $ 20. 50 'TAT 10/07/96 96--284845 S'TE '225.r 5PCT $ 1. 0:: TAT 10/07/96 96-2246415 L(1 .TOL_1-A CA 92037 Phone #: Contr•-act or: --- BEND HEATING & SHEET ME','AL PO BOX 5727 BEND OR 97700 Phone It: 541-382-1231 $ El 1. 5E: TOTAL. Reg #. , : 0061653 - -- -- - REQUIRED INSPECTIONS -- -This pereit is issued subject to the regulations contained in the Mechanical Insp Tigard Municipal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and al', other Cooling Un t Insp _ applicable laws. All work will be done in accordance with Shaft Inspection approved plans. This permit will expire if work is not started Hoon Inspection within 180 days of issuance, or if work is suspended for ior•e Final. Inspect ion than 180 days. P e r-m i t t e e S1 T s s 1_i e c1 By: L )b/' 1 W C<-al. l. far iT-1- -ection - 639 41751 Plan C,iock it CITY OF TIG-ARD Merhanical Permit Application, Road By__ _ 13125 SW HALL BLVD. ,ommercial and RErjidential Date Recd__-_�_ TIIGARD, OR 97223 Date to P E. (`iO3) 639.4171, x:304 Oat@toDST _ Print or Type Permit 0.. L Incomplete or illegible applications will not be accepted Called _. -- __.__.......— NamO of Uevelopment/�roter7y �— �1 OcSCriptlon i Table to Mechanical Code t�lY PRICE AMT .lob 5treerAddreu l �G SlC)(,AC' 5060f5060f,. I A) Permit Fee W��_...— ^•0• U tU.OU Address w //Wy Bldgs wryrsia Zip - B) Supplemental Permit-�- _ v 7.00 1`444110(of name or buirl"So 1 ) Furnace to 100,000 BTU 600 incl.ducts&vents /AG�G` Ownor h?,IglC'n Mdding Adareff �2.) Furnace 100,000 BTU+~� 750 L-VC4, fU/J'L�ZZ incl duds&vents City'Stete Z:p I Phone 3.) FIocir Furnace 600 /.•7 ti/d4e,4, HG-'.3"! incl.vent Nome(o(name dr 1Mme19) 4.) Suspended heater,wan hea(er 6.00 Or floor mourted neater _ Occupant A1niling Addreaf E' 5) Vent not incl.In 3.00 3Z�9 G✓. -_� appliance permit _ CAyl/ ) Boif laid zip Phane 6. er or comp,deal pum_p,air Cond. _ 8.00 -� D _ _ .. A444— �� z/D ��3� 77/ l0 3 HP;absurp unit to t00K BTU - Name 7) Boller or comp,heat pump,air cond. 9 1 00 Rend Ileati.ng & Sheet Metal, In 3-15 HP;absorp unit to SOCK BTU Contrartor Medln Address T� ___ 6) Boller or comp,heat pump,air Gond. _ 15.00 f11�4n American Lane 15-30 HP;abso unit.5-1 mil BTU _ Attach copy of C 15tat z:p Phone 9.) Boiler or comp,heat pump,air coed - 22.50 Cun`egt Licenses r'nc� nR 977112 541-3a2-1 3.1 30-50 HP;absorp unit 1.1.7 5 mil BTU_ (C on on conn ni ooua t.le.r xp pier 10) Boiler or comp,heat pump,air cond W 3756-- 0 750p f CSV nA6 5 3 _- TO/ 10 _ _>50 HP;absorp unit 1.15 mil 8T COTBuawiese ra.w Mevo a @xp ❑ata 11.) Air handling unit to - TT' 4.50 10.000 CFM Architect N�aamme, � 12) Air handling unit ^^ 750 I�fol1. ��r y!(1�%►l,_GrG'_ r/ S 10.000 CTM+ or rAmling Address 13) Non portable 450 4 Ke,%� evaporate cooler_ Engineer Cdy/9 M Z p Pnata 141 Vent fan connected -� ---- - 3.00 � 1`U AAI, V Z I ZZG,e 690 _ to_a single duct Describe work New 0 Addition O Alteration 0 Repair O 1$.) Ventilation sy-1`n not � - 450 S� to be done _ Residential O Non-residential• included in eppl am;e permit `I Ansi rlescrlpdon of work 16•) Hood served by trNo %��N� l� �r e ) K mechanical exhaust 4.50 V�t,C'v T '�i�4iU"5. 1 ) Oe(nestic ino:nerators -- - --� 7.50 Existing 1150 of 18) Commercial or iridustri0l ' 3000 buddirg or property Gam,:QTY -� I t,pe incinerator 19) uOthes dryers,etc. 4 50 proposed use of i0) Other Units- �- -- Is 50 building Lir property Type of fuel-oil-oil O natural gas • LPG 0� electric O 3.1, Gas pip,ng one to four outlets 2.0 (hereby acknowled-that I have read this application,that the 22) Mare than 4•per outlet (each) - 50 Information given is ce.Yect,that I ern the owner or authorized agent of the owner.Ih,;t plans 51 bmitted are in compllance with Oregon Stale Q r .SWITOTAL laws• S 9lgnature of OwnrlrfAgent -— Onto --'SUSTC'�: Oso 9/27/96 5%SURCHARGE ^- leL Contact Parson Name ,,.-_j Phone _ PLAN REVIEW 26%OF SUBTOTAL TOTAL 141stvnachpmt doe 'Minimum poi mit fee is$25+5%surcharge Rev 7148 CITY Of- I tko-M) RELL111i 1.11- PAYIVIENI Kt:L+ IF'I Nu. '46--;.-A44b4 (-Hl--'LK HMOIJN i : I . 512 NOME* N-NO HEIR I I NG I. SHO-i f M f'l..- kA41-nH AMULIN I' v 0. 00 ()1.)R k.b 61 s 1-10 BUX 1,i4Y*-.Nl OHIL t 10/09/96 sU81.)I v I a I Im T7708— f"URF-T)SE. OF AMOILINT PA I t) PukPOSE CSE- N'l f-NOLIN'l PA 10 Olk 1,56E.0 A PACIF(C HWY c;Tl--: 0-9 MEA H96-0347 (OTAL OMOUNI !11411) ... ... CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING INSPECTION NOTICE Inspaction Line: 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Footing Rain Drain Cover/Service FI JAL: Foundation Water Line Ceiling -Plumb. Post/Beam Mach. Shear/Sheath Framing -Mach. Plbg.Und/Flr/Slab Plbg. Top Out Insul Elect. Post/Beam Struct. Mach. Rough in Gyp. Bd. Bldg. San. Sewer Gas Line Reins. Other: Date: A. ._P.M. Entry: Address: e Tenant: te: MST: w- -� BUP:�— Can/Own: . - MEC: PLM: ELC: _ THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: ELR: Inspector: — _ Date/ A RWED _DISAPPROVED/CALL FOR REINSP. C CO CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Line: (339-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Footing Rain Drain Cover/Service FINAL: Foundation Wate Line Ceiling -Plumb. Post'Beam Mach. Sheer/Sheathramin -Meth. Plbg.Und/Flr/Slab Plbg.Top Out Insulation -Elect. Post/Beam Struct. Mach. Rough-in Gyp. Bd. -Bldg. San. Sewer Gas Line ppr/Sdwlk Reins. Other: _ - Date: A.M. P. Entry: Address: .5 6-G- C) Tenant: [ e -��- Ste:-!7- MST: BUP: Con/Own:_ _ MEC: PLM: ._. ELC: _ THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: ELR. --- ------<�- — Inspector: -_7 Date/40/,O/ _4_ABPPttSVED _DISAPPROVED/CALL FOR REINSP. CF CO ov�__ CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Line: 639-41-t5 Business Phone: 639 y71 Footing Fain Drain ov r/Service FINAL: Foundation Water Line Ceiling -Plumb Post/Beam Mach. 'hear/Sheath Framing -Mach. Plbg.Und/FlriSlab Plbg. Top Out insulation -Elect. Post/Beam Struct. 101ech. Rough-in Gyp. Bd. -Bldg. San. Sewer Gas I.:.ie Appr/Sdwlk Reins. Other: _ Date: M. P.M. Entry• Address: JE Tenant: / ¢ Ste: MST: -_ BLIP: Con/Own: �(-9 Z - 7(0 els MEC: PLM: ELC: & THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: ELR: ---- I ispector. _- -� — --- Date' - APPROVED _ _DISAPP OVED/CALL FOR REINSP. CF C7 CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Line. 639.4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Footing Rain Drain Cover/Service FINAL: Foundation Water Line Ceiling -Plumb. Post/Beam Mach. Shear/Sheath Framing -Mach. PIbg.Und/Flr/Slab Plbg.Top Out Insulation -Elect. Post/Beam Struct. Mach. Rough-in Gyp. Bd. -Bldg. San. Sewer Gas Line Appr/Sdwlk Reins. Other: Date: AN M. Entry: Address: _ Lam— "_ _1 Tenant: _41-4,L L* _ Ste: _ MST: .__ I� f BUP: Con/Own:�L _ MEC: ` _ PLM: SN 1 2�7(v y .S ELC,9L7iU5_ THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: ELR: Inspecto . - - Date/Z—,7- f APPROVED _DISAP OV=D/CALL FOR REINSR CF CO CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Line: 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Footing Rain Drain Cover/Service FINAL: Foundation Water Line Ceiling -Plumb. Post/Beam Mach. Shear/Sheath F•aming -Mach. PIbg.Und/Flr/Slflb Cbg��Top O,, Insulation -Elect. Post/Beam Struct. Mach. Rough-in Gyp. Bd. -Bldg. San. Sewer Gas Line Appr/Sdwlk Reins. Other: --( ZL /C�: D 0 Date: A.M. P.M, Entry: Address: SG e-) Tenant: Steve MST: r BLIP: _ Con/Own:_ — MEC: PLM: ELC: _ THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: ELR: ispecto . ROVED —DISAPPROVED/CALL FOR REINSP. CF CO LUMBING PERMIT CITY' OF T I GARD PEPRMIT # . . . : PL MS6 411. DnTE ISSUED: 10/01/96 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 13125 SW Hall Blvd.Tigard,Oregon 97223*8199 (503)639-4171 P A R C.EL. L": 1. 1 ODC -00':00 TE ADDRESS. . . - 15&(O '_,Al HWY' CURD IVISION. . . . : WILLOW BROOK FARM ZONING. L•-•G !LOCK. . . . . . . . . . . LOT . . . . . .. . . . . : 11 CLASS Or WORK. . :ALT GARBAGE DISPOSALS. : 0 MOBILE 14011E T;PnCES, 0 TYPE OF USE. . . . :COM WASHING MACH. . . . . . : 0 BACKFLOW PREVNTRS. . 0 OCCUPANCY GRP. . :n2 rLOOR DRAINS. . . . . . : 4 TRAPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 ")TORIES. . . . . . . . . 0 WATER HEATERS. . . . . It CnTCH DASINC. . . . . . . 0 1..P-1NPPY TRAY!,. . . . . : 0 '717 r?A.N DRAINS. . . . . : lb SINKS. . . . . . . . .. . .. 2 URINALS. . . . . . . . . . . . 0 GREASE TRAPS. . . . . . . . 0 LOVATORIES. . . . . 2 OTI 1EP r-I XTUPE5. . . . I T'k.JB/StAOWL'RS. . . . 0 SEWER LINE (ft ) . - - 0 WnTER CLOSETS. . ; Z WATEP LTNE. (ft) . . . 0 DISI-1WPSHERS,, . . . : 1 RAIN DRAIN (ft) . . . 0 ,-k SN Lim NIC I ' /-, T TO SUPPORT TUNnNT IMr-ROVEMCNT W/(�--IDDITIC)NrAl- -,C-WCR DU' S �� CC)rrrE PEOPLE typt, :amount f.)Y date- recpL 32159 NE 229TH AVETE CENTER PnMT t 117. 00 JMH D0/01/9t� 96-284535 PL CK $ r) 5 JMIJ 1,0/01/06 -16 -2345-"`: , 'UCS-rLAND OR 97;2,01 5r,CT $ 5. 85 JMH 10/01/96 96-2841-;71. 1-fiore # .- 503-2-'2'3-771-i PnCl!, CONSTRUCTION PLUMBIME i- U E%OX 8507 BCNU OR 97708 rlionE, #: '1541-317--f-n41t 10 TOTAL 1R.eLl 0. . . 112770 REQUIRED INSPECT IONE-., ?his permit is issued subject to the regulations contained in the Water ine ITI'p 'iga-d Municipal Code, State of Ore, Sppcialty Codes and all other Water 1-jervic-e In applicable laws, All work will be done in accordance with Ro�.tgti--in Insp approved plans. This permit will expire if work is not started Top-ol.tt Insp within 16e days :f issuance, or if work is -,speeded for ove Ga T, Li n e than 180 days, Misc--. Insppction Drinking roi.intai RP/Backflow Prev Tii,:p existing/ca Final IT)SPeCtiOT) Tssf-ted By : Call for inspection - 639-4-1.75 Recd By / CITY OF TIGARD Plumbing ApplicationDale Rec'a 13125 SW kiALL BLVD. Commercial and Residential ��`�� ` Date to P.E. 9-- 11,- TIGARD, OR 97223 Date to OST ` -•z- - (503) 639-4171 OK-1 -c l,�x�l ?.`�� l Permit$ P Rilic -,�-�� ` rmt or Type Ab Related SWR r � W( Incomplete or illegible applications will nott�ie acc4ted called Name of Deviopment/prolect Y°,," WSlagle,Family RIllsidensr f Job u E L p.i BATH HOUSE f.140 00�}P SE t ', Address Street} E �_� w r 7 Suit .� rM rr`.,`d "a4e+� O� T NUl1SE$22y,00q W t .Y.cr.AFee fndudes all p umbing fixtures In the dike a"nd the 1ksC 100 w r\( A Bldg City/State Zip water service,sanitary sewer and storm sewer see tess'below ..••...,w,v. •yrs .q.,.1�. n Nan,¢ / FIXTURES(individual) QTY PRICE AM L,Q Sink 42 7 9.00 Owner Mailing Address Suite J / Lavatory = Z 9.00 t w 1 1h e- _ t Tub or Tub/Shower Comb. 900 CitylState Zip Phone Shower Only 9.00 _ Name Water Closet Tr -- 9.00 Dishwater — 9.00 Occupant Mailing Address Suite Garbage Disposal _— 9.00 _ Washing Machine 9.00 City/State Zip Phone— Floor Drain 2" 9.00 �_— 3" 9.00 Name A c U 4" 9.00 Contractor Mailing Address Suite Water Heater y I,�; 9.00 (?,_j,: ,I;, Laundry Room Tray 9.00 City/Stale Zip Phone Urinal 9.00 CUr_ l 7 1 i.> ".;Hf a 1 (` Other Fixtures(Speufy) - -- -- — 900 Oregon onst.Cont.Board Lic.* Exp.Dale __ — Attach Copy of � ) 7U c> 0 S w goo Current _ Plumbing Llc.+f; Exp.Date 9.00 License YJ� q_ /b'r-{ I q__q Sewer-1st 100" — 9-00 _ COT Business Tax or Metr,# Exp Date Sewer-each additional 100' 30.00 11"0 Y " 2(�, — Water Service-1st 100' 2500 Name Water Service-each additional 200' 30.00 Architect Mailing Address Suite Storm&Rain Drain-1st 100' V 2500 — Storm&Rain Drain-each additional 100' 30.00 or _ City/State Zip Phone Mobile Home Space 2500 Engineer — - — Commerciai Back Flow Prevention Device or Anti- 25,00 Describe work New O Addition O Alteration,Q Repair O Pollution Device to be done: Residential O Non-residential Residential Backflow Prevention Device' 1500 Additional description of work Any Trap or Waste Not Connected to a Fixture 900 Catch Basin 9.00 Insp of Existing Plumbing 40.00 _ per hr Existing use of I vSpecially Requested Inspections 4000 building or property_ �� 0f f, ,•� _ per hr Rain Drain,single family dwelling 30.00 Proposed use of ( -- building or property `•`��e S�� — Grease Traps 9.00 QUANTITY TOTAL Are you capping any fixtures? YB No❑ Isometdc or riser diagram Is required t QuanRy Total Is >9 I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application,that the information - Y given is correct,that I am the owner or authorized agent of the owner,and SUBTOTAL t� that plans sub P Bled are in compliance with Oregon Slate Laws. --'-- 1.a' tr Z 5% SURCHARGE Signature o w r! �t / Date s'i,�•�rT.,ii, -- I/ PLAN REVIEW 25%OF SUBTOTAL I t Rewired and I rlxture qty total Is>9 Contact Person Name Phone TOT L _ �In 8 r5 k ocE, L, tjcl�'�e �1r Sri-�9'f`i ._ - -. — 'Minimurn permit fee is$25 f 5%surrh rge,a pt Residjhlial Backflow ----_-� 1 Prevention Device,which is$15+5%surcharge Iadstslplmapp.doc �✓l I I"� UUNNrCTIUN CITY OF TIGARD r*,r.PMI"1 PERMIT #. . .. . . . . SWR96--0001 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT DnTE ISSUED: 10/01 /96 13125 SW Hall Blvd.Tigard,Oregon 9722398199 (503)839-4171 Pn RCEL: 2S I I ODC-00Z110 TE ADDRESS. . . . 15660 �W PACIFIC 1114Y #17 I V I S I ON. . . . : WILLOW PROOK FARM ZONING: C --G X11. . . . . . . . . . . LOT. . . . . . . . . „ . . . 1. TENANT NAME. . . . . 1C(3PFr7E r-*'EOPLE A NO. . . . . . . . . . : FIXTURE UNITS. . . 42 n�')53 OF WORK. . . :ALT DWELLING UNITC. 'PE OF Ur3E. . . . . ..COM NO. OF BUILDINGS: TYPE. . . . :BU WR IMPERV SURFnCr- t lb s-F Rem,-. -ks- INCREASE IN SEWER DU FROM 10. 93 ( 11 DUI S) TO 13. 10 (13 DU' Ti I I"' I~'E Rhj�V' f.:'" � nt—[-'t\IT DWELLING, UhJITS F r E S COFFEE PEOPLE type a M 0 1AT)t hy date r-ecpt I- ,51) E C- 2-- N 9 711 A V E T CCr4TER PRMT t 4400, 00 JMH 10/01/96 96-.28454(.' 10177, LAND CSR 97201 Plione 4: 503-223-7714 Cont;r-actot— ROCK, CONSTRUCTION r n S Dy (1512177 D E N D 11,R 07700 F'!-ione #: 541-317-2-9 f 44-012). 1211211 TOTAL E4 .l .12770 REOUTPLED INSPECTIONS This Applicant agrees to cosply with all the rules and regulations of the Unified Sewage Agency. The peroit expires 180 days from the date issued. The total amount rzAdj will be forfeited if the permit expires. The Agency does not guarantee the accuracy of the side sewer latera'ts. if the s-wer is not 1::ated at the oeasureient given, the installer- shall prospect 3 feet in all directions from the distance given. If not so located, the installer shall purchase e. "Tap and Side Sewer" Permit and the ncy 11 ' stall teral. P!LLe F-c, mit- tee 51 i q n a t 1-i div -, ----------- Ts!il..ked Dy74*--,' —11A Call fo, inspection E,39 -4175 Commercial Building Permit Application City of Tigard 13125 SW Mall Blr•d. l_ Tigard, OR 97223 (503) 639-4171 ''nn�} /�/ :k Jobsite Address: Office Use Only Tenant: Suite# Valuation: Planck/Rec #—f VP_I Q( ~00 05 // p Permit# (� "�() 45 0 Owner: Map & TL # Address: Approvals Required Planning ^_ Phone: Engineering Other Contractor: Address: Tripe of const: Occupancy class: Phone: Sprinklered? Yes No Contractor's License # _ (attach copy of current Oregon license) Sq. ft. of project: — Contact name & phone: Story (1st, 2nd, etc.) Proposed use. Arch itect/EngI eer: Previous use: Address: Note: Plumbing & mechanical plans must be submitted at time of building permit application. Phone: JOB DESCRIPTION: Applicant Signature & Phone number Received by: (` `' 1-7 / 1�"' Y Date Received: Permit# Account Description Amount Amt. Pd. Bal. Due ' Bldg. Permit (BUILD) Plumb. Permit (PLUMB) Mech. Permit (MECN) State Tax (TAX) ` Bldg: _ Plumb: Mech: Plan Check (PLANCK) _ Bldg: f Plumb: Mech: L3 Sewer Connection (SWUSA) 5702 Sewer Inspection (SWINSP) Parks Dev Charge (PKSDC) r Residential TIF (TIF-R) Mass Transit TIF (TIF-MT) Commercial TIF (TIF-C) Industrial TIF (TIF-1) Institutional TIF (TIF-IS) Office TIF (TIF-0) _ Water Quality (WQUAL) Water Quantity (WQUANT) Fire Life Safety (FLS) _ i Erosion Cntrl Permit (ERPRMT) Erosion Planck/USA (ERPLAN) Erosion Planck/COT (EROSN) s TOTALS: `t nEnt Nam : 61'FrE'E- !'e-c/%c a Accumulative Sewer Tally This SWR#:�''�''� Address: S -('4C F i ✓ d '7 This PLM#: i-'L ly' ` -7 ,-1.4, Fixture Value Previous# )ped Fixtures Fixtures New New Value Capped of; value added It added tot,il #s total Count off#s count value values Baptistry/Font 4 Bath-Tub/Shower 4 -Jacuz/Whpl 4 Car Wash- Each Stall 6 - Drive Through 16 Cuspidor/Water Aspirator 1 Dishwasher-Commer 4 � -Dourest 2 Drinking Fountain 1 Eye Wash 1 Floor Drain/sink 2 inch 2 3 inch 5 4 inch 6 _ Car Wash Drain 6'- Garbage Disposal 16 Dom Ito 3/4 HPI Comm Ito 5 HPI 32 Ind lover 5 HPI 48 Ice Machine/Refrigerator Drains 1 Oil Sep iGas Station) 6 Recreational Vehicle Dump Station 16 Shower-Gang(Per Head) 1 Stall 2 Sink- Bar/Lavatory 2 Bradley 5 Commercial 3 2 Service 3 .� Swimming Pool Filter 1 Washer, Clothes 6 J Water Extractor 6 Water Closet, Toilet 6 , , Urinal 6 TOTALS Total fixture values: divided by 16 - 13, 18 EDU^ HISTJRY PLM# � EDU# 1 r SWR# ��iy I LM# �!�� '�EDU SWR# r� PLM# '74-1j EDU# ` SWf; PLM# EDU# SWR# PLM# 7 EDU# 7 SWR# PLM# EDU# SWR# J PLM# EDU# & SWn# PLM# EDU# SWR# Accumulative Sewer Tail This SW R#Name: R#_`"1 o Address: W A1C k _ This PLM#: Fixture Value Previous Previous Credits Capped Fixtures Fixtures New total New # Value Capped off value added# added #s total Count off#s count value values Baptistry/Font 4 Bath-Tub/Shower 4 -Jacuzzi/Whirlpool 4 Car Wash-Each Stall 6 Drive Through 16 Cuspidor/Water Aspirator 1 Dishwasher-Commercial 4 Domestic 2 -Drinking Fountain 1 a Eye Wash 1 _ Floor Drain/sink-2 Inch 2 2 LLP _ -3 inch 5 -4 inch 6 Car Wash Drn 6 Garbage Disposal 16 Domestic to 3/4 HP Commeicial to 5 HP 32 Industtial over 5 HP 48 Ice Mechine/Refrigerator Drains 1 Oil Se Gas Station 6 _ Rec.Vehicle Dump Station 16 Shower-Gan Per Head 1 -Stall 2 _ Sink-Bar/Lavato 2 IZ L Z Bradle 5 Commercial 3 Service 3 Swimming Pool Filter 1 Washer-Clothes 6 Water Extractor 6 _Water Closet-Toilet 6 I� Urinal 6 TOTALS Total fixture values:_ ��15 divirf^d by 16= IO,�-] EDU HISTORY PLM# ,76-U333 EDU# SWR# �6-(�l� PLM# E_DU# �� SWR# PLM# EDU# -SWR# -Or"1l PLM# EDL ft _ SWR# PLM# EDU# (p SWR# �* 3 PLM# EDU# SWR# PLM#01 o1� V EDU# � SWR# -jt7-obii PLM# EDU# SWR# i ksts\iimd\swrtaty.doc CA)FFEE PEOPLE. N61 I H OVt-,Wk PAYMi..N; PA I F. s 1 rtl/V1 I 'Ili ell i v t I QN lip 9 Afr, OF POYMLNI AMOLIN 1 �'O 11) Amoulf'o 1"w 1) If 4400. 00 I,,: F'IJR LUCA V'f ON AT I (f,04H1) 1'Ri)1*1401or I'MI"I 01,401,1111 PAID 4400. 00 C I I r 1.1F I I�-OWI F41 1 1 1 P 1 (.0 PH 111- N i kF i.I. fill NO. 14MUONt' i I NAME-, Rill..V CLIW31'P1_ICTION $41,10UNU 3 0. OV, 1-1 0 POY S'Al/ W4 I fz: Oh-N0, UR 9-7!OA- PAYMWI AMOUN'l OF PAYIMLNO 00 SA . BUILD r+.H Ab F-`IA)MVNr7 PlnN CHLICK 29. �fff - - I 1146 27 MML :11OUL-IN1 PAID 10 BUILDING PERMIT PERMIT #. . . . . . . : BUP96-018517 CITY OF TIGARL7 DATE ISSUED: 09/20/96 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 13125 SW Hall Blvd.Tigard,Oregon 97223*8199 (503)639-4171 PARCEL: 2S1I0DC-lZ1lP`-Vl0 SITE ADDRESS. . . : 15660 SW P�iUIFIL Hwti' #9 SUBDIVISION. . . . : WILLOW BROOK FARM LONING:C-G BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . .* L01.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 11 ----- ------------------------------------------------------------- REISSUE: FLOOR AREAS-- -- EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION- CLASS OF WORK. :/1\1W FIRST. . . . : 2000 sf N- S: 1HR E.- W: TYPE OF USE. . . :COM SECOND. . . : o sf PROTECT OPENINGS?----------- TYPE OF CONST. :5NW. 17.1 sf N: S.-Y E: OCCUPANCY GRID. -A3 2000 s F ROOF CONST: FIRE RET? : OCCUPANCY LOAD: 39 BASEMENT. : 0 sf AREA SEP. RATED: STOR. : 0 HT. 0 ft GARAGE. . . : 17, sf OCCU SEP. RATED: HSMT?: ATED-.- SSMT?.- MEZZ?: REOD SETBACKS---- REQUIRED-.-------------------`-. 1=I._OOR EQUIRED---------------------FLOOR LOAD— . : 141 psf LEFT: 0 ft RGHT: 0 ft FIR SPKL:Y SMOK DET. . :N DWELLING UNITS: 0 FRNT: 0 ft REAR: 0 ft FIR ALRM:N HNDICP P.CC:Y BEDRMS-. 0 BATHS 0 IMID SURFACE: 0 PRO CORFR:N PARKING- 1p V(4LUE. $ : 170000 Remarks : Tenant Improvement Jwnet,: FEES STERLING DEVELOPMEN'T CORP type amot.tnt by date reept LA JOLLA CORPORATE CTR "395. .:' 08/09/96 96-28277q 3352 HOLIDAY CT, STE 225 FIRE 4; 243. C"0 08/09/96 96-28'774 LA JOLLA CA 9212147 P R MT 4, 608. 00 B 09/20/96 96-284.212 Phone #: 619-546-8841 5PCT $ 3e. 40 B 09/20/96 96--284212 L 0 n t I--a C t 0 V-: -------------------------------- BAUMGART CONSTRUCTION INC 5085 SOUTH APPLE STREET BUISE ID 83705 F-fiene #: 20B-384-85)30 12*76. 80 TOTAL Reg #. . : 065419 REQUIRED INSPECTIONS ------- This permit is issued subject to the regulations contained in the Framinq Insp Tigard Municipal Code, Wit# of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other Insi-tlation Insp applicable laws. All work will be done in accordance with Gyp Board Insp approved plans. This permit will expire if work is not started LiLtsp Ceilnq Insp within IN days of issUince, or if Work is suspended for more than 189 days. ............. ,i-mittee S ' I e By- Call for Inspection 639-4175 Commercial Building Permit Application City of Tigard 1 D ��i 13125 SW Hall Blvd. Tigard, OR 97223 i (503) 639-4171 Jobsite Address: Tenant: (f A►Suite# Office Use On'^, � a Planck/Rec#_ Il Valuation: Jc'G� — P�` Pe m t# a r 6r-r-e®r—! Map& TL# Address: Approvals Required F7C tz`T"LPO-fit �'t-;>Fc Planning Phone: 2;;�j' Engineering i _. ►..i�T' �-CEU t✓ Other Confracto . C{ vS r P; Address: 4 Type of const: - ►\� _ _ Oc.,upancy class: Phone: _ �--)` C� Sprinklered? (YeaNo 1 Contractor's License # (attach copy of current Oregon license) Sq. ft, of project: Contact name & phone: _ Story (1st, 2nd, etc.) Proposed use: Architect/Engineer: /4zc Previous use: Address: u� ('T '��ci'7 E �cf� Note: Plumbing & mechanical plans must be submitted at time of builefo ig permit application. Phone: ��'--G7� � JOB DESCRIPTION: �o]?.A e/� Ap iCO t gnature & Phone number ti20� Received by: � Date Received: _ r Permit 9 Account Description Amount Amt.Pd. Bal. Dui Bldg. Permit (BUILD) Plumb. Permit (PLUMB) _ Mech. Permit (MECH) State Tax (TAX) Bldg: Plumb: Mech. Plan Check (PLANCK) Bldg: _ Plumb: Mech: _ Sewer Connection (SWUSA) Sewer Inspection (SWINSP) _ Parks Dev Charge (PKSDC) Residential TIF (TIF-R) Mass Transit TIF (TIF-MT) Commercial TIF (TIF-C) Industrial TIF (TIF-I) _ Institutional TIF (TIF-IS) Office S IF (TIF-0) Water Quality (WQUAL) Water Quantity (WQUANT) Fire Life Safety (FI-S) 7__.'I ,1f� y 3- 2-C) Erosion Cntrl Permit (ERPRMT) Erosion Planck/USA (ERPLAN) Erosion Planck/COT (EROSN) _ nv TOTALS: I Vie'— awe A96- -wtc,I 6s8. i?1A NAM,:, �:.F Pf-*,FjPLC-,.' 1 N ';ASH AM01-IN1• 4 0. rIA p![DOM-'4F- t NW P9114 PV1•- I,(4ymt--N,1 WM_. 2 G)9 iP0 9 t I ,MILMD OR 31 JPQ 1.V I S I UN 10 V, A 0 11 1.11 111 i0,111UNI PtI10 111 I 1. 1)1 Nu 1.1V RM I I .I . 0111t) I'll' 140 n, 4,-,%W p(It f I(i MWy #E) , 1 , 1 !41 i1M(l1.JN'I 144111 63A. 40 r .. CITY OF TIGARD ELECTRJCAL PERMIT 17 PERMIT #: ELC915-059' COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT DATE ISc,UED: 09/11/96 113125 SIN Hall Blvd.Tigard,Oregon 97223e8199 (503)639-4171 PARCEL% 2S 1 1 ODC-00200 SITE ADDRESS. . . : 15660 SW PACIFIC HVJY #9 ZONING:C-G SUBDIVISION. . . . : WILLOW BROOK FARM BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . LOI.. . . . . . . . . . . . . : 11 p,1-o.ject Description: Installing I service or feeder to 200 amps and 66 branch C i rcl.t i t s. --- - - - - ----------------------------------------------- - -- - --------- -- ------------- ------------ .---RESIDENTIAL UNIT----- ----TEMP SRVC/FEEDERS----..- -----MISCELLANEOUS----- 1000 SF OR LESS. . . . : 0 0 200 amp. . . . . . • 0 PUMP/IRRIGATION. . . . : 0 EACH ADDIL 500SF. . . : 0 201 400 amp. . . . . . ,• 0 SIGN/OUT LINE LTG. . : 0 LIMITED ENERGY. . . . . : 0 401 600 amp. . . . . . . : 0 SIGNAL/PANEL. . . . . . . : 0 MANF. HM/ SVC/FDR. . : 0 601+amps.-1000 volts. : 'a MINOR LABEL ( 10) . . . : 0 ----SERVICE/FEEDER---- CIRCUITS------ ---ADD' L INSPECTIONS—- 0 - 20el amp. . . . . . .. I W/SEPVICE OR FEEDER: 66 PER INSPECTION. . . . . : 0 201 - 400 amp. . . . . . : 0 1st WIO SRVC OR FDR. . 0 PER HOUR. . . . . . . . . . . : 0 401 - 600 amP. . . . . . : 0 EA ADDIL BRNCH CIRC: 0 IN PLANT. . . . . . . . . . . : 0 601. - 1000 amp. . . . . s 0 ---_______________PLAN REVIEW SECTION------------------- 1000+ amp/volt. . . . . : 0 ) =4 RES UNITS. . . . . . . . : ) 600 VOLT NOMINAL. . : Reconnect only. . . . . ! 0 SVC/FDR >= 225 AMPS- 3 CLASS AREA/SPEC OCC- 1 Owner: FEES COFFEE PEOPLE type amount by date recpt 3259 NE 29TH AVETE CENTER PRMT $ 390. 00 CJS 09/11/96 96-883817 5PcT s 19. 50 CJS 09/11/96 96-283817 PORTLAND OR 97201 Phone #o 503-223-.7714 Contractor: J & J ELECTRIC $ 409. 50 TOTAL P10 BOX 813 ------- REOUIRED INSPECTIONS ALBANY OR 97321 Wall Cover Elect' l Service Phone #: 541-928-7695 Underqrot-trid Cove Elect' I Final Reg #- -, : 000322 This permit is is,.ued subject to the regulations contained in the Tigard Municipal Code, State of Dre. Specialty Codes and all other Permittee Signature applicable laws. All work will be done in accordance with approyrd plans. This permit will expire if work is not started within 180 days of issuance, or if work is suspended for iore than 180 days. IssLted By INSTALLATION The installation is being made on property I own which is not intended for -iAle, leasos, or rent. OWNER' S SIGNATURE. DATE- INSTALLATION S)IGNATURE OF SUPR. ELECINn _Mc(.i DATE: LICENSENO: .................... ...... .......... ............... Call for irspection -- 639-4175 Community Development ELECTRICAL PERMIT APPLICATION 13125 SW Hall Blvd. Tigard, On 97223 Fllar1Ck/Rec- # .Y �'. Pei'mit # &L- `C'S'7 j- _ f(lone (503) 639-4171 Dale Issued c7 it: J6 CITY OF TIGARDFAX (503) 684 7297 Issued by I DD No. (503) 684-2772 nspputlon (503) 639.4175 I. Job Address: 4. Complete Fee Schedule Below: Name of Develupment , �L n1 Number of Inspections per"mill allowed -- Addrrss5prvico Includ"d oasts Cor,r(raa) Sum C:+ly/Stale/lip ( _ 4n. nealdenlial- pe►unit 1a00 w It or team $11000 N2r le (or name of b siGPss) I J Each mmo.firm 600 aq 11 or �^ portion U+neof !115 as r Commercial[� F�osident 0 Limaad En.rrry Fahr Manr8rl Ihrne nr Modular, 2 Dwelling 3ervlpp ci reerler Re 00 29. Contractor installation only: 4b.Services or Panders Irmtallnlion,Alienation.or relwwicr, FIP.ctncal 'orll cto .4 ' I '' 1 _ Pao Amps or lame 1 Pea oa Zai ampshope Ili 400 SAu.00 _ P AtldlerjC C — - 401 ampA In MC anpit ! - f120Oa P City7� �it.ltP. ZIP fel amp+Iv 1000 Amrh IflOaou _ 7 Plum N0. _ � ��`],�X / 0-w 1000 nmf+A or volts 1940 00 � 2 Coniractclr's Licerlse T neconned only ty00a Contractor's Board [leg. No 2 4c,Temporary Services or Feeders '13Irretatlstian,of orslion,or ralfwAlfon P Signature of SUI;r. L9113,11 _ 200 amps or lana tiso nu license No, Phone No.° >, �' )��(j � Zot amp,m 4rw wipe _ — Vs on _ P ., ) S �' -d_LlL1.J- 401 acorn to 600 wage 1100 as over son ynpe to lulu vNIs 2b. For owner installations: mea•b•above 4d.Ptanch Circuits rrflnt Artisan's Name New eherallm nr axionsion par pariel Address __ ai The lam for blanch circ ms with City,,. stat9_ _ Zip puroheee of ar,rkr ar�Mder Am � J � ;Cl 2 — - Eodt hraneh ;rrvl �'i/' ib 00 __✓__ Phone No -�_ _ h)ilia tea lar hrmrinlr Ci,Mil1 *1101101111i hp h15tRIIatwi'. is being rnade On property I own whit liis_ purrhass of eervlee or fhsder h» 2 furl brarth Nrcuo F-15 00 not intended for ,'e, lease or rent. Each ods nicrull brerxh a am cwanar'6 Signaturey 4e.Miscellaneous (Servlo or foodor nut in audoo) 3. Flan Review sec ion_ (;t required): �°`^°v"'� ""j"`m"O Il""°" 2 Ead1 sign a OV010 Iialdiou 510,00 Signal circu4(a)or a Il nhed enarg) Plseee check appropriate Rom and enter Ns In erection BB, puwl aharellan or extension tato no _ 4 or mots residential unita in one structure ut,no,Labels(11) Slat+.00 Service and Inaba•225 amps or more 9vstern over 6uL mitt nominal 41. Eirl0i odditlonel inspocllon over r Classified area or structure containing spor:illl occupancy rhe allowable in any of the above at,,dereribed in N.F C, ';hapler S Per inapn�+inn tF95.0a per hen, ass ro 1n slant _ X55.00 Submit 2 Willof pinus *24h opollcalion where any of the above — apply. Not recurred fur lempf+1^if oonsrruellon servicoo. J• Fees: 5e. Enter Intal of above loss 3 '' • !'d NICE 5%Surcharge(.05 X Intal foo%) s pr,RMIT:S nECOME void If Won!<oR QOr4$Tr ij(,II )N 9uh(olal $ AUTHORIZED IS NOT COMMENCFI)WITHIN 111110 DAYS ON IF 5b. Enter 25%of line A Icer CONSTRUCTION On WORK IS SUSrENUFD art ABANDONED I OFA Plan Rnvinw if raquirnd(S.0.3) ! A f ENOD OF 1A0 DAYS At ANY•1IMF Ar'TEH WOnK!s ��s--u77brorar S COMMENCFU. !J Irust rtcr..oviil 0 $ Eltlfafiff"o Vile f ..etwnaN Me Pm Yv 1 10 i;L I W I NI'1. 2':7u 11-ILCIA 1-1141;LIN I, 4 NAME a J OND JI&II- 4 I I I M It'll 001 W1 I 1 0. A D 1)F?T-L.0-4 s PO PDX 81 OW11-. . ALBONY OR I 9 7 1 P11141-4118F OF PAYMENT "PIDOW F'11 r J) 111JF41111W III, 61141,ml.N1 111111.) N i cm. Pr-.,Rm j i 1 !W 15660 !-.IW P(ALIf AIL 11141 1 ! : If1i. PrIOUNr r,11111 H IF If.'k I;l 114t, 14 4A I'l I V SEND 14', 1- ItO It Ilml UP PHYPIVIO ll.l v-ir;l 11 ill 1 1, 0 1 I04 Tigard: COFFEE PEOPLE First Plan Review 1,132A Job No. 96522.0060 City No. BUP 96-0185 SEPTEMBER 9. 1996 ARCHITECTS VAN LOM EDWARDS 34 NW 1ST. SUITE 309 PORTLAND OR. 97209 LP2A(Linhart Peterson Powers Associates)has completed review of the following documents. These documents were reviewed only for their conformance to the City of'Tigard building regulations and the State of Oregon Specialty Codes, 1996 Edition. This review does not include mechanical, plumbing, electrical or fire sprinkler and fire alarm modifications. These shall be submitted and reviewed by the City of Tigard. Architectural Drawings, Sheets: CS, AI,A2, A3, A4, A5, CBI,CB2,CB3. (3 sets) Specifications(3 sets) PROJECT INFORMATION 15660 SW PACIFICIC FIWY. TIGARD,OR 97223 OCCUPANCY GROUP: B CONSTRUCTION TYPE: V-N SPRINKLERED STORIES: I FLOOR AREA: 2,000 SQ. FT. OCCUPANT LOAD: 39 LIP 2A RECOMMENDS THE ISSUANCE OF THE BUILDING PERMIT FOR THIS 11140 .11EC'T SUB,TECT TO THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: I. Please submit plans to the Washington County Health Departtne:lt f r review and approval. A final inspection shall be conducted by this agency prior to occupancy. 2. The prefabricated walk-in coolers shall be approved by the Prefab Structures Section of the Oregon Building Codes Division and shall bear their approved insignia. Section 1704 O.S.S.C. 3. Provide a minimum 2,A:10, BC fire extinguisher per UFC Standard 10-1. If we can be of further service to you, please call us at 371-2212. Respect fu I ly, LINHART PETERSF_.N POWERS ASSOCIATES Gary Lanipella Brfilding c& Mechanical IrtspectorlPlans Examiner c: David Scott, Building Official LINHART PETERSEN POWERS ASSOCIATES 3855-3 Wolverine Streat NE•Salem,OR 97305 (503)371-2212 • FAX: (503)371-3853 ANt.11ITECI'S L�'C It A N S M I TTA I, LJ! �NI L' til 1► 9/5/96 1''10 vi 9623 To: LP2A He: Coff-:e People 3555-3 Wolverine NE Tigard Promenade Salem, Oregon 97305 Tigard, Oregon Plan Check Review \11 n: Gary Lampella Per our conversation today, attached you will find three copies of the revised cover sheet reclassifying the Occupancy "Type to a B from an A-3. If you have any questions, please don't hesitate to call. I 1 , Gregory L. Miller, Project Architect messanger 11,1;11 lrrliilr i \.m L"mi Eflwald-. M. 14 1'1 3ti 9h .: '�,`=,i i• . :'J` ;- F 7 _a�.,��:��?�C e:.�."'��32.�=-..33333�dc33aa3dddddi. a�333a33333�333�i33a.i336�a333=--;333_ss. r.#rr:=tiai ••yn"�^ e:t...--_:' r3�ele�c�1e13333�S�3n333m3}a3�=' � '= -id3=�a3.'..�3==��a3_3., .:�:9d�aa�'d�g3�ac1333d3=3333�sad.333�=c.a.33333��.'.3d333=�d333.33:x3a=3 s%ia�3ssd33 1.i -v=7U-0_ r.:` s�p/tt I��rp•�P i :1 a - v 33�33��333333ic'.a3.3=3?_3333x333,:ice-3.333�33i-3m33a? » __ �_ _s;= �33i==z_,3 . � 5.1-¢.end! `r�� "�'�` •,h. ;�, ✓~ C.ammercial Building Per ini# Application City of Tigard ' ,r 13125 SW Hall Blvd. Tiga.rd, OR. 97223 (.503) 639-4171 Jobs-6 Address: 00 Offjcs Uss On t. Tenant: calf _ Suits# t„ r �ry Valuation: Aw a + *V !ow r �F fair .. Maps, kw �:�'� �l(`1 .Zq�ttc • , " ` \�^" �`"r�t?�a k'Svc � �,� � �� Address: t+'77.- Ina 1, XIV KKLI Phone: ) ��(� t } ., . . .. z n t..t�r ��E(..Ec-ZE-p � ZK�S -T(►�E. d2 k2 A?- �,`� � Contractors Address: Type of const Occupancy cl:,ss: '-> - •; Phone: Sprinhlered? es No Contractor's License#`_ (attach copy of curren! Oregon llrxirtise) Sq. R of ptoja-ct Contact name & phone: �� Story (1st, 2nd, etc.) Proposed use: �� Architect/Engineer.L�R�'�-"�V'+J � �°_ Previous use: .KJC-tom Address: ("T Nate: Plumbing 8 mechanical Flans must be submitted at time of building permit applicatioa. Phone: 2`�''-��7 JOB DESCRIPTION: Ap, i t gnature g P7umber Received by: Date Received: 6�0�� 1 \i S M I 'I' 'I' \ I• ❑N1 I.' \1 t I vat,, 8/30/96 job No 9623 'r,,: LP2A Re: Coffee People 3855-3 Wolverine NE Tigard Promenade Salem, Oregon 97305 Tigard, Oregon Plan Check Review SII„: Gary Lampella We understand that you are reviewing the Tigard Promenade Coffee People tenant improvement for the City of Tigard. There has been some revisions to the plans and we would like to substitute the attached sets for the sets you already have. The attached sets consist of the following items: 3 sets Drawings: CS, A 1, A2, A3, A4, A5, CB I, CB2, & CB3. 3 copies Specifications If you have any questions, please don't hesitate to call. III c�'��iIVED SEP 1996 LIIJHAFIIASS(iCIM1.iES ;1JJERS Gregory L. Miller, Project Architect \i;l: messanger T(0;11 I',w , 1 \\ I t.Sui1r:4111 I'urthiml.:llt'17�414 503.273.11611 N ci � a C! m v c e, m v+ 0 0 0 Y1 w n v vi W y� LU <wx . O a Z ¢ Q i 6w Q w ¢ Ht1� a � a¢ C < U O U < < p ¢ F < Vy Q H ¢ ¢ O 1- N < Q Q U to s=� '.i G �dc wt7 'L > p a WSW > a/. O ,.' �; Irl a0 Gi < a Q cc > < oo ¢ ` U W^ J U 0. m (Q W 0 0. m ` < pM r< Z m Z Z Z W <cc ? r, v+ ¢ p O a a X x Y o o p O X x ��i < < Da as ~ a < Daa G _ ca _j m a n 15350 dI Fl : Pk0 = SII � � W24+ 1S .yY O R til i I _ '_,, � � n o ► 155?� �I i 15570 Paa�c. NWy / CM S < Is i cr — � 15Ie4D IN I 5 bo q .r: ' FEE P' EOP' LE P ROJ - -:C-r MAN UAL AUGUST 30, 1996 S' D A?C SEPH M. YAH OM r M'L RT D, Mum V �CO V F ARO fTTr IN M Nw}bw Awaur,%W vv Hrdwl'oft v'2m �p.2M.Ri'AI PROJECT DIRECTORY COFFEE PEOPLE OWNER: Coffee People, Inc. 3259 NW 29th Avenue Portland, Oregon 97210 Ph: (503) 223-7714 Fax: (503) 221.1744 ARCHITECT: Architects Van LomlEdwards,A.I.A., P.C. 34 NW First Avenue, Suite 309 Portland, OR 97209 Ph: (503) 226-0590 MECHANICAL & ENGINEER: LIMA 311 W. Orange Avenue Anaheim, California 92804 Ph: (714) 527-3662 Fax: (714) 826-6730 I ELECTRICAL ENGINEER: LIMA 311 W. Orange Avenue Anaheim, California 92804 Ph: (714) 527-3662 Fax: (714) 826-6730 SPECIFICATION CONSULTANT: Obert Specifiations 5555 SW Dover Court Portland, Oregon 97225-1016 Ph: (503) 245-7802 Fax: (503) 245-1390 DIVISION 0 CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS COVER PAGE PROJECT TEAM PAGE 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800 SUPPLEMTAPY CONDITIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01025 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01030 ALTERNATES 01035 MODIFICATION PRODECURES 01040 COORDINAI fON 01050 FIELD ENFINEERING 01075 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01090 REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS 01300 SUBMITTALS 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01630 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT DIVISION 2 SITE CONSTRUCTION 02224 MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 4 MASONRY NOT USED DIVISION 5 METALS 05430 SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING SYSTEMS DIVISION 6 WOOD 06410 CUSTOM CABINETS 06450 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08114 STANDARD STEEL DOOR FRAMES 08212 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE DIVISION 9 FINISHES --19250 GYPSUM BOARD 09300 TILE 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09541 FIBER REINFORCED POLYES I ER PANELS 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09900 PAINTING DIVISION 10 SPECIALITIES NOT USED DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT DIVISIONS 12 - 16 NOT USED END OF SECTION General Conditions of the Contract for Construction AIA Document A201 - Electronic Format '1987 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 2. OWNER 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND 1 CONTRACTOR PROPERTY 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS & SUBCONTRACTORS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK CONTRACT 8. TIME --------------THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION. AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors t .`'America. Copyright 1911, 1915, 1919, 1925, 1927, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987 by 1 American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue N.W., Washington D.C. 20006-5292. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of:he AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecutions. AIA DOCUMENT A201 -OENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1917-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1755 NEW YORK AVENUE N W.WASHINGTON D C 200065292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 9960009/2 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/20196 Electronic Document Service A231-1987 I r INDEX Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 Architect's Instructions 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8, 4.3.7, Acceptance of Work 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3 7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2 Access to Work 3.16,6.2.1, 12.1 Architect's Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12,4.3.7 Accident Prevention 4.2.3, 10 Architect's On-Site Observations 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6,9.4.2, Acts and Omissions 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 4.3.2,4.3.9, 8? 1,10.1.4, 10.2.5, 13.4 -) 13.7, 14.1 Architect's Project Representative 4.2.10 Addenda ,.1.1, 3.11 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2, 3.2.1,3.2.2, Additional Costs,Claims for 4.3.6,4.3.7,4.3.9,6.1.1, 10.3 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3.7.3,3.1 I, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 3.16, 3.18,4.2.3, Additional Inspections and Testing 4.2.6,9.8.2, 12.2.1, 13.5 4.2.4,4.2.6,4.2.12. 5.2,6.2.2, 7.3.4, Additinnal Time,Claims for 4.3.6,4.3.8,4.3.9, 8.3.2 9.8.2, 11.3.7, 12.1. 13.5 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.3.3,4,9.4,9.5 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.7,4.7.3, Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.1 4.2.4, Aesthetic Effect 4.2.13,4.5.1 4.2.6,9.6.3,9,6.4, 11.3.7 Allowances 3.8 Architect's Representations 9.4.2, 9.5.1,9.10.1 All-risk Insurance 11.3.1.1 Architect's Site Visils 4.2.2, 4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.6, 9.4.2, Applications for Payment 4.2.5, 7.3.7, 9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1, 9.5.1, 9.8.2,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 9.6.3,9.8.3,9.10.1,9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.1.3, 14.2.4 Asbestos 10.1 Approvals 2.4, 3.3.3, 3.5,3.10.2, 3.12.4 through 3.12.8, Attorneys' fees 3.18.1,9.10.2, 10.1.4 3.18.3,4.2.7,9.3.2, 11.3.1.4, 13.4.2, 13.5 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1 Arbitration 4.1.4,4.3.2,4.3.4,4.4.4,4.5, 8.3.1, Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts 10.1.2, 1 1.3.9,1 1.3.10 for Portions of the Work 5.2 Architect 4.1 Basic Definitfona 1.1 Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Bidding Requirements 11.1, 1.1.7, 5.2.1, 11.4.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.4, 3.12.6,4.2,4.3.2,4.3.6, Boiler and Machinery Insurance 11.3.2 4.4, Bonds, Lien 9 10.2 5.2,6.3, 7.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.6, 7.4,9.2,9.3.1,9.4,9.5, Bonds, Performance and Payment 7.3.6.4,9.10 3. 11.3.9, 11.4 9.6.3,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.1, Building Permit 3.7.1 12.2.1,13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Architect, limitations of Authority and Responsibility 3.3.3, Capitalization 1.4 3.12.8, 3.12.11,4.1.2, 4.2.1. 4.2.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, Certificate o:'Substantial Completion 9.8.2 4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.2, 5.2.1, 7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4, Certificates for Payment4.2.5, 4.2.9,9.3.3.9.4,9..5,9.6.1, 9'6'6 9.6.6,9.7.1,9.8.3,9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2.4,9.8.2, Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approva13.12.1 I, 13.5.4 11.3.1.1, Certificates of Insurance 9.3.2,9.10.2, 11.1.3 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2,4 Change Orders 1.1 1, 2.4.1, 3.8.2.4, 3.11, 4.2.8, 4.3.3, 5.2.3, 7.1. 7.2, 7.3.2, 8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 11.3.1.2, Architect's Administration of the Contract 4.2,4.3.6, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2 4.3.7,4.4,9.4,9.5 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 Architect's Approvals 14, 3.5.1, 3.10.2, 3.12.6, Chanp,as 7.1 3.12.8,3.18.3,4.2.7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 3.11,4.2.8, 7, 8.3.1,9.3.1.1, Architect's Authority to Reject Work 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 0.1.3 12.2.1 Claim, Definition of 4.3.1 Architect's Copyright 1.3 Claims and Disputes 4.3,4.4,4.5,6.2.5, 8.3.2,9.3.1.2, Architect's Decisions4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13. 4.3.2, 9.3.3,9.10.4, 10.1.4 4.3.6, 4.4.1,4.4.4, 4.5, 6.3,7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2, Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 4.5.6 9.4.9.5.1,9.8..,9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.1, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Claims for Additional Cost 4.3.6,4.3.7,4.3.9,6.1.1, 10.3 Architect's Inspections 4.2.2,4.2.9,U.6,9.4.2,9.8.2, Claims for Additional T!me 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.3.9, 8.3.2 9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1917-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,t755 NEW YORK AVFNUE N W.WASHINGTON n 20006-5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 9960009/2 and con be reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 CONTRACTOR 3 Claims for Damages 3.18,4.3.9,6.1.1,6.2.5,X.3.2, Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6.1.2 9.5.1.2, 10.1.4 Contractor's Bid 1.1.1 Claims Subject to Arbitration 4.3.2, 4.4.4,4.5.1 Contractor's Construction Schedules 3.10, 6.1.3 Cleaning Up 3.15,6.3 Contractor's Employees 3.3.2, :1.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18, 4.2.3, Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 13.7 4.2.6, 8.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, I I.I.I, 14.2.1.1 Contrt,:tor's Liability Insurance 11.1 Commencement oContractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors f the Work,Conditions Relating to 2.1,2, And Owner's Forces I.2.h 3.12.5, 3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 12.2.5 2.2 �' C'ontractor's Relationship with Su Ncontractors 1.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12 6,4.3.7, 5.2.1,6.2.4 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 8.1.7., 8.2.2, 9.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 1.1.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, Commencement of the Work. Definition of 8.1.2 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.1 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3..2.1 , 5I, 3 .2.2,, 3.16, 3.IR,4.2.3, , 12. , 13.5 4.2.4, 5.7..1 4.2.12, 5.2,6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.7, 12.1, 13.5 Completion,Conditions Relating to 3.1 I, 3.15,4,2 2,4.2.9, Contractor's Representations 1.2.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.7, 6.2.2, 4.3.2,9.4.2, 9.8,9.9.1, 9.10, 11.3.5, 12.2.2, 13.7.1 8.2.1,9.3.3 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 2. Completion, Substantial 4.2.9, 4.3.5.2, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3,9.8, Work .3,3. 10 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 3.1,,4.2.3, 10 ('ompliance with Laws 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.I.', , 13., Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 1.2.2, 3.2, 3.7.3 1 I.I, 11.3, 13.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.7 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.1 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.7,6.1.1 Consent, Written 1.3.1, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2,4.3.4. 4.5.5, Contractor's Submittals 3.10, 3.1 I, 3.12, 4 2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.3.2, 7.3.6, 9.2,9.3.1,9.8.2.9.9.1, 9.10.2,9.10.3, 9.8.2,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 10.1.2, 10.1.3. 1 1.3.1, 10.1,'-, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 C'ontractor's Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procea,tres 1.2.4, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 3.4.4.2.3, R.2.2, 8.2.3, 1 3.3, SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4. 6 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.3.1 Construction Change Directives 1.1.1, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.3, Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.1.7, 11.2.1 9.3.1.1 Coordination and Correlation 1.2.2, 1.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.7, Consiruction Schedules,Contractor's 3.10,6.1.3 6.1.3,6.2.1 contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.3, 2.2.5, Continuing Contract Performance 4.3.4 3.11 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 Correction of Work 2.3,2.4, 4.2.1, 9.8.2,9.9.1, CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.7.1.3 OF THE 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1, 14 Cost, Definitioii of 7.3.6, 14.3.5 Contract Administration 3.:.3,4,9.4,9.5 Costs 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.4, 3.8.2,3.15.2.,4.3.6,4.3.7,4.3.8.1, ontract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating to 3.1.1, 5.2.3,6.1.1,6.2.3, 6.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.7,9.7, 9.8.2,9.10.2, 3.10, 5.7,9.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 11.3.1.2, 11.3.1.3, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 12.2.5, 13.5, 14 Contract Documents, The 1.1, 1.2, 7 Cutting and Patching 3.14,6.2.6 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of 1.3,2.2.5, Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate 5.3 Contractors 3.14.2, Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 6.2.4,9.5.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 11.1, 11.3, 12.2.5 Contract Performance During Arbitration 4.3.4, 4.5.3 Damage to the Work 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 11.3 Contract Sum 3.8,4.3.6,4.3.7, 4.4.4, 5.2.3,6.1.3, Damages,Claims for 3.18,4.3.9,6.1.1,6.2.5, 7.2. 7 3,9.1, 9.7, 11.3.1, 12.2.4, 12.3, 14.2.4 8.3.2,9.5.1.2, 10.1.4 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Damages for Delay 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6,9.7 Contract Time 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4 4.4, 7.2.1.3, 7.3, 8.2.1, Date of Commencement of the Work, Derrrition of 8.1.2 8.3.1,9.7, 12.1.1 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1.3 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11, AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPVRIOHT 1917-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1715 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006.5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright laws and is subject to Legal prosecution This document w.:electronically produced under license number 996000982 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 3 4.2.12,4.2.1 , 4.3.2, 4.3.6,4.4.1,4.4.4,4.5,6.3, Instructions to the Contractor3.8.1, 4.2.8, 5.2.1, 7, 12.1, 13.5.2 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 9.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.2, Insurance 4.3.9,6.1.1, 7.3.6.4, 9 3,2, 9.8.2,9 9.1, 9.10.2, II 9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Insurance, Boiler and Machinery H.3.2 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.5,9.7, 14.1.1.3 Insurance, Contractor's Liability 11.1 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, Insurance, Lffective Date of 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Rejection and Correction of 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.1, Insuranc4. Loss of Use 11.3.3 4.2.6,4.3.5,9.5.2,9.8.2,9 9.1, 10.2.5, 12, 13.7.1.3 Insurance, Owner's Liability 11.2 Defective Work, Definition of 3.5.1 Insurance, Property IV.2.5, 11.3 Definitions 1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1. 3.5.1, 3 12.1, 3.12.2, 7.12.3, Insurance, Stored Materials 9.3 2, 11.3.1.4 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1,6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.6,8.1,9.11 918.1 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Delays and Extensions of Time 4.3,1,4.3.8.1,4.3.8.2, Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial 6.1.1,6.2.3, 7.2.1,7.3.1, 7.3.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.8, Occupancy 9.9.1, 11.3.11 1 7.3.9, 8.1.1, 8.3, 10.3.1, 4.1. .4 Insurance Companies, Settlement with 11.3.10 1 Disputes 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,6.2.5,6.3, 7.3.8, 9.3.1.2 Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2.3, 3.12.4, Documents and Samples at the Site 3.1 I 4.2.6, 4.2 7,4.2.12, 4.2 13, 7.4 Drawings, 0-inition of 1.1.5 Interest 13.6 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership ofl.1.1. 1.31 2.2.5, 3.1 I, 5.3 Interpretation 1.2.5, 1.4, 1.5,4.1.1,4.3.1, 3.1, 6.1.2, 8.1.4 Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Cnnditions3.2 Interpretations, Written 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3 7 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required 4.5.6 Effective Date of Insurance 8.2.2, I I.I 2 Judgment on Final Award 4.5.1, 4.5.4.1,4.5.7 Emergencies 4.3.7, 10.3 Employees,Contractor's 3.3.z. , 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9,3.18.1, Labor and Materials, I quipment 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 8.1 2, 10.2, 10.3, I I.I.I, 14.2.1.1 3.8.2, Equipment, Labor, Materials and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11. 3.13, 3.15.1, 3.8.2, 3.12.3,3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13,3.15.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6,9.3.2,9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, 11.3, 12.2.4, 14 Labor Disputes 8 3.1 Execution and Progress of the Work 1.1.3, 1.2.3, 3.2, 3.4.1, Laws and Regulations 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13,4.1.1, 4.5.5 3.5.1,4.2.2,4.2.3,4.3.4, 4.3,8,6.2.2, 7.1.3, 4.5.7,9.9.1, 10 2.2, IIA, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6 7.3.9, 8.2, 8.3, 9.5, 9.9.1, 10.2, 14.2, 14.3 Liens 2.1.2, 4.3.2,4.3.5.1, 8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10.2 Execution, Correlation and Intent of the Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder 4.5.5 Contract Documents 1.2, 3.7.1 Limitations, Statutes of 4.5.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Extensions of Time 4.3.1,4.3.8, 7.2.1.3, 8.3, 10.3.1 Limitations of Authority 3.3.1 4 1 2. 4.2.1, Failure of Payment by Contractor 9.5.1.3, 14.2.1.2 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 5.2.2 x.2.4, 7.4, 11.3.10 Limitations of Liability 2.3, 3.2.1, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.12.8, Failure of Payment by Owner 4.3.7,9.7, 14.1.3 3.12.1 I, Faulty Work(See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 3,17, 3.18,4.2.6,4.2.7, 4.2.12,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.10.4, Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2, 10.1.4, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.3.7, 13.4.2, 13.5.2 4.3.5, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1, 13.7 Limitations of Time,General 2.2.1, 2.2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, Financial Arrangements,Owner's 2.2.1 3.8.2, 3.10, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.11,4.3.2, Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11.3 4,3.3,4.3.4,4.3.6, 4.3.9,4.5.4.2, 5.2.1, x.2.3,6.2.4, 7.3.4, GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 7.4, Governing Law 13.1 8.2,9.5,9.6.2,9.8,9.9,9.10, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.2, 11.3.5, Guarantees(:lee Warranty a,1d Warrantir.;) 11.3.6, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.5, 13.7 Hazardous Materiels 10.1, 10.2.4 Limitations of rime, Spe-a1c 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15.1,4.2.1,. 4.2.11, 4.3,4.1, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7:1.9, Identification of Contract Documen,s 1.2 1 8.2,9.2, 9.3.1,9.3.-J,9.4.1,9.6.1,9.7, 9.8.2,9.10.2, 11.1.3, Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.2.1 11.3.6, 1 1.3.10 1 1.3.1 1, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 Indemnification 3.S 7, 3.18,9.10.2, 10.1.4 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7 Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner2.1.2, 2'2Material Suppliers 1.3.1, 3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6, 5.2.1, 4.3.4,6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.6,0.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.8.3,9.9.2, 9.3.1,9.3.1.2,9.3.3,9.4.2,9.6.5, 9.10.4 9.10.3, le 1.4, l l.?, 11.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Materials, Hazardous 10.1, 10.2.4 Injury or Damage to Person or Property 4.3 9 Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5 I, 3.8.2, Inspections 3.3.3,3.3.4, 3.7.1,4,2.2, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3 15.1,4.2.7,6.2.1, 4.2.6,4.2.9,4.3.6,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.E 7.3.6,9.3.2,9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 Instructions to Bidders 1,1.1 AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION•AIA-COPYRIGHT 1917-THE AMERICAN iNSTrrUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1775 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006.5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violater U S copyright laws end is eubiect to legal prosecution This document wee electronically produced under license number 9960009/12 and can be reproduced without violation until 9120/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 4 Means, Methods,'Techniques, Sequences and Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6,9.9, 1 1.3.1 1 Proc,-dures of Construction 3.3.1,4.2.3,4.2.7,9.4.2 Patching, Cutting and 3.14,6.2.6 Minor Changes in the Work I.1.1. 4.2.8, 4.3.7, 7.1, 7.4 Patents, Royalties and 3.17 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Payment, Applications for 4.2.5, 9.2,9.3,9.4, Modl. s ions, Definition of 1.1.1 9.5.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.4, 14.2.4 Modifications to the Contract I.I.I, 1.1.2, 3.7.3, 3.1 1, Payment, Certificates for 4.2.5, 4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1,9.7 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1,9.8.3,9.10.1, 9.10.1, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Payment, Failure of 4.3.7, 9,5.1.3,9.7, Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 12.3 9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2.3,1, Payment, Final 4.2.1, 4 2.9, 4.3.2,4.3.5, 9.10, 11.1.2 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1 4.3.5,9.5.2,9.8.2, 12, 13.7.1.3 PAyment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.6.4,9.10.3, Notice 2.3, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.7.3, 3.7.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 11.3.9, 11.4 3.12.9. 3.17, 4.3, 4.4.4,4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2,9.4.1. Payments, Pn Kress 4.3.4, 9.3,9.6,9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 ' 5.1,9.6.1,9.7,9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9, 14 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1. 13.S.Z, 14, payments to.Subcontractors 5.4.2,9.5.1.3, Notice, Written 2.3 2.4, 3.9, 3,12.8, 3.12.9,4.3, 9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4, 1 1.3.8, 14.2.1.2 4.4.4,4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.1,9.719.10, PCB 10.1 10 1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 1 1.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.3.6.4, Notice of Testing and Inspections 13.5.1, 13.5.2 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Notice to Proceed 8.2'2 Permits, Fees and Notices2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 Notices, Permits, Fees and 2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Observations, Architect's On-Site 4.2.2,4.2.5, Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.1 4.3.6, 9.4.2,9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Product Data. Definition of 3.12.2 Observations,Contractor's 1.2.2, 3.2.2 Product Diets and Samples, Shop Drawings 3.1 I, 3.12. 4.2.7 Occupancy 9.6.6,9.8.1,9.9, 11.3.11 Progress and Completion 4.2.2, On-Site Inspections by the Architect 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.6, 8. 9.4.2,9.8.2,9.9.2,9.10.I Progress Payments 1..3.43.4,,9 t,, 4.6, 9.8.3,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 On-Site Observations by the Architect 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.3.6, Project, Definition of the 1.1.4 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1, 13.5 project Manual, Definition of the 1.1.7 Orders, Written 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.7,7, 8.2.2, 11.3 9, 12.1, Project Manuals 2.2.5 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 Project Representatives 4.2.10 OWNER 2 Property Insurance 10.2.5, 11.3 Owner, Definition of ` I PROTECTION OF PERS:)NS AND PROPERTY 10 Owner, Information and Services Required of the 2.1.2, Regulations and Laws 1.3, 3.6. 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5 2.2,4.3.4,6,9, 10.1.4, 1 1.2, 1 1.3, 13.5.1, 14.1.1.5, 14.1.3 4.5.7, 10.2.2, 1 1.1, 1 1.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 Owner's Authority 3.8.1,4.1.3,4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, Rejection of Work 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.2 7.3.1, 8.2.2,9.3.1,9,3.2, 11.4.1, 12.2.4, 13.5.2, ;4.2., 14.3.1 1!Jeases of Waivers and Liens 9.10.2 Owner's Financial Capability 2.2.1, 14.1.1.5 Representations 1.2.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.7,6.2.2, 8.2.1,9.3.3, Owner's Liability Insurance 11.2 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.10.1 Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Rt presentativcs 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 5.2.1, 5.4.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.10, 5.1.1, 5,1.2, 13.2.1 96.4 Resolution of Claims and Disputes 4.4,4.5 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4, 12..2.4, 14.2.2.2 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2,4.2.3, Owner's Right to Clean Up 6.3 6.1.3,6.2., 10 Owcrr's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Retainage 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 9.10.2,9.10.3 Separate Contracts 6.1 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2.3,4.3.7 by Contractor 1.2.2, 3.2, 3.7.3, 3.12.7 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 14.3 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2 Architect 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.1 I, 3.12, Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings, 4.2.7, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.3.9.2,9.8.2 Specifications and Other Documents 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.2.5, Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by 5.3 Contractor 3.12.3 Rights and Remedies 1.1 2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.15.2, AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1917•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1175 NEW YORK AVENUE N W.V,ASHINGTON D C 20006-5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violate%U S copyright law%end is subject to legal prosecution This docutnem,vte electronically produced under license number 996000982 and can bn reproduced without violation until 9120!96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 5 4.2.6,4.3.6, 4.5, 5.3,6.1,6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3.1,9.5.1, 9.7 10.2.5. Suspension of the Work 4.3.7, 5.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.3 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4. 14 Suspension or I ermination of the Contract 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1, 14 Royalties and Patents 3.17 Taxes 3.6, 7.3.6.4 Rules and Notices for Arbitration 4 5.2 Termination by the Contractor 14.1 Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1, 14.2 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2 Termination of the Architect 4.1.3 Safety Precautions and Programs 4.2.3,4.2.7, 10.1 Termination of the Contra for 14.2.2 Samples, Definition of 3 12.3 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and3.11, 3.12. CONTRACT 14 4.2.7 Tests and Inspectlons3.3.3,4.2.6, 4.2.9,9.4.2, 12.2.1, 1.3.5 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 TIME 8 Schedule of Value-:- 9.2,9.3.1 Time, Delays and Extensions of 4.3.8, 7,2.1. 8.3 Schedules,Construction 3.10 Time Limits, Specific 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15.1, Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4, 3.14.2,4.2.4, 4.2.1, 4.2.11,4.3, 4.4,4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.9, 8.2,9.2, 4.5.5,6. 11.3.7. 12.1.2, 12.2.5 9.3.1, Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 9.3.3,9.4 1, 9.6.1,9.7,9.8.2,9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3.11, 3.12, 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 1 x.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 4.2.7 Time Limits on Claims 4.3.2,4.3.3.4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4.4,4.5 Site, Use of 3.13,6.1.1, 6.2.1 Titic to Wort: 9.3.2,9.3.3 Site Inspections 1.2.2, 3.3.4. 4.2.2,4.2.9, 4.3.6,9.8.2,ai.10,1, 13.5 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Site Visits, Architect's 4.2.2,4.2.5, 4.2.91 4.3.6, Uncovering of Work 12.1 9.4.2,9.5,1,9.8.2,9.9.2,9.10.11 13.5 Unforeseen Conditions 4.3.6,8.3.1, 10.1 Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.I. 13.5 Unit Prices 7.1.4, 7.3.3.2 Specifications, Definition Of the 1.1.6 Use of Documents 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.2.5, 3.12.7, 5.3 Specifications, The 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.41 1.3, 3.11 Use of Site 3.13, 5.1.1, 6.2.1 Statute of Limitations 4.5.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Stopping the Work 2.3,4.3.7,9.7, 10.1.2, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1.4, 12.2 4 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3.1 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment 4.3.5,4.5.1, 9.10 3 Subcontractors, Work by 1.2.4, 3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3, 5.3, 5.4 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.4.2 Subcontraetual Relations 5.3, 5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6.2, Wpiver of Claims by the Contractor 9.10.4, 11.3.7, 13.4.2 9.6.3,9.6.4, 10.2.1, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.1 1, 14.2.1.2, 14.3.2 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 4.3.5,4.5.1, 9.9.3, Submittals 1 3, 3.2.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.10.3, 11.3.3, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 13.4.2 7.3.6, 9.2,9.3.1,9.8.2,9.9 1, 9,10.2,9.10.3, 10.1.2, 11.1.3 Waiver of Liens 9.1f).2 Subrogation, Waivers of 6.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7 Substantial CompleVon 4.2.9,4.3.5.2, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, Warranty and Warranties 3.5, 4.2.9, 8.2.3.9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 4.3.5.3,9.3.3,9.8.2,9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7.1.3 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Weather Delays 4.3.8.2 Substitution of Subcontractors 5 2.3, 5.2.4 When Arbitration May Be [Demanded 4.5.4 Substitution of the Architect 4.1.3 Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Substitutions of Materials 3.5.1 Written Consent 1.3.1, 3.12.8, 3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4, Sub-subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 4.5.5,9.3.2,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 10.1.2, 10.1.3 Subsurface Conditions 4.3.6 11.3.1, 11.3.1.4, 1 1.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 Successors and Assigns 13.2 Written Interpretations 4.2.1 I,4.2.12,4.3.7 Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Written Notice 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9,4.3,4.4.4, Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.4,3.3, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2,9.4.1,9.5.i,9.7,9.10, 10.1.2, 3.4, 10.2.6, 1 1.1.3, 1 1.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 4.2.3, 4.3.4,6.1.3,6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4,8.2, 8.3.1, 10, 12, 14 Written Orders 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.7, Surety 4.4.1,4 4.4, 5.4.1.2,9.10.2,9.10.3, 14.2.1 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 Surety,Consent of 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Surveys 2.2.2, 3.18.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 14.3 AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1987-THE AMERICAN INSTITVl C OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 10006.5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright low%and is subject to legal prosecution Thi.document was electronically produced under license number 996000922 end can he reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 6 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the GENERAL PROVISIONS Architect's duties. 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS -1.1.3 THE WORK 1,1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The terin "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement whether completed or partially complt ted, and between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the includes all other labor, materials, equipment and Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (Gl;naral, services provided or to b.- provided by the Contractor Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, to fulfill the c'ontractor's obligations. The Work may Specifications, addenda issued prier to execution of constitute the %-hole o; a part of the Project. the Contract, other documents listed in she Agreement and Modifications issued after executior, 1.1.4 THE PROJECT of the Contract. A Modification is (I) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, The Project is the total construction of which the (2) 4 Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Work performed under the Contract Documents may Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in be the whole or a part and which may include the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract 1.1.6 THE DRAWINGS Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the of the Contract Documents, wherever located and Contractor's bid or portions of addenda telating to whenever issued, showing the design, location and bidding requirements). dimensions of the Wo,k, generally including plans, 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT elevations, sections, deta schedules and diagrams. The Contract Documents form the Contract for 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS Construction. The Contract represents the entire and The Specifications are that portion of the Contract integrated agreement between the parties hereto and Documents consisting of the written requirement-, for supersedes prior negotiations, representations or materials, equipment, construction systems, standards agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may and workmanship for the Work, and performance of be amended or modified only by a Modification. The related services. Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1)between the 1,1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor or(3) between The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled any persons or entities other than the Owner and for the Work which may include the bidding Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled equirements, sample forms. Conditions of the to performance and enforcement of obligations under Contract and Specifications. AIA DOCUMENT A201 -OENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEEN'H EDITION-AIA-COFYRIGHT 1907-THE AMERICAN I IN'tTIttirE OF APCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N ,WASHINGTON D C 20006-5292 WARNING Unlerred photocopying 0oletes U S cappr,ght lows and is subject to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced under license number 9960009112 and can be reproduced- ithout violation until 9120/96 EI;ctronic Document Service A201-1987 7 Architect, an(' unless otherwise indicated the 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT Architect shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved 1.2.1 "The Contract Documents shall be signed by the rights, in addition to the copyright. All copies of Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall on request, upon completion of the Work. The identify such unsigned Documents upon request. Drawings, Specifications and other documents 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof a representation that the Contractor has visited the furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with site, become familiar with local conditions under respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the which the Work is to be performed and correlated Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor personal observations with requirements of the or material or equipment supplier on other projects or Contract Documents. for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to Owner and Architect. The Contractor, include all items necessary for the proper execution Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material ;.r and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to Contract Documents are complementary, arid what is use rnd reproduce applicable portions of the required by one shall be ba binding as i;required by Drawings, Specifications and other documents all; performance by the Contractor shall be required prepared by the Architect appropriate to and for use only to the extent consistent with the Contract in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from t)em as Documents. All cop`"s made under this license shall being necessary to produce the intended results. bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into the Drawings, Specifications and other documents divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of prepared by the Architect. Submittal or distribution Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing to meet official regulatory requirements or for other the Work among S )contractors or in establishing purposes in connection with this Project is not to be the extent of Work to be ierfolmed by any trade. construed - s publication in derogation of the 1.2.6 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Architet 's copyright or other reserved rights. Documents, words which have well-known technical 1.4 CAPITALIZATION or construction industry Itleanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such 1.4.1 Terns capitalized in these General Conditions recognized meanings. include those which are (I) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses DRAWINGS, SPEC "'ICATIONS AND in the document or (3) the titles of other documents OTHER DOCUMEN fS published by the Americ?n Institute of Architects. 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other 1.5 INTERPRETATION document, prepared by the Ar_•hiiect are instrumen!s of the Architect's service through which the Work to 1.6.1 in the interest of brevity the Contract be executed by the Contractor is described. The Documents frequently omit modifying words such as Contractor may retain one contract record set. "all" and "arty" and articles such as "the" and "an," Neither the Contractor nor b^v Subcontractor, Sub- but the fact that a modifi— or -an article is absent subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall from one statement and appears in another is not own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, intended to affect the interpretation of either Specifications and other documents prepared by the statement. t AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT F.R CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1917-THE ',MERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1775 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W,WASHINGTON D.C.200063:92 WARN,NG Unlicensed photocopyirs violates U.S copyright laws aid is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 9960009/2 and un be reproduced without violation until 9120196 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 3 2.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's ARTICLE 2 control shall be furnished by the Owner with OWNER reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. 2.1 DEFINITION 2.2,6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of 2.1.1 The Owner is the oersun or entity identified as charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals such in the Agreement c,nd is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. as are reasonably necessary for execution of the The term "Owner" means the Owner or thr Owner's Work. autl.orized representative. 2.2.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the Owner enumerL A herein 2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable wrhten request and especial;y those in respect to Article 6 shall furnish to the Contractor in writing information t,hich is ne,essary and relevant for the Contractor to (Construction by Owner )r by Separate Contractors), evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article I 1 right . Scich information shall include a correct (Insurance and Bonds). statement of the record legal title to the property on 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein at the time of 2,3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is execution of the Agreement and, within five days not in accordance with the requirements of the after any change, information of such change in title, Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or recorded or unrecorded. persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by written 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES order signed personally or by an agent specifically so REQUIRED OF THE OWNER empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof. Contractor, prior to execution of the Agreement and until the cause for such order has been eliminate i; promptly from time to time thereafter, furr;sh to th however, the right of the Owner to stop the Wo k Contractor reasonable evidence that financial shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's to exercise this right for the henefit of the Contractor obligations under the Contract. [Note: Unless such or any other person or entity, except to the extent reasonable evidence were furnished on reque.t p,•ior required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. to the execution of the Agreement, the prospective 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STARRY OUT THE contractor would not be required to execute the WORK Agreement or to commence the Work.] 2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility out the Work in accordance with the Contract locations for the site of the Project, and a legal Documents and fails within a seven-day period after description of the site. receipt of written notice from the Ownzr to commence and continue correction of such default or .2.2.3 Except for permits and fees which are the neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract may after such seven-day period give the Contractor Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for a second written notice to correct such deficiencies necessary approvals, easements asses_sInerts and within a second seven-day period. If the Contractor charges required for constructio.t, use or occupancy within such second seven-day period after receipt of of permanent structures or for permanent changes in such second notice fails to commence ani continue to existing facilities. correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIOH71917-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTC.1775 NEW YORK AVENUE N W.WASHINGTON D C 20006-52'12 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electroniidly produced under license number 9960009/2 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/20;96 ' Flectronic Document Service A201-1987 9 i prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, 3.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements correct such deficiencies. In such case an and verify field conditions and shall carefully appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting compare such field measurements and conditions and from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor other information known to the Contractor with the the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Contract Documents before commencing activities. compensation for the Architect's additional services Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discoverea shall a.au' expenses made necessary by such default, be reported to the Architect at once. neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and 3.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to accordance with the Contract Documents and prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or submittals approved pursuant to Paragraph 3.12. thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay tl►e 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION difference to the Owner. PROCEDURES ARTICLE 3 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the CONTRACTOR Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and 3.1 DEFINITION have control ovt-.r construction means, methods, techniques, sequt;tces and procedures and for 3.1A The Contractor is the person or entity coordinating all portions of the Work under the identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to Contract, unless Contract Documents give other throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in specific instructions concerning these matters. number. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized 3.3.2 The Contractor shall he responsible to the representative. Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND employees, and other persons performing portions of FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR the Work under a contract with the Contractor. 3.2.1 The Contractor shail carefully study and 3.3.3 'The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to performing the Work in accordance compare the Contract Documents with each other and with the Contract Documents either by activities or with information furnished by the Owner pursuant to duties of the Architect in the Architect's Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the administration of the Contract, or by tests, Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions inspections or approvals required or performed by discovered. Ti a Contractor shall not be liable to the persons other than the Contractor. Owner or Architect for damage rtsulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract 3.3.4 "The Contractor shall be responsible for Documents unless the Contractor recognized such inspection of portion.; of Work already performed error, inconsistency or omission and kno,Yingly under this Contract to determine that such portions failed to report it to the Architect. If the Contractor are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. perForms any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS omission in the Contract Documents without such 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for appropriate responsibility for such performance and labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction shall bear an appropria',! amount of the attributable equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, costs for correction. transportvion, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the AIA DOCUMENT A201 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1997-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1715 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 200065292 WARNING Unlicersed photocopying violates U S copyright Iswa and is subject to legal prosecuticn This document was electronically produced under license number 996000982 end can be reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 10 Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether of the Contract and which are legally required when or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the bids are received or negotiations concluded. Work. 3,7,2 The Contractor shall comply with and give 3.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, and good order among the Contractor's employees regulations and lawful orders of public authorities and other persons carrying out the Contract. The hearing on performance of the Work. Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to persons or persors not skilled in tasks assigned to ascertain that the Contract Docircients are in them. accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, 3.6 WARRANTY building codes, and rules and regulations. Howe-er, if the Contractor observes that portions of the 3.6.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Architect that materials and equipment furnished Contractor shall promptly notify t;le Architect and under the Contract will be of good quality and new Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be unless otherwise required or permitted by the accomplished by appropriate Modification. Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to defects not inherent in the qu,,Iity required or be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building permitted. and that the Work will coliform with the codes, arid rules and regulations without such notice requirements of too, Contract Documents. Work not to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall conforming to these requirements, inrl�lding assume full reslronsibility for such Work and shall substitutions not properly approved and authorized, bear the attributable costs. may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect 3.8 ALLOWANCES caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract improper operation, or normal wear and tear under Sum all allowances stated in the Contract normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to supplied for such amounts and by such persons or the kind and quality of materials and equipment. entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities 3.6 TAXES against which the Contractor makes reasonable objection. 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes; for the Work or portions thereof- 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted Documents: when bids are received or negotiations concluded, .1 materials and equipment under an whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to allowance shall be selected promptly by the go into effect. Owner to avoid delay ;n the Work; 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES .2 shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract and all required taxes, less applicable trade Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for discounts; the building permit and other permits and .3 Contractor's costs for Unloading and governmental fees, licenses and inspections handling at the site, labor, installation costs, necessary for proper execution and completion of the overhead, profit and other expenses Work which are customarily secured after execution contemplated for stated allowance amounts AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF 1 HE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1917-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1775 NEW YORK AVENUE N W.WASHINGTON D C 20006-5297 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright icws end is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically p.oduced unoer license number 996000982 and an he reproduced without violatiln until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 1 I shall be included ir. the Contract Sum and not 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE in the allowances; SITE .4 whenever costs are more than or less than 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for allowances, the Contract Sum shall be the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other amount of the Change Order shall reflect (I) Modifications, in good oreer and marked currently to the difference between actual costs and the record changes and Felections made during allowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) construction, and in addition approved Shop changes in Contractor's costs under Clause Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar 3.8.2.3. required submittals. These shall be available to the 3.9 SUPERINTENDEN f Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at isle Froject site during performance AND SAMPLES of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, Contractor, and communications given to the schedules and other data specially prepared for the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub- Contractor. Important communications shall be subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be illustrate some portion of the Work. similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION schedules, performance charts, instructions. SCHEDULES brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded for some portion of the Work. the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which construction schedule for the Work. The schedule illustrate materials, eq,jipment or workmanship and shall not exceed time limits current under the establish standards by which the Work will be Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate judged. intervals as required by the conditions of the Work 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The the extent required by the Contract Documents, and purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those shill provide for expeditious and practicable portions of the Work for which, submittals are execution of the Work. required the way the Contractor proposes to conform 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, to the information given and the design concept for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the which is coordinated with the Contractor's Architect is subject to the limitations of construction schedule and allows the Architect Subparagraph 4.2.7. reasonable time to review submittals. 3.12.6 The Contractor shall review, approve and 3.10.3 The Contractor shall conform to the most submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, recent schedules. Samples and similar submittals rr;quired by the Contract Documents with reas)nable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals made by the Contractor AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRA-T FOR CONSTRUCTION.FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1967-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1775 NEW YORK AVENUE N W.WASHIAGTON D.C.20006-5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violate%IJ S copyright laws end is subject to legal prosecution This document wet electronically produced under license number 99600091112 and-_n be reproduced without violation unci'9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 12 which are not required by the Contract Documents 3.13 USE OF SITE may be returned without action. 3.13.11 -I-he Contractor shall confine operations at the 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop and the Conti-act Documents and shall not Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar Unreasonably encumber the site with materials or submittals until the respective submittal has been eq ipment. approved by the Architect. Such Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. 3.14 (.UTTING AND PATCHING 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the 3.14.1 "The Contractor shall be responsible for Contractor represents that the Contractor has cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the determined and verified materials, field Work or to make its parts fit together properly. measurements and field construction criteria related 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger thereto, or will do so, and has checked and a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed coordinated the information contained within such construction of'tl,e Owner or separate contractors by submittals with the requirements of the Work and of cutting, patching or otherwise altering such the Contract Documents. construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall 3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Owner or a separate contractor except with written Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of consent of the Owner and of such separate coniractor; Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. submittals unless the Contractor has specifically The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's the time of submittal and the Architect has given consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. written approval to the specific deviation. The 3.16 CLEANING UP Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, 3.16.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's surrounding area free from accumulation of waste approval thereof. materials or rubbish caused by operations under the 3.12.9 'The Contractor shalt direct specific attention, Contract. At completion of the Work the Contractor in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product shall remove from and about the Project waste Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, other than those requested by the Architect on construction equipment, machinery and surplus previous submittals. materials. 3.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the 3.16.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided Architect is not expected to take responsive action in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and may be so identified in the Contract Documents. the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.12.11 When professional certification of 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, ;.16.1 'The Contractor shall provide the Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the Architect access to the Work in preparation and accuracy and completeness of such calculations and progress wherever located. certifications. AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1997-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1715 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006-5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright lawn and is subject to legal prosecution Thies document was electronically produced under Ikenee number 946000982 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/23/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 13 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' or workmen's compcnsation acts, disability benefit acts 3.1 I.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and or other employee benefit acts. license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for irlfringemk,nt of patent rights and shall 3,18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and defense or loss when a particular design, process or 'employees of any of them arising out of (1) the product of a particular manufacturer or matlurac;:lrers Preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, is required by the Contract Documents. However, if reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or the Contractor has reason to believe that the required specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to design, process or product is an infringement of a give directions or instructions by the Architect, the patent, the Contractor shalt be responsible for such Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of loss unless such information is promptly furnished to any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the Architect. the primary cause of the injury or damage. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the 4.1 ARCHITECT Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against 4.1.1 The Architect is the person la vfully licensed to claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing not limited t attorneys' fees, arising out of or architecture identified as such in the Agreement and resulting from performance of the Work, provided referred to throughout the Contract Documents as that such claim, damage, loss or expense is if singular in number. The term "Architect" means attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or the Architect or the Architect's authorized death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible representative. property (other than the Work itself) including loss of 4,1,2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of' use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of Documents shall not be restricted, modified or the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or extended without written consent of the Owner, indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or nut unreasonably withheld. such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation 4.1.3 [n case of termination of employment of the shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect. this Paragraph 3.18. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity 4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 indemnified lander this Paragraph 3.18 by an and 4.1.3 shall be subject to arbitration. employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone 1.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for OF THE CONTRACT whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be 4,2,1 The Archilect will provide administration of limited by a 1,rni!ation on amount or type of damages, the Contract as uescribed in the Contract DocumeWc compensation or benefits payable by or for the and will be the Cwner's representative (1) during AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE rONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1957-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1715 NEW YORK AVENUE N W WASHINGTON D C 20006.5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S capyriglr laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 996000992 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 14 construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) Communications by and with separate contract,lrs with the O,r ner's concurrence, from time to time shall be through the Owner. during the correction period described in Paragraph 4,2.6 Based on the Architect's observations and 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the evaluations of the Contractors Applications for Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on Payment, the Architect will review and certify the behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in amounts due the Contractor and will issue the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified Certificates for Payment in such amounts. by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.6 "The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform ra the Contract 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it appropriate to the stage of construction to become necessary or advisable for implementation of the generally familiar with the progress and quality of intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will the completed Work and to determine in general if have authority to require additional Inspection or the Work is being performed in a manner indicating testing of the Work i.I accordance with that the Work, when completed, will be in Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whe.her or not accordance with the Contract Documents. However, such Work is fabricated. installed or completed. the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a or continuous on-site inspections to check quality or decision made in good faith either to exercise or not quantity of the Work. On the basis of on-site to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or observations as an architect, the Architect will keep responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and Subcortractors. material and equipment suppliers, will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and their agents or employees, or other persons deficiencies in the Work. performing portions of the Work. 4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or 4,2.7 'The Architect will review and approve or take charge of and will not L, responsible for construction other appropriate ac.lon upon the Contractor's ,neans, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, submittals such as Shop D:awings, Product Data and or for safety precautions and programs in connection Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's for conformance with information giv.n and the responsibility as provided in Paragraph 3.3. The design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's The Architect's action will be taken with such failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have Work or in the activities of the Owner, Cogtra;.tor or control over or charge of and will not be responsible separate contractors, while allowing -ufficient time in for acts or omissions of the Contractor, the Architect's professional j1.Idgement to permit Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of adequate review. Review of such submittals is not any other persons performing portions of the Work. conducted for the purpose of determining the 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract accuracy and completeness of other details such as Administration. dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating ExceNt as otherwise provided in the Contract instructions for installation or performance of Jocuments or when direct communications hove equipment or systems, all of which remain the been specially authorizcd, the Owner and Contractor responsibility of the Contractor as required by the shal! endea-�or to communicate through the Architect. Contract Documents. The Architect y review of the Communications by and with the Architect's Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the consultants shall be through the Architect. Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3. 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not Communications by and with Subcontractors and constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION- AIA-COPYRIGHT 1917-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCI!ITFCTS, 1731 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006.1!92 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 996000012 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 15 construction means, methods, techniques, sequences eithr.r and Nill not be liable for results of or pr,)cedures. 'The Architect's approval of a specific interpr,tations or decisions so rendered in good faith. item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating which the item is a component. to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and intent expressed in the Contract Documents. Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 7.4. 4.3.1 Definition. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the and the date of final completion, will receive and parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or forward to the Owner for the Owner interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, s review and records written warranties and related documents extension of time or other relief with respect to the required by the Contract and assembled by the terms of the Contract. 't he term "Claim" also Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for includes other disputes and matters in question Payment upon compliance with the requirements of between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or the Contract Documents. reiating to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Claims shall r,:st with the party making the Claim. Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the 4.3.2 De:.islon of Architect. Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, Claims, including those alleging an error or omission responsibilities and limitations of authority of such by the Architect, shall be referred initially to the project representatives shall be as set forth in an Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. A exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract decision by the Architect, as provided in Documents. Subparagraph 4.4.4, shall be required as a condition 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide precedent to arbitration or litigation of a Claim matters concerning performance under and between the Contractor and Owner as to all such requirements of the Contract Documents on written matters aris;,lg prior to the date final payment is due, request of either the Owner or Contractor. The regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to Architect's response to such requests will be made execution and progress of the Work or(2) the extent with reasonable promptness and within any ti^Ie to which the Work has been completed. The decision limits agreed upon. If no agreement is made by the Ar,.hitect in response to a Claim shall not be a concerning the time within which interpretations condition precedent to arbitration or litigation in the required of the Architect shall be furnished in event (1) the position of Architect is vacant, (2) the compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall Architect has not received evidence or has failed to not be recognized on account of failure by the fender a decision within agreed time limits, (3) the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days Architect has failed to take action required under after written request is made for them. Subparagraph 4.4.4 within 30 days after the Claim is made, (4) 45 days have passed after the Claim has 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect been referred to the Architect or(5) the Claim relates will be consistent with the intent of-and reasonably to a mechanic's lien. inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will Claims by either party must be made within 21 days endeavor to secure faithful performance by both after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Owner and Contractri, will not show partiality to Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1927-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1775 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006.5292 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 996000992 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 16 whichever is later. Claims must be made by written materially different from those indicated in the notice. An additional Claim made after the initial Contract Documents and that no change in the terms Claim has been implemented by Change Order will of the ( ontract is justified, the Architect shall so not be considered unless submitted in a timely notify the Owner arid Contractor in writing, stating manner, the reaions. Claims by either party in opposition to 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. Pending final resolution of a Claim including If the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an arbitration, unless otherwise agreed in writing the adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make initial determination, subject to further proceedings payments in accordance with the Contract pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. Documents. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Coat. 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an The making of final payment shall constitute a increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising provided herein shall be given before proceeding to from: execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for .1 liens, Claims, security interests or Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and property arising under Paragraph 10.3. If the unsettled; Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written .2 failure of the Work to comply with the interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the requirements of the Contract Doruments; or Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was .3 terms of special warranties required by the not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in Contract Documents. the Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Conditions.Claims for Concealed or Unknown Contract by the Owner, (C7)Owner's suspension or(7) Condother reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed is tf conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) accordance with the procedure established herein. subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time indicated in the Contract Documents or(2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist all increase in the Contract Time, written notice a and generally recognized as inherent in construction provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's activities of the character provided for in the Contract Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of Documents, then notice by the observing party shall probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In be given to the other party promptly befo -, the case of a continuinE delay only one Claim is conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 necessary. days after first observance of the conditions. The 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis Architect will promptly investigate such conditions for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or documented by data substantiating that weather decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required conditions were abnormal for the per;od of time and for, performance of any part of the Work, will could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that recommend an eauitable adjustment in the Contract weather conditions had an adverse effect on the Sum or Contract 'rime, or both. If the Architect scheduled construction. determines that the conditions at the site are not AIA DOCUMENT A201 ,GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTIOM-rOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1987-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHIN(tiTON D C 20006.5292 VARNINO Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright lewq and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 996000982 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-198'.' 17 i I 4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or will render to the parties the ,Architect's written Property. decision relative to the Claim, including any change If either party to the Contract suffers injury or in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If damage to person or property because of an act or there is a surety and there appears to be a possibility omission of the other party, of any of the other of a Contractor's default, the Architect may, but is f party's employees or agents, or of others for whose not obligated to, notify the surety and request the acts such party is legally liable, written notice of surety's assistance in resolving the controversy, ouch injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall 4.6 ARBITRATION be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The 4.6.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the Arbitration. other party to investigate the matter, If a Claim for additional cost or time related to this Claim is to be ny controversy or Claim arising out of or related to asserted, it shall be filed as provided in the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by Subparagraphs 4.3.7 or 4.3.8. arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be 4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, or more of the following preliminary actions within except controversies or Claims relating to aesthetic ten days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional effect and except those waived as provided for in supporting data from the claimant, (2) submit a Subparagraph 4.3.5. Such controversies or Claims schedule to the parties indicating when the Architect upon which the Architect has given notice and expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole rendered a decision as provided in Subparagraph or in part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) 4.4.4 shall be subject to arbit,ation upon written recommend approval of the Claim by the other party demand of either party. Arbitration may be or(5) suggest a compromise. The Architect may also, commenced when 45 days have passed after a Claim but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the has been referred to the Architect as provided in nature and amount of the Claim. Paragraph 4.3 and no decision has been rendered. 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will 4.6.2 Rules and Notices for Arbitration, prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. Claims between the Owner and Co-itractor not 4.4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party resolved under Paragraph 4.4 shall, if subject to making the Claim shall, within ten days after the arbitration under Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided by Architect's preliminary response, take one or more of arbitration in accordance with the Construction the following actions: (1) submit additional Industry Arbitration Rules of the American supporting data requested by the Architect, (2) Arbitration Association currently in effect, unless the modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Architect parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of demand that the initial Claim stands. for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other 4.4,4 If a Claim has not been resolved after party to the Afrcement between the Owner and consideration of the for-1,oing and of further Contractor rid with the American Arbitration evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architec!, the Architect will notify the parties in Architect. writing that the Architect's decision will be made 4.6.3 Contact Performance During within sever days, which decis;on shall he final and Arbitration. binding on the parties but subject to arbitration. During arbitration proceedings, the Owner and Upon expiration of such time period, the Architect Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4. AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT rOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION•AIA COPYRIGHT 1917. THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1711 NEW I ORK AVENUE N W.WAS14INGTON O C 20006-1292 WARNINO Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecuii" This document was electronically produced under license number 996000982 and can be reproduced withnul violation until 9120/96 Flectronic Document Service A201-1987 I8 4.6.4 When Arbitration May Be Demanded. contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact Demand for arbitration of any Claim may not be or law whose presence is required if complete relief made until the earlier of(1) the date on which the is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity Architect has rendered a final written decision on the other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate Claim, (2) the tenth day after the parties have contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included presented evidence to the Architect or have been as an original third party or additional third party to given reasonable opportunity to do so, if the an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is Architect has not rendered a final written decision by insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an that date, or (3) any of the five events described in additional person or entity shall not constitute Subparagraph 4.3.2. consent to arbitration of a dispute not described 4.6.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect therein or with a person or entity not named or states that (1) the decision is final but subject to described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an Claim covered by such decision must be made within additional person or entity duly consented to by 30 days after the date on which the party making the parties to the Agreement shall be specifically demand receives the final written decision, then enforceable under applicable law in any court having failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days' jurisdiction thereof. period shall result in the Architect's decision 4.6.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Claims. Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after party who files a notice of demand for arbitration arbitration proceedings have been initiated, sur`, must assert in the demand all Claims then known to decision may be entered as evidence, but sha:l not that party on which arbitration is permitted to be supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision demanded. When a party fails to include a Clains is acceptable to all parties concerned. through oversight, inadvertence or excusable neglect, 4.6.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be in,de or when a Claim has matured or been acquired within the time limits specified in Subparagra,hs subsequently, the arbitrator or arbitrators may permit 4.5.1 and 4.5.4 and Clause 4.5.4.1 as applicable, aid amendment. in other cases within a reasonable time after t ie 4.6.7 Judgment on Final Award. Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be mate after the date when institution of legal or equitab a The award rendered by the irbitrator or arbitrators proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by shall be final, -ind judgmeni may be entered upon It the applicable statute of limitations as determinec, in accordance with applicable law in any court pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. having jurisdiction thereof. 4.5.6 Limitation on Consolidation or ARTICLE 5 .binder. SUBCONTRACYORS No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolidation 6.1 DEFINITIONS or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by 6.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a written consent containing specific reference to the direct con-tract with the Contractor to perform a Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, portion of the Work at the site. The term Contractor and any other person or entity sought to "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the be joined. No arbitration shall include, by Contract Documents as if singular in number and consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, means a Subcontractor or an authorized parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate representative of the Subc:intractor. The term AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION- AIA-COPYRIGHT 1917.THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N W.WASHINGTON D C 20006-5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violatn U S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 99(900912 and con he reproduced without violation until 9/211/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 19 "Subcontractor" does not include a separate the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection contractor or subcontractors of a separate contrac'or. to such change, 6.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who 6.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The 6.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where term 'Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout legally required for validity, the Contractor shall the Contract Documents as if singular in number and require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorizeu to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to representative of the Sub-subcontractor. the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documeots, and to assume toward the Contractor all the 6.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and 6.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve Documents or the bidding requirements, the and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Under the Contract Documents with respect to :he Contract, shall furnisn in writing to the Owner Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that through the Architect the names of persons or entities subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, (including those who are to furnish materials or and shall ailow to the Subcontractor, unless equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract for each principal portion of the Work. The agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and Arch;tect will promptly reply to the Contractor in redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by writing stating whether or not the Owner or the the Contract Documents, has again,.I the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall ri_,!uire each Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable ' Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with objection to any such proposed person or entity. Sub-subcontractors, "The Contractor shall make Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection, available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execudon of the subcontract agreement, copies of'tht 6.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or be bound, and, upon written request of the Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms The Contractor shall not be required to contract with and conditions of the proposed subcontract anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable agreement which may be at variance with the objection. Contract Documents. Subcont:actors shall similarly 6,2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable make copies of applicable portions of such ,abjection to a person or entity proposed by the documents available to their respective proposed Sub- Co,-itractor, the Contractor shall propose another to subcontractors. wh.)m thr Owner or Architect has no reasonable 6.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF ob;ection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by SUBCONTRACTS such change and an appropriate Change Order shall 6.4.1 Fach subcontract ag t:mens for a portic!, of br; issued. However, no increase in the Contract Sum the Work is assigned by the COnt-dctor to the Owner shall be allowed for such change unless the provided -that: Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. .1 assignment is effe•.tive only after termination of the Cont-dct by fl,- Owner for 6.2.4 The Contrac'or shall not change a cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only Subcontractor, person orentity previously selected if for those subcontract agreements which the AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 191 -THE AMERICAN INS.ITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1715 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006.5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright laws and is oub)ect to legal prosecution This document was electronically pre teed under license number 996000912 and con be reproduced wimout violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Servire A201-1987 20 Owner accepts by notifying the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner ontil Subcontractor in writing; and subsequently revised. .2 assignment is sabiect to the prior rights of 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract the surety, if ;.ny, obligated under bond Documents, when the Owner performs construction relating to the Contract. or operations related to the Project with the Owner's 5.4.2 If the Work has been suspended for morn than own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation snall be to the same obligations and to have the same rights equitably adjusted. which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, withot.'t exCll.ding others, ARTICLE 6 those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 10, 11 and 12. SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.1 OWNERS RIGHT TIC PERFORM 6,2,1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD separate contractors reasonable opportunity for SEPARATE CONTRACTS introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform shall connect and coordinate the C'ontractor's construction or operations relaied to the Project with construction and operations with theirs a5 required by the Owner's own forces, and to award separate; the Contract Documents. contracts in connection wish other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for under Condit'ons of the Contract identical or proper execution or results upon construction or substantially similar to these including those portions operations by the Owner or a separate cont,-actor, the related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with ,hat portion Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is of the Work, promptly report to the Architect involved because of such action by tht Owner, the apparent discrepancies or defects in such other Contractor shall make such Claim as provided construction that would render it unsuitable for Such elsewhere in the Contract Documents. proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate different portions of the Project or otl--,r construction contractors' cony5;eted or partially complete) or operations on the site the term "Contractor" in the construction is ''it and pi oper to receive the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor's 'Mork, except as to defects not then Contractor who executes each separate Owner- reasonably discoverable. Contractor Agreement. 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of activities or 'efective construction shall be borne by the activities of the Owner's own farces and of each the party responsible therefor. separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage participate with other separate contractors and the wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or Owner ;n -eviewing their construction schedules pa tially completed construction or to property of the when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make Owner or separate contractors as provided in any revisions to the construction schedule and Subparagraph 10.2.5. Contract Sum deemed necessary after a;,lint review 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in and mutual agreement. The: construction schedules question between the Contractor and a separate shall then conshtlite the schedules to be used by the contractor shall be subject to the provisions of AIA DOCUMENT A201 -OF-NERAL CONDITIONS Or THE CONTRACT FOh CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION.AIA-COPYRIOHT 19117 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1775 NEW YORK AVENUE N W.WASHINuiON D C 20006.5292 WARNING Unlicensed phowntying violates U S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 9960009/12 and can he reproduced without violation u,•il 9/20196 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 21 Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate contractor has Directive that application of such unit prices to reciprocal obligations. quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial 6.2.6 The Owrier and each separate contractor shall inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable have the same response ilities for cutting and unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. patching as are described for the Contractor in 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS Paragraph ' 14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement separate contractors and the Owner as !o the upon all of the following: responsibility under their respective contracts for .1 a change in the Werk; maintaining the premises and surrounding area free ,2 the amount of the adjustment in the from waste materials and rubbish as described in Contract Sum, if an and Paragraph 3.1 5, the Owner may clean up and allocate y the cost among those responsible as the Architect .3 the extent of the adjustment in the determines to be just. Contract Time, if any. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to ARTICLE 7 - -- the Contract Sum may include those listed in CHANGES IN THE WORK Subparagraph 7.3.3. 7.1 CHANGES 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written after execution of the Contract, and without order prepared by the Architect and signed by the invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work Construction Change Directive or order for a minor and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated the Contract Sum, or Contract Tirne, or both. The in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Owner may by Construction Change Directive, Documents. without invalidating the Contract, order changes in 7,1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon the Work within the general scope of the Contract agreement among the Owner, Contractor and consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or accordingly. may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for 7,3.2 A Construction Change Directive snall be used a minor change in the Work may be issued by the in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Architect alone. Change Order. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under 7.3.3 If the Construction Cnange Directive provides applicable provisions of the Contract Doa:ments, and for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless adjustment shall be based on one of the following otherwise provided in the Change Order, methods: Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported ' • sufficient 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract substantiating data to permit evaluation; Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are so changed in •1 unit prices stated in the Contract a proposed Change Order or Construction Change ['�cuments or subsequently agreed upon; AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURVC:ENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1917-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006-5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violater U S copyright lewt and is subject to legal prosecution This document wee electronically produced unJer license number 9960009/12 and can he reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 22 .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed insurance, permit fees and sales, use or upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable similar taxes related to the Work: and fixed or percentage fee; or .6 additional costs of supervision and field .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. office personnel directly attributable to the 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change change. Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with 7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to the the change in the Work involved and advise the Owner, amounts riot in dispute may be included in Architect of the Contractor's agreement or Applications for Payment. The amount of credit to disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a Construction Change Directive for determining the deletion or change which results in a net decrease in proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as Time. confirmed by the Architect When both additions 7.3.6 A Construction Change Directive signed by the and credits covering related Work or substitutions are Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if Contract Time or the method for determining them. any, with, respect to that change. Such agreement shall he effective immediately and 7.3.8 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with shall be recorded as a Change Order. the adjustment in Contract Time or the method for 7.3.6 If the Contractor doe-, not respond promptly or determining it, the adjustment or the method shall be disagrees with the method for adjustment in the referred to the Architect for determination. Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the be determined by the Architect on the basis of determination made by the Architect concerning the reasonable expenditures and savings of those adjustments in the Contract St,rn and Contract Time, performing the Work attributable to the change, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, such agreement shall be effective immediately and a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an such case, and also undl r Clause 7.3.3.3, the appropriate Change Order. Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs 7.4.1 l he Architect will have authority to order for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment limited to the following: in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the .1 costs of labor, including social security, Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected old age and unemployment insurance, fringe by written order and shall be binding on the Owner benefits required by agreement or custom, and Contractor. The Contractoe shall carry out such and workers' or workmen's compensation written orders promptly. insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment. ARTfCLE_8 including cost of transportation, whether TIME incorporated or consumed; 8.1 DEFINITIONS .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is �- the Contractor or others; the period of time, including authorized adjustments, AIA DOCUMENT A201 .GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION.FOURTEENTH EDITION•AIA•COPYRIGHT 1917-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHIIFCTS,1175 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006 S292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violeteo Il S copvri8ht laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document wet electronically pro,'uced under license number 996000982 end con he reproduced withrull%.,dl'mn until 9/20/96 Electronic Document "ervice A201-1987 23 allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's Completion of the Work. control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect date established in the Agreement. The date shall not determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time be postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or shall be extended by Change Order for such of persons or entities for whom the Contractor is reasonable time as the Architezt may determine. responsible. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph certified by the Architect in accordance with 4.3. Paragraph 9.8. 8.3.3 This paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery 8.1.4 The tern) "day" as used in the Contract of damages for delay by either party under other Dezuments shall mean calendar day unless otherwise provisions of the Contract Documents. specifically defined. ARTICLE 9 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents 9.1 CONTRACT SUM are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract 9,1.1 'The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. and. inc'tiding authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for 8.2.2 Th.: Contractor shall not knowingly, except by performance of the Work under the Contract agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, Documents. prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES required by Article I I to be furnished by the Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the shall not be changed by the effective date of such Contractor shall Submit to the Architect a schedule of insurance. Unless the date of commencement is values allocated to various portions of the Work, established by a notice to proceed given by the prepared in such form and supported by such data to Owner, the Contractor ;hall notify the Owner in substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may writing riot less than five days or other agreed period require. This schedule, unless objected to by the before commencing the Work to permit the timely Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other Contractor's Applic,+tions for Payment. security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial 9.3.1 At least hen days before the date established for Completion within the Contract Time. each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME for operations :ompleted in accordance with the 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in schedule of values. Such application shall be progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the notarized, if required, and supported by such data Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or of requisitions from Subcontractors and material by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable elsewhere in the Contract Documents. AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOP CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1997-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTF OF ARCHITECTS,1715 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006.5292 WARNING:Unliea sed photocopying viola"U S copyright laws and Is subject to legal prnsecation This document was electronically produced under license number 996000982 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Uo,:ument Service A201-1987 24 Architect determines is properly due, or notify the 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's payment on account of changes in the Work which reasons for withholding certification in whole or in have been properly authorized by Construction part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. Change Directives but not yet included in Change 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will Orders. constitute a representation by the Architect to the 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests Owner, based on the Architect's observations at the for payment of amounts the Contractor does not site and the data comprising the Application for intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point because of a dispute or other reason. indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract knowledge, information and belief, quality of the Documents, payments shall be made on account of Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. materials and equipment delivered and suitably The foregoing representations are subject to an stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the evaluation k t the Work for conformance with the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to payment may similarly be made for materials and results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor equipment suitably stored off the site at a location deviations from the Contract Documents correctable agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and prior to completion and to specific qualifications equipment stored on or off the site shall be expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with Certificate for Payment will further constitute a procedures satisfactory to the Owner (o establish the representation that the Contractor is entitled to Owner's title to such materials and equipment or Payment in the amount certified However, the issuance o otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall f a Certificate for Payment ��:ill not he a include applicable insurance, storage, and representation that the Architect Was (I ) r,;ade `exhaustive or continuo) s on-site inspections to check transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. the quality or quantity of the Wok, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work or procedures, (3) reviewed conies of requisitions covered by an Application for Payment will pas, to received from Subcontractors anti material suppliers the Owner no later than the time of payment. 'The and other data requested by tf,,! Owner to substantiate Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an the Contractor's right to pcyment or (4) made Application for Payment all Work for which examination to ascertain hom or for what purpose the Certificates for Payment have been previously issued Contractor has used money previously paid on and payments received from the Owner shall, to the account of the Contract Suri. bust of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security 9 . 6 D E C I S 10 N S T O W I T H .4 O L D interests or encumbrances favor of the Contractor, CERTIFICATION Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having 9.6.1 The Architect may decide not to certify provided labor, materials and equipment relating to payment and may withhold a Certificate for Payment the Work. in whole or in part, tv the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be m:de. If the Architect 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after is unable to certify payment in the amount of the receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment. Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the l'ontractur and Architect cannot agree on a revised AIA DOCUMENT A201 ,GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1987-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE.OF ARCHITECTS, 1775 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006-5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violate%U S copyright laws and is subject to legal procoition This document was electronically produced under license number 996000982 and can he reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 25 amount, the Architect wili promptly issue a reflecting percentages actually retained from Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the payments to the Contractor on account of such Architect is able to make such representations to the Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor Owner, The Architect may also decide not to certify shall, by appropriate agreement with each payment or, because of subsequently discovered Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the payments to Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a previously issued, to such extent as ma; be necessary Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from percentages of completion or amounts applied for by loss because of: the Contractor and action taken thereon by the .1 defective Work not remedied; Architect and Owner on account of portions of the .2 third party clainis filed or reasonable Werk done by such Subcontractor. evidence indicating probable filing of such 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an claims; obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money .3 failure of the Contractor to make to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be payments properly to Subcontractors or for required by law. labor, materials or equipment; 9.6.6 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs be completed for the unpaid balance of the 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. Contract Sum; 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, .6 damage to the Owner or another or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by contractor; the Owner shall not const;tute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for damages for the anticipated delay; or Payment, through no fault of the Contracto,, within seven days after receipt of the C'on'ractor's .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not accordance with the Contract Documents. pay the Contractor within seven days after the date 9.6.2 When the above reasons for withholding established in the Contract Documents the amount certification are removed, certification will be made certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, for amounts previously withheld. then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' lvrittr- notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the increased by the amount of the Contractor's manner and within the time provided in the Contract reasonable costs of' shut-down, delay and start-up. Documents, and shall so notify the .Architect. which shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Sw1contracror's portion of the Work, 9.8.'1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the tha amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance 41A DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 19117•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITEC"-S, 1711S NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006.5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocnpyine 0ithiles U S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 996000962 and can be reproduced wChout violation until 9120196 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 26 with the Contract Documents so the Owner can 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any or a portion thereof which the O-✓ner agrees to accept stage when such portion is designated by separate separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor agreement with the Contractor, provided such shall prepare and submit to the Architect a occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as comprehensive list of items to be completed or required under Subparagraph 1 1.3.1 I and authorized corrected. The Contrac;or shall proceed promptly to by public authorities having jurisdiction over the complete and correct items on the list. Failure to Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence include an item on such list does not alter the whether or not the portion is substantially complete, responsibility of the ��ontraclor to complete all Work provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in in accordance with t`le ronhact Documents. Upon writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them receipt of the Contracto-'s list, the Architect will for payments, retainage if any, security, maintenance, make an inspection to determine whether the Work or heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and designated portion thereof is substantially complete. have agreed in writing concerning the period for If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, correction of the Work and commencement of whether or not included on the Contractor's list, warranties required by the Contract Documents. which is not in accordance with the requirements of When the Contractor considers a portion substantially the Contract Documents, the Contractc.r shall, before complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a issuance of the Certificate of Substantia Completion, list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph complete or correct such item, upon notification by 9.8.2. Cottsent of the Contractor to partial occupancy the Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. `The stage request for another inspection by the Architect to of the progress �r the Work shall be determined by determine Substantial Completion. When the Work written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificateor, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the of Architect. Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within Work to b^ used in order to determine and record the which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list condition of the Work. accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required 9.9.3 Unlyss otherwise agreed upon, partial by the Contract Documents shall commence on the occupancy Ur dse of a portion or portions of the date of Substr ntial Completion of the Work or Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided complying with the requirements of the Contract in the Certificate of Substant.al Completion. The Documents. Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contract-tr far their 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION ANC FINAL written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to PAYMENT them in such Certificate. 9.8.3 upon Substantial Completion of the Work or 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work designated portion thereof and upon application by is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the the Contractor and certification by the Architect, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under retainage, if any, for such Work or portion thereof as the Contract Documents and the Contract fully provided in the Contract Documents. AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTPUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION•AIA•COPYRIGHT 101'-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE.OF ARCHITECTS, 1711 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006-5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates S copyright Iowa and is subject to legal puosecution This document woo electronically produced under license number 9960009/2 and con be reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 27 performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and application by the Contractor and certification by the on the basis of the Architect's observations and Architect, and without terminating the Contract, inspections, the Work has been completed in make payment of the balance due for that portion of accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract the Work fully completed and accepted. If the Documents and that the entire balance found to be remaining balance for Work not fully completed or due the Contractor and noted in said final Certificate corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate Contract Documents, and if' bonds have been for Payment will constitute a further representation furnished, the written consent of sarety to payment of that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as the balance due for that portion of the Work fully precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final completed and accepted shall he Submitted by the payment have been fulfilled. Contractor to the Architect prior to certifi, ation of' 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining s-uch payment. Such payment shall be made under retained percentage shall become due until the terms and conditions governing final payment, except Contractor submits to the Architect (I) an affidavit that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. The that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of other indebtedness connected with the Work for claims by the Owner as provided in Subparagraph which the Owner or the Owner's property might be 4.3.5. responsible or encumbered !less amounts withheld by 9.10.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall certificate evidencing that insurance required by the constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except Contract Documents to remain in force after final those previously made in writing and identified by payment is currently in effect and will not be that payee as unsettled at the time of final cancelled or allowed to expire until at Icast 30 days' Application for Payment. Such waivers shall be in prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) addition to the waiver described in Subparagraph a written statement that the Contractor knows of no 4.3.5. substantial reasrn that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the ARTICLE 10 Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, PROPERTY other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of 10. 1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A N D liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances PROGRAMS arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a 10.1.1 The Contractor shall he responsiblt. for Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a precautions and programs in connection with the bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the performance of the Contract. Owner against such lien. If such lien remains 10.1.2 In the event the Contractor encounters on the unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor site material reasonably believed to be ashestos or shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) which has not been may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. stop Work in the area affected and report the 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. The final completion thereof is materially delayed Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of resumed except by written agreement of the Owner AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1987•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,I73S NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006-5292 W ARNIN i Unlicensed photocopying violates U 8.9opyti8ht laws MI 11 object to legal proserwion This document was electronically produced under license number 996000902 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 28 1 , and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos ,it .1 employees on the Work and other persons polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been who may be affected thereby; rendered harmless. The Work in the afrected area ,2 the Work and materials and equipment to shall be resumrd in the absence of asbestos or be incorporated therein, whether in storage polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or when it has been on or off the site, under care. custody or rendered harmless, by written agreement of the control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Owner and Contractor, or in accordance with final Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; and determination by the Architect on which arbitration has not been demanded, or by arbitration under .3 other property at the site or adjacent Article 4. thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, 10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or to article 7 to perform without consent any Work replacement in the course of construction. relating to asbestos or polychlorinated hiphenyl (PCB). 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, re1;u!ations 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Architect, Architect's consultants and safety of persons or property or their protection from agents and employees of any of them from and damage, injury s loss. against claims, damages, losses and expenses, 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising required by existing conditions and performance of out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the Cuntract, reasonable safeguards for safety and the affected area if in fact the material is asbestos or protection, including posting danger signs and other polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been warnings against hazards, promulgating safety rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, regulations and notifying owners and users of loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, adjacent sites and utilities. sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other destruction of tangible property (other than the Work hazardous materials or equipment or unusual itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the only to the extent caused in whole or in part by Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on negligent acts or omissions of the Owner, anyone such activities under supervision of properly directly or indirectly employed by the Owner or qualified personnel. anyone for whose acts the Owner may be liable. regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss 10.2.6 The Contractor shall promptly remedy or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured hereunder, Such obligation shall not he construed to under property insurance required by the Contract negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations Documents) to property referred to in Clauses of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by party or person described in this Subparagraph the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, 10.1.4. or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or precautions for safety of, and shall provide Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed reasonable protection to prevent dama.ge, injury or by either of them, or by anyone for whose arts either loss to: of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing AIA DOCUMENT A201 "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRH HT 1987-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1775 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006.5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U 5 i opyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution this document was electronically produced under license number 996000987.nd can he reproduced without violation until 9/20196 Electronic Document S!rvice A201-1987 29 obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the .3 claims for damages because of bodily Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible employees; member of the Contractor's organization at the site .4 claims for damages insured by usual whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This personal injury liability coverage which are person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless sustained (1) by a person as a result of an otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to offense directly or indirectly related to the Owner and Architect. employment of such person by the Contractor. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any or(2) by another person; part of the construction or to be loaded so as to .5 claims for damages, other than to the endanger its safety, Work itself, because of injury to or 10.3 EMERGENCIES destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons .6 claims for damages because of bodily or property, the Contractor shall act, at the injury, death of a person o• property damage Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, arising out of ownership, maintenance or use injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of a motor vehicle; and of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in .7 claims involving contractual liability Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. ARTICLE 11 1'!.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph INSURANCE AND BONDS I I.I.I shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and claims-made basis, shall be maintained without maintain in a company or companies lawfully interruptir from date of commencement of the Work authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which Lentil date of final payment and termination of any the Project is located such insurance as will protect coverage required to be maintained after final the Contractor from claims set forth below which payment. may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor commencement of the Work. These Certificates and or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 1 I.1 of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them shall contain a provision that coverages afforded may be liable: tinder the policies will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has .1 claims under workers' or workmen's been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing compensation, disability benefit and other insurance coverages are required to remain in force similar employee benefit acts which are after final payment and are reasonably available, all applicable to the Work to be performed; additional cert;ficate evidencing continuation of such .2 claims for damages because of bodily ccverage shall be submitted with the final injury. occupational sickness or disease, or Application for Payment as required by death of the Contractor's employees, 5ubparagriph 9.10.2. Information concerning AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION.FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1907-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1731 NEW YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006.5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying vlolsin U S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document is electronically prodcced under license number 996000902 and can be reproduced without violation until 9120/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 30 reduction of coverage shall be furnished by she 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance such property in-urance required by the Contract and with the Contractor's information and belief. with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may thin effect insurance which will 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by liability insurance. Optionally, he Owner may appropriate Change Order the cost thereof-shall be purchase and maintain other insurance for self- charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged protection against claims which may arise from by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or operations under the Contract. The Contractor shall maintain insurance as described above, without so not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining notifying the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear this optional Owner's liability insurance unless all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. specifically required by the Contract Documents. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minirnu►n 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE deductibles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay costs 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall not covered because of such deductibles. If the purchase and maintain, in a company or companies Owner or insurer increases the required minimum lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the in which the Project is located, property insurance in Owner elects Co purchase this insurance with the amount of the initial Contract Sum as well as voluntary deductible amoun s, the Owner shall be subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work responsible for payment of tli° additional costs not at the site on a replacement cost basis without covered because of such increk-ed or voluntary voluntary deductibles. Such property insurance shall deductibles. If deductibles ars not identified in the be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay costs not Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing covered because of deductibles. by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract such insurance, until final payment has been made as Documents, this property insurance shall cover provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or portions of the Work stored off the site after written entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest approval of the Owner at the value established in the in the property required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be approval, and also portions of the Work in transit. covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, 1 ' 3.2 Boller and Machinery Insurance. Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all-risk machinery insurance required by the Contract policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover and extended coverage and physical loss or damage such insured objects during installation and until including, without duplication of coverage, theft, final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall vandalism, malicious ischief, collapse, false-work, include interests of the Owner, Contractor, temporary buildings and debris removal including Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, demolition occasioned by enforcement of any and the Owner and Contractor shall be named applicable legal requirements, and shall cover insureds. reasonable compensation for Architect's services and 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner AIA DOCUMENT A301 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF I'HE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1911-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITFCTS,1735 NEW YORK AVFNUE N.W,WASHINGTON D.C.30006.3797 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright Iews and is subject 10 leo prosecution This document wu electronically prnduced under lirense.comber 996000//3 end can be reproduced without violation until 9/70/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 31 against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire other property insurance applicable to the Work, or other hazards, however caused. The Owner except such rights as they have to proceeds of such waives all rights of action against the Contractor for insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The loss of use of the Owner's property, including Ownc- or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of consequential losses due to fire or other hazards the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate however caused. contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and insurance for risks other than those described herein employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, or for other special hazards be included in the Written where legally required for validity, similar property inst2rance policy, the Owner shall, if waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated possible, include such insurance, and the cost there of herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver Change Order, of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would 11.3.6 If during the Project construction period the otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium adjoining or adjacent to the site by property directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person insurance under policies separate from those insuring or entity had an insurable interest in the property the Project, or if after final payment property damaged. insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property the Project during the construction period, the Owner insurance shall bid adjusted by the Owner as fidt Lary shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the Subparagraph 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to other perils covered by this separate property requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and insurance. All separate policies shall provide this of Suhparagraph 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the agreements, written where legally required for Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each validity, shall require Subcontractors to make policy that includes insurance coverages required by payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar this Paragraph 11.3. Each policy shall contain all manner. generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. 1'1.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give pond for proper performance of the Will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' „riot written notice has been given to Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The the Contractor. Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. so received, which the Owner shall distribute in The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against accordance with such agreement as the parties in (1 ) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub- interest may i-ach, or in accordance with an subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the arbitration award in which case the procedure shall other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If after such loss no separate contractors described in Article f,, if any, other special, agreement is made, replacement of and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, damaged property shall be covered by appropriate agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or Change Order. other perils to the extent covered by property 11,3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the t� AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1911-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECT'S. 1175 NEW YORK AVENUE N W.WASHINGTON D C 20006.5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violater U S copyright laws and it subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 9960009/2 and can be reproduced without vinlrtion until 9/20/96 Electronic Document Se,vice A201-1987 32 parties in interest shall object in writing within five replaced at the Contractor's expense without change days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise i,I the Contract Tim,. of this power; if such objection be made, arbitrators 12 1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 4.5. The which the Architect has not specifically requested to Owner as fiduciary shall, in that case, make observe prior to its being covered, the Architect may settlement wirn insurers in accordance with request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered directions of such arbitrators. If' distribution of by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering arbitrators will divert such distribution. and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with be charged to the Owner. If s.ch Work is not in Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance accordance with the Contract Documents, the company or companies providing property insurance Contractor shall pay such costs unless the condition have consented to such partial occupancy or use by was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the which event the Owner shall be responsible for Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain payment of such costs. consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lap,,-- or reduction of insurance. 12.2.1 The Contractor shill prornptl*v correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT requirements of.the Contract Documents, whether BOND observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful rejected Work, including additional testing and performance of the Contract and payment of' inspections and compensation for the Architect's obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding services and expenses made necessary thereby. requirements or specifically required in the Contract 12.2,2 If', within one year after the date of Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. Substantial Completion of the Work or designated 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity portion thereof, or after the date for commencement appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, covering payment of obligations arising under the or by terms of an applicable special warranty Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a required by the Contract Documents, any of the copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ARTICLE 12 Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF written notice from the Owner to do so unless the WORK Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. This period of one 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by 12.1.1 If'a portion of the Work is covered contrary the perioa of time between Substantial Completion to the Architect's request or to requirements and the actual performance of the Work. This specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it obligation under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall must, if required in writing by the Architect, be survive acceptance of the Work under the Contract uncovered for the Architect's observation and be and termination of the Contract. The Owner shall AIA DOCUMENT A201 ,GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTI01':-FOUR1i:rNTH FI)ITION-41A-COPYRIGHT IS.'.THF AMERICAN INSYITVTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1723 NEW YORK AVENUE N W.WASHINGTON DC 20006-t29: WARNING Unlicer.,,i photocopying violates 1'S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronicall,,produced unser license number 9960009•i and can be reproduced w,hout violation until 9/2006 Ele.tronic i_'vocument >ervice A'_OI-1987 33 give such notice promptly after discovery of the Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the condition. time within which proceedings may be commenced 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to portions of the Work which are not in accordance the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to with the requirements of the Contract Documents and correct the Work, arc neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted 12,3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING by the Owner. WORK 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph not in accordance with the requirements of the 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed with Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of correction of such nonconforming Work within a requiring its removal and correction, in which case reasonable time fixed by written notice from the the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and A hitect, the Owner may remove it and store the equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor's or not final payment has been made. expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs of'such removal and storage within ten days after written ARTICLE 13 notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the 13.1 GOVERNING LAW proceeds thereof. after deducting costs and damages governed the law of that should have been borne by the Contractor, 13.1.1 The Contract shall be g.,ob y the place where the Project is located. including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. If such 13.2 SUCCESSORS ANP ASSIGNS proceeds of sale do not cover costs which the Contractor should have borne, the Contract Sum shall 13.2,' The Owner and Contractor respectively bind be reduced by the deficiency. If payments then or themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to legal representatives to the other party hereto and to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives difference to the Owner. of such other party in respect to covenants, 12.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of agreements and obligations contained in the Contract correcting destroyed or damaged construction, Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall whether completed or partially completed, of the assign the Contract as a whole without written Owner or separate contractors caused by the consent of'the other. If either party attempts to make Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is such an assignment without such consent, that party not in accordance with the requirements of the shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all Contract Documents. obligations under the Contract. 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been Contractor might `rive under the Contract duly served if delivered in person to the individual or Documents. Establishment of the time period of one a member of the firm or en!ity or to an officer of the year as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last the Work, and has no relationship to the time within business address known to the party giving notice. which the obligation to comply with the Contract AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 1917-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1775 NEW YORK AVENUE N W.WASHINGTON D.C.20006-`1292 WARNING Unlicensed phutocopving violates U S copyright laws and is aubtec to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced under license number 9960009/2 and can be reproduced without violation until 9/20196 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 34 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply Contract Documents and rights and remedies with requirements established by the Contract available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies necessary by such failure including those of repeated otherwise imposed or available by law. procedures and compensation for the Architect's 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, services and expenses. Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or right or duty afforded thein under the Contract, nor approval shall, unless otherwise required by the shall such action or failure to act constitute approval Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as and promptly delivered to the Architect. may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTION'S or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect kill do so promptly and, where practicable, 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions at the normal place of testing. of the Work required by the Contract Documents or 13,5,6 'Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, 13.6 INTEREST inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner. 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract or with the appropriate public authority, and shall Documents shall bear interest from the date payment bear all related costs of tests, inspections and is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect w:iting or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate timely notice of when arid where tests and prevailing from time to time at the place where the inspections are to be made so the Architect may Project is located. observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY of tests, inspections or approvals which do not LIMITATION PERIOD become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. 13.7,1 As between the Owner and Contiactoi 13.6.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities .1 Before Substantial Completion. having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any Architect will, upon written authorization from the applicable statute of limitations shall commence to Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed for such additional testing, inspection or approval by to have accrued in any and all events not later than an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor such date of Substantial Completion; shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and ,2 Between Substantial Completion where tests and inspections are to be made so the and Final Certificate for Payment. Archite.rt may observe such procedures. The Owner As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to shall bear such costs except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3. the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CUNTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 19/7-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1715 NEW YORK AVENUE,N W.WASHINGTON D C 20006-5292 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyrigl.t laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document suss electronically produced under license number 996000912 and can be reproduced without violation until 9'20/96 Electronic Document Service A201-1987 35 run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed .4 if repeated suspensions, delays or to have accrued in any and all events not later than interruptions by the Owner as described in the date of issuance of the final Certificate fuer Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate Payment; and more than 100 percent of the total number of .3 After Final Certificate for Paym;',it, days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is less, or As to acts or failures to act occurring atter the relevant data; of issuance of the final Certificate f.-,,- .5 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Payment, any applicable statute of li,nitations shall Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's commence to run and any alleged cause of action request, reasonable evidence as required by shad be deemed to have accrued in any and all events Subparagraph 2.2.1. not later than the datt of'any act or failure to act by 14,1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the the Contractor pursuant to any warranty provided Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written under Paragraph 3.5, the date of any correction of the notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor Contract and recover from the Owner payment for under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual Work executed and for proven loss with respect to commission of anv other act or failure to perform any materials, equipment, tools, and construction duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, equipment and machinery, including reasonable whichever occurs last. overhead, profit and damages. ARTICLE 14 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 day.; TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any OF THE CONTRACT other per ons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work is stopped for a period of 30 days through matters important to the progress of the Work, the no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or notice to the Owns, nd the Architect, terminate the any other persons performing portions of the Work Contract and recd, 9m the Owner as provided in under contract with the Contractor, for any of the Subparagraph 14.1.2. following reasons: 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR .1 issuance of an order of a court or other CAUSE public author 'laving jurisdiction; 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the 2 an act o' eovernment, such as a Contractor: decta;dtion of national emergency, making material unavailable; .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails .z because the Architect has not issued a to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors certification, as provided in Subparagraph for materials ,-)r labor in accordance with the 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made respective agreements between the pa/ment on a Certificate for Payment within Contractor and tht Subcontractors; the time stated in the Contract Documents; ,3 persistently disrega:-Is laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction; or `-- AIA DOCUMENT A201 ,GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGIIT 087-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARfHITEC IS, 1715 NEW YORK AVENUE.N W,WASHINGTON D C 200065197 WARNING Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electraniully produced under license number 996000982 and can be reproduced without violation until 9120t96 Electronic Document Service A201-!-'V 36 • t , difference to the Owner. The amoul,r to the paid to .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be a provision of the Contract Documents. certified by the Architect, upon application, aw: this 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the obligation for payment shall survive termination of Owner, upon certification by the Architect that the Contract. sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may 14,3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of FOR CONVENIENCE the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the terminate employment of the Contractor and may, Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or :,nterrupt subject to any prior rights of the surety: the Work in whole or in part for such period of tilne .1 take possession of the site and of all as the Owner may determine. materials, equipment, tools, and construction 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in equipment and machinery thereon owned by the cost of performance of the Contract, including the Contractor; profit on the increased cost of pe formance, caused .2 accept assignment of subcontracts by suspension, delay or interruption. No adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 5.4; and shall be made to the extent: .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable .1 that performance is, was or would have method the Owner may deem expedient. been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for responsible; or one of the reasons stated in Subpantgraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or payment until the Work is finished. denied under another provision of this Contrail 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance n+ the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including 14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of performance compensation for the Architect's services and may have a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. expenses made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL C0 401TIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION-AIA-COPYRIGHT 107- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITFCTS,1135 1IFN YORK AVENUE N W,WASHINGTON D C 20006-5292,WARNING.Unlicensed photocopying violates U S copyright laws and is subject W legal prosmition.This document was electronically produced under license number 9960009/2 and egg be reproduced without violstion until 9120196 Electroriic Document Service A201-1987 37 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. Supplements: 1. Supplements in this Document modify, change, delete from., and add to Document 00700, General Conditions. 2. Where any Ai`icle, Paragraph, subparagraph, or clause of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that Article, Paragraph, subparagraph, or clause shall remain in effect. B. ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. Add to 1.1 the following Subparagraph: 1.18 References in Contract Documents to Building Codes, Industry Standards, Published Specifications, and Manufacturer's Instruction shall mean current edition at date of Owner- Contractor Agreement. C. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 1. Delete 2. 2.5 in it entirety and substitute the following subparagraph: 2.25 The Contractor will be furnished free of charge 12 copies of Drawings, Project Manuals, and Addenda. Additional sets will be furnished at the cost of reproduction and shipping. ^. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 1. Add to 3.4 the following subparagraphs: 3.4.3 Reference in the Specifications to a single item or piece of equipment shall apply to as many such items as are indicated on Drawings or required to complete the Work. 3.4.4 Listing an item or method in the Project Manual or indicating an item or method on the Drawings required the Contractor to furnish, fabricate, and instali the item, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Add to 3.5 the folio,ving subparagraphs: 3.5.2 After Contract has been executed, Owner and Architect will consider a formal request for substitution of products in place of those specified only under conditions set forth in Section 01600, Material and Equipment. 3.5.3 By making requests for substitutions based on subparagraph 3.5.2 above, the Contractor: 1 represents that he has personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal; or superior in all respects to that specified; .2 represents that he will provide the same warranty for the substitutions that he would for that specified; .3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract but c•ccludes costs under separate contracts, and excludes the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and .4 will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. SECTION 00800 -1 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS E. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND CC 40LETIUN 1. Add to 9.3.1 the following clauses: 9.3.1.3 Until Substantial Completion, the Owner will pay 90 percent of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. 2. Add to 9.8 the following subparagraphs: 9.8.4 Upon Substantial Completion, and written acceptance thereof by Owner, a portion of the retainage may be released to Contractor if, in Architect's opinion, Contractor's performance is satisfactory and such release is in Owner's interest. 9.8.5 Retainage shall remain at nor less than 200 percent of estimated value of incomplete Work and Work not conforming to Contract Document requirements. F. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 1. Add to paragraph 11.1 the following Subparagraphs: 11.1.4 Liability insurance shall be on an occurrence Basis, and shall include Direct Damage and Consequential Loss Coverage and Broad Form Property Damage. 11.1.5 ^omprehensive General Liability for Operations Includes: .1 Pr3mises/ Operations. .2 Protective. .3 Products and Completed Operations. .4 Contra:.tual. .5 Independent Contractors .6 Broad Form Property Damage including Collapse, Underground, and Explosion. .7 Personal Injury including coverage for false arrest, detention and imprisonment, malicious prosecution, libel, slander, defamr.tion of character, invasion of privacy, and wrongful conviction or wrongful entry. 11.1.6 Automobile Liability shall include owned autos, hired autos, non-owned autos, and garage liability. 11.1.7 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following: 11.1.7.1 Worker's Compensation: State Statutory Limits. 11.1.7.2 Compiehensive General Liability: .1 Single limits for personal injury and property damage: $500,00 for each occurrence and $1,000,000 annual aggregate. 11 1.7.3 Automobile liability: .1 Single limits for peraunal in;ury and property damage: $500,000 for each occurrence and $1,000,000 annual aggregate. 11.1.8 The Contractor shall furnish and maintain the following additional minimum insurance: 11.1.8.1 Umbrella Excess Liability Over Primary Insurance: $1,000,000. 11.1.9 Insurance Requirements: 11.1.9.1 The Contractor shall make original insurance policies available to Owner's Representative for inspection, upon request by Architect. 11.1.9.2 The Contractor shall submit to Architect, two copies of Certificates of Insurance for required insurance. 111.1.9.3 Maintain Products and Completed Operations Insurance for a minimum SECTION 00800 -2 DOCUMENT 001100 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of one year after sinal payment. 11.1.9.4 In the event of cancellation or non-renewal of any required insurance, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the Owner. 2. Add to 11.3.1 the following clauses: 11.3.1.5 The Contractor, subcontractor, Sub-subcontractors interests in property insurance policies shall be io accordance with the following definition of the Named Insured, Owner, General Contractor, all Subcontractors and all Sub- subcontractors as their interests may appear. 11.3.1.6 Any losses covered by property insurance policies shall be adjusted with Owner and General Contractor. 11.3.1.7 The Contractor and subcontractors shall insure against loss of tools and equipment used in performance of Wor*., whether owned, leased, or rented. END OF DOCUMENT SECTION 00800 -3 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF'NORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work includes new construction of Coffee People Store tenant improvements and associated adjacent work. B. The Contractor s scope of Work shall include all permits, licenses, labor, materials, equipment, and related expenses necessary to complete the Pr')ject to the satisfaction of the Owrier, the Architect , all governmental agencies having jurisdiction and all Utilities serving the Project. C. All project work is outlined in the Contract Documents, which includes but is not limited to sitework, foundation systems, general construction, HVAC, plumbing, electrical, fire protection systems, installation of all owner furnished items and final connection of all food service equipment. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. General Conditions: Section 00700 B. Supplementary Conditions: Section 00800 C. Contract Closeout: Section 01700 1.3 CONTRACT A. If the work described herein is awarded, the successful Bidder and Own' shall execute a AIA Document A201, latest edition, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum. 1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. SAFETY REQUiREMENTS 1. Associated General Contractor's of America, Inc., "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction", Workman's Compensation Board "Safety Code for Construction Work,"Oregon State Employment Act Safety Requirements, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) requirements, as applicable, apply to Work specified herein. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Contractor shall limit his use of premises for Work and storage to allow for Work by other contractors. B. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Architect's Representative. C. Move any stored Products, under Contractor's control, which interfere with operations of the Owner. D. Procure use of additional storage and work areas as required to complete the Work. 1.6 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BY OWNER i !NSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR A. Specif,;;ations: 1. The materials furnished by Owner shall meet the specification as outlined in this Project Manual. SECTION 01010- 1 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK B. Procedures for Owner furnished Products: 1. Owner's Representative shall deliver submittals to Contractor, pay for product including delivery to the site, deliver list of materials delivered to Contractor, inspect deliveries and submit claims for transportation damage, arrange for replacement of defective products and arrange for manufacturer's warranties and inspection services. 2. Contractor's Representative shall designate delivery date for each Owner furnished product in the Construction Schedule, review product submittals, receive and unload products at the site and promptly inspect Owner furnished products jointly with Owner's Representative, record shortages, including damaged and defective products, handle, unrrate, and store products at the site, protect products from damage, and a-,semble and install the Owner furnished products. C. Contractor Responsibilities for Quantities for Owner Furnished Products: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide the Owner with an accurate quantity takeoff for each material to be furnished by the Owner. The takeotf shall state the exact quantity required not allowing for overage or waste and an additional quantity as recommended overage to be furnished. Once approv.-d by the Owner, this takeoff shall become the basis for the Owner to furnish the item. 2. The Contractor shall reimburse to the Owner the cost of any excess material not used in the construction beyond the approved overage amount. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, at no additional cost to the Owner, any additional quantity of item due to a deficiency in the quantity takeoff. D. Scheduling: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide the Owner with the required schedule for furnishing the Owner Furnished Items to the project site so as to avoid any delay in the Contractor's overall construction schedule, allowing for normal industry ordering, manufacturing and shipping lead time. E. Handling: 1. The Owner will deliver the Owner Furnished Items to the project site on trucks. The Contractor is responsible to furnish all labor, material, equipment, and tools required to receive, unload, store, protect, move from storage, uncrate, assemble and make ready to install these items. 2. The Contractor shall provide motorized equipment as required to facilitate off loading of Owner Furnished items. F. Inspection: 1. The Contractor is responsible to inspect all deliveries of Owner Furnished Items to the project site for damage during shipment, noting any damage on the delivery Bill of Lading and properly notifying the shipping company of the darnage per their required procedure. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of any item damaged during shipping that must be re-ordered or replaced. The Contractor shall repair or replace, at no cost to the Owner, any damaged equipment received at the job site and not noted on the Bill of Lading. SECTION 01010- 2 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK G. Verification: 1. The Contractor shall provide copies of all delivery tickets, Bills of Lading, etc., certifying receipt of the Owner Fumished Items. H. Storage: 1. The Contractor is responsible to provide proper storage for all Owner Fumished Items once received at the project site. 1. Responsibility: 1. The Contractor is solely responsible for care of the Owner Fumished Items once received at the Project site until completion of the Contract. Any loss or damage during his possession will be repaired or rbplacPd at no cost to the Owner. J. Submittals: 1. The Owner will furnish shop drawings, manufacturer's data sheets, installation instructions, etc. for all Owner Fumished Items where the manufacturer normally provides this information. Where the Owner Fumished Item is only a material component of a larger assembly requiring shop drawings, the Contractor is responsible to fumish the required submittal. 2. The Contractor shall verify all field conditions and dimensions. The Contractor shall notify the Owner of any omisFions, corrections, or changes prior to installation of any Owner Fumished Item. 1.7 FEES PAID BY OWNER A. The Owner or his representative will file the General Building Construction Documents with the required building departments any pay fees for their plans review. 1.8 FEES PAID BY CONTRACTOR A. Soif compaction tests required by public authority. B. Building permit fees. C. Utility connecticn fees. D. Sewer devfslopment I equalization charges. E. Sewer connection fees. F. Other permit and inspection fees required by public authority. G. All other licenses, labor, materials, expenses, utilities, etc. necessary to complete the project to the satisfaction of the Owner , Architect, and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction. SECTION 01010- 3 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.9 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERS:NCE A. A pre-construction conference will be held (Date and time to be announced.) The General Contractor required to attend. Questions concerning construction, procedures, and other requirements will be addressed. PART2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION l SECTION 01010-4 SECTION 01025 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PART ". GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section describes the process and procedures for applying for pay,I.crt. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Genera,' Conditions: Section 00700. B. Supplementary Conditions: Section 00800. C. Summary of Work: Section 01010. D. Modification Procedures: Section 0 102 5. E. Submittals: Section 01300. F. Contract Closeout: Section 01700. 1.3 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED A. Submit itemized applications typed on AIA Document X702, Application and Certificate for Payment, together with Continuation Sheets Alii Document G703. B. Application for payment line items should correspond to items listed on Schedule of Value in Section 01300. 1.4 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Application Form: 1. Fill in required information. 2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on continuation sheets. 3. Execute certification with signature of responsible officer of contracting firm. B. Continuation Sheets: 1. Identify each major item of work by number and title matching those listed in Table of Contents of this Project Manual. 2. Fill in scheduled dollar value for each item. 3. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored. A. Round off values to nearest dollar. 5. List each Change Order, executed prior to date of submission, at end of continuation sheets. Include Change Order number and brief description. 1.5 SUBCONTRACTOR PAYMENT A. After the first request for payment, each subsequent request shall be accompanied by a notarized affidavit stating that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid less earned retainage as their interests appeared in the last payment received. B. No application for payment by the Contractor shall be processed unless accompanied by the affidavit. 1.6 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. Submit, when requested by Director of Construction or Architect, backup information to justify line item amounts. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. In:lude Application number and date, and line item by number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.7 PAYMENT FOR PRODUCTS STORED OFF THE PROJECT SITE A. When delay or added cost to Owner can be avoided by storing products off site, Owner may make payment to Contractor for said products provided that Contractor shall: SECTION 01025-1 SECTION 01025 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 1. Lonnie storage facilities within 50 miles of project site, or within 50 miles of Architect's office. 2. Make storage facilities available for Architect's visual inspection. 3. Segregate and label stored products for specified project. 4. Assume all risk for loss. 5. Assume responsibility for exceeding product"shelf life". 6. Protect stored products and provide applicable insurance against their damage, discoloration, and theft, listing the Owner and any mortgagee as additional named insured. 7. Submit itemized inventory and Schedule of Values for stored products together with Certificate of Insurance. B. Submit payment requests to Owner as part of Contractor's regular progress payment request. 9. Reimburse Owner for damages sustained if stored products are not delivered to jobsite when needed. 10. Submit to Owner, with copy to Architect, a written waiver of lien insuring Owner against claims for unpaid storage costs. 11. Upon receipt of payment from Owner, prepare and issue to Owner with a copy for Architect and any mortgagee, a bill-of-sale for stored products (See required bill-of- sale form bound hereinafter). PART2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION SECTION 01025-2 SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for Alternates. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general prr '-ions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Div: . 1 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITION: A. An Alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain construction activities defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems or !rista!!ation methods described in Contract Documents. 1.4 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust adjacent Work as necessary to ensure that work affected by each accepted Alternate is complete and fully integrated into the project. 1. All c03ts or related coordination with or modifications to other Work are to be included on each Alternate. 1.5 NOTIFICATION: A. Immediately following the award of the Contract, prepare and distribute to each party involved, notification of the status of each Alternate. Indicate whether Alternates have been accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to Alternates. 1.6 SCHEDULE: A. A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of the Section. Specification Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials and methods necessary to achieve the Work described under each Alternate. 1. Include as part of each Alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED SECTION 01030 - 1 SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: Revised Lighting Scheme See Construction Director for description. B. Alternate No. 2: Removal of Ceiling at the from of the House Area See Construction Director for description. C. Alternate No. 3: Lighting Controls See Construction Director for description. CND OF SECTION SECTION 01030 - 2 SECTION 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURiES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Thin section describes .,ia process and procedures involved in modifying the Contract Requirements. 1.2 RESPONSIBLE PARTIES A. Immediately following Contract execution, Owner will and Contractor shall identify who, within their respective organizations, will be responsible for executing Change Orders. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Contract Conditions: Sections 00700 & 00800 B. Applications for Payment: Section 01025 C. Submittals: Section 01370 D Contract Closeout: Section 01700 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Proposal Request: 1. Means request fron. Architect to Contractor for changes to Contract Sum and/or Contract Time for proposed changes to the Work. B. Change Order: 1. Means: See General Conditions. 2. AIA G701. C. Architect's Supplementary Instructions: 1. Means written order, instruction, or interpretation to Contr;ctor, executed on AIA Form G710 or other similar form designated by Architect, and signed by Architect, which authorizes minor changes in Work not altering Contrsct Sum and/or Contract Time. 1.5 OWNER- OR ARCHITECT-INITIATED CHANGES A. Requests will include: 1. Detailed description of change, including change location and products. 2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. 3. When appropriate, projected time span for making change, and specific statement as to whether or not overtime work is authorized. 4. When appropriate, specific time period during which requested price will be considered valid. B. Suc'i request is for information only, and :3 not an instruction or authorization to execute the change or an or.ier to stop Work in progress. SECTION 01035-1 SECTION 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1.6 CONTRACTOR-INITIATED C '4NGES A Requests shall include: 1. Description of proposed change. 2. Statement of reason for making change. 3. Statement of effect upon Contract Sum and/or Contract Tirr.e. 4. Statement of effect upon work of other Contractors. 5. Statement of effect upon work by Owner. 6. Documentation supporting any change to Contract Sum and/or Contract Time. 1 7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. !n lieu of or in addition to Proposal Request, Owner may issue Construction Change Directive for Contractor to proceed with change for subsequent inclusion in future Change Order. B. Construction Change Directive will describe Work changes with attachments of revised changes in Contract Sum and/or Contract Time. C. Owner will sign and date Construction Chang(- Directive as authorization for Contractor to proceed with changes. D. Contractor shall, if he concurs, sign and date Construction Change Directive to indicate agreement with specified terms. E. Contractor shall provide final quotation of changes in Contract Sum and/or Contract Time within fourteen (14) days of the completion of the authorized work. 1.8 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A. Support quotation of each Unit Price proposal, which has not been previously established, and each lump sum proposal with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect to evaluate quotation. 1. Submit within fourteen (14) days following receipt of Proposal Request or Architect's Supplemental Instruction. 2. With each quotation, submit the following cost and time data: a. Labor required b. Equipment required C. Products required 1) Quantity required 2) Purchase source 3) Unit cost d. Taxes, insurance, and bonds e. Credit for deleted work, similarly documented. f. Overhead and profit. g. Justification for any change in Contract Time. B. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on time-and-material/force acc runt basis with documentation as required for lump-sum proposal, plus the following iriformat;on. 1. Submit within ten (10) days of the completion of the quoted work. a. Name of Owner's authorized agent who ordered work, and date of order. b. Dates and times of work performed, and by whom. C. Time records, including summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. d. Receipts and invoices for the following: 1) Equipment used, including dates and time of use. 2) Products used, including quantities. 3) Subcontracts C. Document requests for product substitutions as specified in Section 01630. SECTION 01035-2 SECTION 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1.9 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Construction Director will prepare each Change Order. B. Change Order will describe Work changes with attachments of any revised Contract Documents, which define details of change. C. Change Oder will adjust Contrrict Sum and/or Contract Time. 1.10 LUMP-SUM/CHANGE ORDERS A. Change Order contents will be based on either agreed Construction Change Directive or: 1. Architect's Proposal Request and Contractor's responsive proposal as mutuelly agreed between Ownet cn,, Contractor. 2. Contractor's change proposal as ocommended by Architect, and as mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor. B. Owner and Architect will sign and date Change Order as authorization for Contractor to proceed with changes. C. Contractor shall sign and date Change Order to indicate agreement with specified terms. 1.11 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDERS A. Change Order contents will be based on either agreed Construction Change Directive or: 1. Architect's definition of required changes. 2. Contractor's change proposal as recommended by Architect. 3. Survey of completed work. B. Unit Price amounts shall be either: 1. Those stated in Agreement, if any. 2. Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. C. When quantities of items affected by Change Order can be determined prior to start of work: 1. Owner and Architect will sign and date Change Order as authorization for Contractor to proceed with changes. 2. Contrartor shall sign and date Change Order to indicate agreement with specified terms. D. When quantities of Items affected by Change Order cannot be determined prior to start of work: 1. Owner will issue Consiniction Change Directive directing Contractor to proceed with change on basis of unit prices, and will cite applicable unit prices. 2.. Within fourteen (14) days of completion of change, Contractor shall submit documentation to establish quantities of units of each item and any claim for change in Contract Time. 3. Construction Director will determine work cost based upon agreed unit prices and quantities used. 4. Construction Director will sign and date Change Order to establish change in Contact Sum and/or Contract Time. 5. Owner and Contractor will sign and date Change Order to indicate their agreement with specified terms. -1.12 TAME-AND-MATERIAL AND FORCE-ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDERS A. Owner will issue Construction mange Directive directing Contractor to proceed with changes. B. Within fourteen f14) days of completion of change, Contractor shall submit itemized accounting of change with supporting data as specified above in "Documentation of Proposals and Claims". SECTION 01035-3 SECTION 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES C. Construction Director will determine allowable cost of such work, as provided in Contract General onditions. D. Construciton Director will sign and date Change Order to establish change in Contract Sum and/or Contract Time. E. Omer and Contractor will sign and date Change Order to indicate their agreement with specified terms. 1.13 CORRELATION OF CHANGE ORDERS WITH CONTRACTOR'S OTHER SUBMITTALS A. revise Schedule of Values and subsequent Application for Payment forms to record each change as separate item of work, and to record adjusted Contract Sum. B. Revise construction schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time. C. Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of Work affected by changes. D. Upon completion of Change Order Work, record pertinent changes in record documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION I SECTION 01035-4 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Se-,tions, apply to this Section. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Summary of Work: Section 01010 B. Cutting and Patching: Section 01045 C. Submittals: Section 01300 D. Quality Control: Section 01400 E. Temporary Facilites: Section 01600. F. Materials and Methods: Section 01500 G. Contract Closeout: Section 01700 1.3 CONSTRUCTION ORGANIZATION AND START-UP A. Establish on-site lines cf authority and communications including the foilowing: 1. Establish pro-allures of intra-project communications including: a. Submittals b. Reports and records C. Recommendations d. Coordination Drawings e. Schedules f. Resolution of conflicts 2 Contract DoculTlb:Its Interpretation: a. Consult with Architect to obtain interpretation. b. Assist in reso ution of questions or conflicts which may arise. C. Transmit written snterpretations to Sub-contractors and to other concerned parties. 3. Permits and Approvals: a. Verify that sub-contractors have obtained required pennits and inspections for work and for temporary facilities. 4. Control Use of Site: a. Supervise field engineering and project layout. b. Allocate field office space and work and storage areas for use of Architect and each sub-contractor. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor is responsible for the coordination for all phases of the work under this Contract. B. The General Contractor shall be responsible foi coordinating rrders for material which are not immediately available in such time so as not to delay the work of this project. Resulting unnecessary delays will not give cause for extensions in construction time. C. Coordinate Job Notebook with Draw,ogs to insure all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for the project completion are included. Failure of the Contractor or Subcontractor to fully acquaint themselves with both the Drawings and Job Notebook requirements shall not reiieve them from performing the work required by the Contract Documents. D. All materials to be nF-vi, free from defects in bearing strength, durability, or appearance, of best commercial quality for purpose specified E. Adequately protect active utilities from damage and remove or relocate as indicated SECTION 01040-1 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION or specified. Remove and plug or cap inactive or abandoned utilities encountered during the work. If not specified or otherwise! provided, cap such utility lines at least three feet outside of new buildings or as required by local regulations. 1.5 COORDINATING SUB-CONTRACTORS' WORK A. Coordinate the work of all sub-contractors and make certain that, where the work of one trade is dependent upon the work of another trade, the work first installed is properly placed, installed, aligned, and finished as specified or required to properly receive subsequent materials applied oi attached thereto. B. Direct sub-contractors to correct defects in substrates they install when sub- contractors of subsequent materials have a reasonable and justifiable objection to such surfaces. C. Do not force sub-contractors to apply or nstall product to improperly placed or improperly finished substrates that would result in an unsatisfactory or unacceptable finished product. 1.6 COORDINATING WORK WITH OWNER'S AND OTHER CONTRACTOR'S WORK A. Coordinate and make certain that where work of either party is dependent upon the other party, the work first performed is property placed, installed, aligned, and finished as required to permit the proper installation of the following work. B. If the other work in any way interferes with the Contractor's work so notify the other party sufficientl•; in advance so that the other party has reasonable time to make re.:esssry adjustments. C. If the Contractor's work in any way interferes with the other party's work, so notify the other party as soon as possible. The Contractor shall modify its schedule as reasonably necessary to acr,ommodate the other party's work. D. Contractor recognizes that Owner is entitled under the Contract Documents, including without limitations GC Article 6, to perform work on site during the course of Contractor's performance, whether via Owner's forces, consultants, or separate Contractors. 1.7 CLOSE-OUT DUTIES A. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Start-up: 1. Coordinate check-out of utilities, operational systems, and equipment. 2 Verify full operation of all systems as designed. 3. Assist in initial start-up and testing. B. At completion of work of each sub-contract, conduct inspection to assure that. 1. Work is acceptable. 2. Specified cleaning has been accomplished. 3. Temporary facilities and debris have been removed from site C. Substantial Completion: 1. Conduct inspection and prepare list of work to be completed or corrected. 2. Assist Architect in inspection. 3. Supervise correction and completion of work as established in Construction Director's inspection reports. SECTION 01040-2 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION D. Final Completion: 1. Assist Architect or Construction Director in inspection. PART2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION SECTION 01040-3 SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work under each Section of the Project Manual shall include providing, installing and maintaining all scaffold, staging, planking, temporary shoring and/or bracing barricades and other protection devices necessary for safety and in strict conformity with applicable laws and ordinances. The work also includes the maintenance of protection devices so as not to interfere with of obstruct the work of other trades. B. The work under this section also includes the services of a Licensed Land Surveyor for layout of project as described herein. 1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all i iecessary temporary or construction bracing, shoring or support for walls, floors or roof construction prior to completion of vertical and lateral bearing systems. B. The Contractor shall provide all necessary field surveying and engineering as required to properly locate the st,-uctures and improvements on the property, as described in the contract documents. 1. Contractor must obtain the services of a Land Surveyor registered in the project state acceptable to the Architect and Owner. 2. The Owner shall provide basic horizontal and vertical controls for the Project layout. 3. Prior to staking, the plan dimensions shall be verified by calculations. In the event that plan dimensions are in conflict or in error, notify the Architect or engineer prior to staking. 4. The Field Engineering Services provided by the Land Surveyor shall be the following: a. Rough Parking grade stakes at parking comers and at 50' intervals. b. Rough Building comer stakes at building comers with cuts to finish floor. C. Finish Parking stakes at all perking comers, radius ooints, points of curve, mid points of curve and 25' intervals along tangents. d. Finish Building offset stakes at each building comer and set on TBM. e. Stake offsets to all Storm Sewer, Sanitary Sewer and Waterlines with points along line. f. Retaining wall offset stakes at 25' intervals with cuts to top of wall. 5. Prior to finish draw request, the Contractor is to provide a Certification s igned by the Contractor and the Land Surveyor that building foundation has been staked and constructed to plans and specifications. C. The work under each Section of the Project Manual shall include providing all forms of protection as necessary to preserve the work of other trades and the public free from damage. These provisions shall be considered as though repeated under each separate Section of the Project Manual. SECTION 01050- 11 SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING D. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to be aware of and observe all safety requirements. Neither the("wner nor the Architect shall be liable for the failure of the Contractor to observe and comply with required safety requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION SECTION Zo1050- 2 SECTION 01075 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 GENEr2AL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Perform all cutting, fitting, and patching, including any attendant excavation and backfill, required to complete Worts and to: 1. Make work fit properly together. 2. Integrate with other work. 3. Uncover work for install ,tion of ill-timed work. 4. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. 5. Remove samples of installed Work for testing. 6. Provide penetrations through non-structural surfaces for mechanical and electrical work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request for cutting approval to Construction Director well in advance of any cutting which affects: 1. Work of Owner or any separate Contractor. 2. Structural integrity of any completed or existing work. 3. Waterproof integrity of any weather-exposed or moisture-resistant work. 4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of any completed or existing work. 5. Visual qualities of any sight-exposed work. B. Request shall include: 1. Project identification 2. Location and description of affected work 3. Necessity for rutting or alteration 4. Effect on Owner's work 5. Effect on other Contractor's work 6. Description of proposed work including: a. Extent of cutting, patching: alteration, or excavation. b. Trades who will execute work. C. Products proposed for use d. Extent of required refinishing 7. Alternatives to cutting and patching 8. Cost proposal, when applicable 9. Written permission of any affected separate Contractor. C. Submit written notice to Construction Director designating date and time work will be performed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Products similar to those specified elsewhere in this Project Manual: 1. Follow those Specifications. B. Other Products: 1 Follow Architect's instructions. SECTION 01075-1 SECTION 01073 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Inspect existing conditions and identify work subject to damage or movement caused by proposed cutting and patching. B. After uncovering, inspect conditions affecting performance of Work. C. Report unsatisfactory and questionable conditions to Architect. D. Do not proceed with Work until Construction Director provides further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Maintain adequate temporary support necessary to assure structural integrity of affected work. B. Protect ether portions of project work against dainage and disccloratiin. C. Protect Wan; exposed by cutting against darnage and discoloration. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Provide proper surta.-es for patching and finishing. B. Employ qualified installer or tabdcator to perform cutting and patching for: 1. Weather-exposed or moisture-resistant surfaces 2. Sight-exposed finished surfaces C. Cut concrete and other rigid materials with masonry saw or core drill. Do not overcut comers. D. Restore cut of removed work Ani~ r --w products to provide work complete in accordance with Contract cloruments. Maintain ainy original fire-resistance rating. E. Fit Work air-tight to pipes. sleeves, ducts, conduits, and other surface penetrations. F. Where patching occurs, refinish e�dire surface to provide even finish to match adjacent work as follows: 1. Continuous Surfaces: Refoish to nearest intersection j 2. Assemblies: Refinish enti a unit. i 3.4 CUTTING STRUCTURAL FRAMING A. Not permitted, unless shown on drawings or otherwise approved. 3.5 CLEANING; AND REPAIRING A. Including Work of other trades, clean, repair and touch-up, a* repl,,ice when direct'ri, products which have been soiled, discolored, or damaged by work of this Section. B. Remove debris from project site upon work completion or sooner, if directed. END OF SECTION SECTION 01075-2 SECTION 01090 REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS PART1 GENERAL. 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions: Section 00700 B. Supplementary Conditions: rection 00800 1.2 REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS A. For products or workmanship specified by referenced specification or standard, comply with requirements of the specification or standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by governing codes. B. Except where a specific date is specified, the date of the referenced specification or standard is that in effect as of the bid opening date. C. Obtain a copy of all referenced specifications and standards, and maintain at jobsite during the specific work until Substantial Completion of the Project. 1.3 REFERENCED REGULATORY AGENTS A. AASHTO American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials 444 North Capital Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20001 B. ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 C. ASA American Standards Association (Now known as ANS;- see above) D. ASTM American Society for Testing & Materials 1916 Race Street Philadeiphia, PA 19103 E. CS Commercial Standards of the Commodities Division of the Department of Commerce Washington, D.C. 20006 F. FM Factory Mutual System 1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike Norwood, MA 01062 G. Fed Spec Federa; Specifications of the United States General Services Administration Specifications and Consumer Information Distribution Section (WF SIS) Washington Navy Yard, Bldg 197 Washington, D.C. 20407 H. NBFU National Bureau of Fire Underwriters 85 John Street New York, NY 10017 J. NEC National Electric Code published by National Fire Protection Association (See NFPA below) K. NFPA National Fire Protection Association Battery March Park Quincy, MA 02269 L. OSBCA Oregon State Building Codes Agency M. OSHD Oregon State Highway Division Dept. of Transportation SECTION 01%190-1 SECTION 01090 REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS 329 Transportation Bldg. Salem, OR 97310 N. PS Product Standards of the Commodities Division of the Department of Commerce Washington, D.C. 20203 O. UBC Uniform Building Code publishes by the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) 5360 South Workman Mill Road Whittier, CA 90601 P. UBC Std Uniform Building Code Standards, Volume 111, published by ICBO (See UBC above) Q. UMC Uniform Mechanical Code published by ICBO (See UBC above) R. USAS United States of American Standards Instituto (Now known as ANSI: see above) UL Underwriters Laboratories 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 60062 1.4 TRADE ASSOCIATION REFERENCES A. See specific Specification Sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PARTS PRODUCTS NOT USED END OF SECTION s.� SECTION 01090-2 SECTION 0095 EXPLANATIONS ANC) DEFINITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS- A. General Explanation: A substantial amount of the Specification language constitutes specific definitions for nominal terms found on the Drawings and in other Contract Documents. Certain terms used repetitiously through-out the Contract Documents are hereby defined as follows: 1. General Requirements: The provisions or requirements of the Division 1 sections. The General Requirements apply to the entire work of the Contract arid, where so indicated, to other elements of work which are included in the Project. 2. Indicated: a. The term"Indicated"is a cross reference to details, notes or schedules on the drawings, other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications, and similar means of recording requirements in the Contract Documents. b. Where terms such as"shown", "noted" and "scheduled" are used, it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate the cross eference, and no limitation of location is intended, except as specifically noted. 3. Directed, Requested, Etc.: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "directed", "requested", "authorized", "selected", "approved", "required", "accepted", and "permitted" mean "directed by the Architect", etc. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's responsibility into the Contractors area of construction supervision. 4. Installer: The nerson or entity engaged by the Contractor or his sub- contractor or sub-subcontractor for the performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including installation, erection, application and similar required operations. It is a general requirement that installers be recognized experts in the work they are engaged to pert ,rm. 5. Project Site: The space available to the Contractor for the performance of the work, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing the work as part of the Project. The extent of the project site is shown on the Drawings. 6. Testing Laboratory: An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of the Work, either at the project site or elsewhere, and to report anu interpret the results of those inspections or tests. See Section 01410. 7. Approve: a. Where used in conjunction with the Architect's response to submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports, and claims by the Contractor, the meaning of the term"approved"will be held to the limitations of the Architect's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. b. In no case will "approval" by the Architect be interpreted as a release of the Contractor for responsibilities to fulfill requirements of the Contract Documents. 8. Extra Work: An item of work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but SECTION 01095-1 SECTION 01095 EXPLANATIONS AND DEFINITIONS determined by the Architect as essential to the proper completion of the Contract within its intended scope. 9. Extra Work Order: A Change Order concdming the performance of work or furnishing of materials involving extra work. 10. Plans: The approved plans, profiles, typical cross sections, working drawings and supplemental drawings, or exact reproductions thereof, which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the Work to be done or contemplated under the Contract. 11. Furnish: Except a3 otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "furnish" is used to rnean supply and deliver to the Project Site, ready for installation. 12. Provide: Except to the extent further defined, the term "provide" means to fumisn and install, complete and ready for the intended use. B. Contract Personal: 1. Construction Director: The individual or designated represeciative of Coffee People Inc. 2. Architect: representative of Architects Van Lom/Edwards. 1.3 SPECIFICATION EXPLANATIONS: A. General: This series of explanations is provided to assist theuser of these Specifics;ions and associated Contract Documents to more reawly understand the format, language, implied requirements and similar conventions of the content. None of these explanations will be interpreted to modify the substance of the requirements. B. Fermat Explanations: The format of the principal portions of Specifications can be described as follows, although other portions may not fully comply and no particular significance will be attached to such compliance or non-compliance: 1. Titles: i he Specificaticns are divided into Dk'visions, sub-divisions and Sections for convenience. The titles of these are, not intended to imply a particular meaning or to fully describe the Work of each Division, sub-division or Section, and aie not an integral part of the t(:x' which specifies the requirements. 2. r 3ch Section of Specificatio i has been sub-divided into 3 "parts" for iniformity and convenience (Part 1 - General, Part 2- Products, and Part 3 - Execution). These do not limit the meaning of and are not an integral part of the text%hich specifies requirements. 3. Imperative language is frequently used. Except as otherwise specified, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. 4. Section Numbering: Used to facilitate cross references in the Contract Documents. The Sections are bound in numerical sequence; however, this seq,,_-�nce is not complete and the Table of Contents of the Specifications must be cont tilted to determine the numbers and names of specification sections in th-.t Contract Documants. 5. The pages of eac,) Section are numbered independently for each Section. The Section number is shown with the page number at the bottom of each Page. 6. Paragraph numbers are in a self-explanatory format, and are purely for the purpose of facilitating subsequent references to specific text, fcr addenda, purchasing, sub-contracting, modifications, change orders, and similar references. 7 Project identification is recorded at the top of each page to minimize misuse of the Specifications and confusion with other project Specifications. SECTION 01095-2 SECTION 01095 EXPLANATIONS AND DEFINITIONS C. Specification Content: Becalrse of the methods by which this project Specification has been produced, certarrn conventions of the text and content can be explained as follows: 1. Overlapping and conflicting requirements: Where compliance with two or more industry standards or sets of requirements is specified, and overlapping of those different standards or requirements establishes two different or conflicting minimums or levelE of quality, the most stringent requirement (which is generally recognized to be also the most costly) is ioltended and will be enforced, unless specifical!v detailed language written into the Contract Documents ( not by way of reference to an industry standard) clearly indicates that the less stringent requirement is to be fulfilled. Refer apparently-equal-but-different requirements, and uncertainties as to which of two levels of quality is the more stringent, to the Archi.ect for a decision before proceeding. Z. Minimum Quality/Quantity: In every instance, the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as the minimum for the work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum within reasonable limits. In complying with requirements, the indicated numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirr-ments. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. 3. Specialists, Assignments: In -,ertain instances, the specification text requires (or at least implies) that specific work be assigned to certain specialist or expert entities, who must he engaged for the performance or those units of work. These are specified as, and must be recognized as, special requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option. These assignments must not be confused with (and are not intended to interfere with) the normal application of regulations, union jurisdictions and similar conventions. One purpose of such assignments is to establish which party or entity involved in a specific unit of work is to be recognized as the "expert" for the indicated construction processes or operations. Nevertheless, the final responsibility for fulfillment of the entire set of requirements remains with the Contractor. 4. Trades, Names: Except as otherwise indicated, the use of trade titles such as "carpentry" in specification text, implies neither the work must be performed by an accredited or unionized tradesman or 0114 corresponding generic name (such as a carpenter), nor that the specified requirements apply exclusively to work by tradesmen of that correspondi%i generic name. 5. Abbreviations: a. The Specifications are of abbreviated or streamlined type and fmquently include incomplete sentences. Words such as "shall', "shall be", "Contractor shall', and similar mandatory phrases shall be supplied by inference in same manner as they are in a note on Drawings. Contractor shall provide all items listed and perform all operations required, in accordance with Article 1.1 3 of "General Conditions", if and as modified in these Specifications b. In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as"all', "each", and "every" and articles such as SECTION 01095-3 SECTION 01095 EXPLANATIONS AND DEFINITIONS "the", "a", and "an", but the tact tl•at a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either s atement. C. Actual work abbreviations of a self-explanatory nature have been included in the text. These are generally definea in each Section at the first instance of use for each term so abbreviated. d. Trade associations and general standards are frequently abbreviated; refer to Section 01090 for a general listing of these abbreviations. e. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular wherever applicable and the full context of the requirement so indicates. 1.4 DRAWING EXPLANATIONS A. Wherever a detail is referenced and drawn to describe a specific condition, the same or a similar detail shall be used in identical or similar conditions elsewhere on the Project even if not specifically referenced. B. Where the word "similar" occurs on the Drawings, it shall be interpreted in its general sense and not as meaning identical. All details shall be worked out in relation to their location and their connection with other parts of the Work. C. The figured or noted dimensions on the Drawings shall be used instead of measurements of the Drawings by ;tale, and shall be strictly complied with. D. No scale measurements of the Drawings shall be used as a dimension for any part of the work. END OF SECTION SECTION 01095-4 7 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section describes the requirements for submittals for this project. The Architect will be obligated to review only those submittals required by the Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Definitions and additional requirements, see General and Supplementary Conditions. G. Submittal Schedule: 1. Designate in construction schedule, and in separate coordinated Schedule, Fubmission dates and dates that reviewed Submittals will be needed. See Section 01310 1.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMEIJ*i"S A. Shop Drawings: 1 Identify Shop Drawing details by reference to drawing sheet, detail, schedule, or room number shown on Contract Drawings. 2. Sheet Size: 8-1/2 x 11 inch minimum, 30 x 42 inch maximum. B. Product Data: 1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and required clearances. 4. Show wiring and piping diagrams, and controls. 5. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: a. Modify to delete information not applicable to Work. b. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to Work. C. Samples: 1. Size and Quantity: See respective !specification sections. 2. Show full range of color, texture and pattern. 3. Deliver to Architect's office, unless otherwise specified. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples prior to submission. B. Determine and verify: 1. Field measurements. 2. Field construction criteria. 3. Catalog numbers and similar data. 4. Conformance with Specifications. C. Comply with Contract Documents. D. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the Work. E. Notify Architect in writing, at submission time, of any deviations in submittals from Contract Document requirements. F. Perform no Work or fabrication requiring submittal until return of submittal with Architect's or Engineer's stamp indicating 'No Exceptions Taken' or "Make Corrections Noted. SECTION 01300 - 1 SECTION 01300 SU3MITTALS 1.5 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved Submittal Schedu'e, and in such sequence as to cause no Work delay. 1. Provide to Owner's Representative a ropy of transmittal letter. B. Number of submittals required: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Submit one reproducible sepia which will be returned to Contractor, plus three opaque copies which will be retained by Architect. 2. Product Data: a. Submit sufficient copies for Contractor's needs, plus three copies which will be retained by Architect. 3. Samples: a. Submit number stated in respective specification section. C. Submitted samples shall be of sufficient size to clearly illustrate. - -1.. Project title and names of Contractor, supplier, and manufacturer, all visible when drawings are folded. 2. Project identification complete with specification section number. 3. Field measurements, clearly identified as such. 4. Applicable Standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 5. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 6. Identification of resubmittal revisions. 7. At least 6 x 8 inch space on each page for Contractor's and Architect's stamps. 8. Contractor's stamp, signed and certifying that products, field measurements, field construction criteria, and information submitted has been reviewed and accepted by Contractor as accurate and conforming with Contract Documents. 9. Date for submittal to be reviewed and returned, with indication of priority. 10. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachr-hent devices. 1.6 RECUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes in submittals required by Architect and resubmit until approved. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. 2. Identify any changes made other than those requested by Architect. C. Samples: 1. Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. D. Cost of Additional Review: 1. Costs for third review and subsequent reviews of submittals w0l he payat•le by Contractor. SECTION 01300 - 2 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS 1.7 ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBII (TIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness. If multiple submittals or significantly large submittals are requested, the Architect will consult with Contractor regarding the establishment of prioritization of these submittals. B. Affix signatures and indicate approval, or requirements for resubmittal. C. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or resubmission. PART PRODUCTS NOT USED PAR'r 3 EXECUTION NOT USFD END OF SECTION SECTION 01300 - 3 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Engineering by Contractor 1. Employ a structural engineer registered in State in which the Project is located for designing subcontractur designed structural systems. B. Testing and Inspecting by Contractor: 1. Pay for preliminary testing of concrete and mortar rnix designs where required by Building Code. 2. Pay an independent testing laboratory for shop and site inspection of C,)ntractor designed structural systems when required by subcontractor's structural engineer, Architect's Stnictural Engineer, or local building code officials. C. Notification for Tests and Inspections: 1. Notify Architect's Representative, Independent Testing Laboratory, and building code officials 24 hours prior to site testing and inspecting. D. Independent Testing Laboratory is not Authorized to: 1. Modify Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept Work. 3. Perform duties of Contractor. E. Independent Testing Laboratory Will- i. ill1. Perform compliance tests and inspections. 2. Provide sampling equipment and personnel. 3. Deliver samples to the testing laboratory. 4. Record field measurements. 5. Cure samples as required by Contract Documents. F. Special Tests and Inspections: 1. When director by the Architect's Representative, Independent Testing I Laboratory will provide special tests and inspections to verify material compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and comply with Subparagraph 13.5.2 in Document 00700, General Conditions. 2. Ow,ier will pay for special tests and inspections, except Contractor will pay for additional tests and inspections where W rk fails to comply with Contract Document requirements. 3. Owner will charge Contractor for additional special tests and inspections required by defectiva Work by deducting independent testing laboratory charges for special tests and inspections form the Contract Sum. G. Distribution of Reports by Independent Testing Laboratory: 1. Distribute one copy of soil and paving compaction and water and sewer line test .end inspection reports to Architect's Representative, Civil Engineer, local building official, and two copies to Contractor. 2. Distrihite one copy of concrete, steel, weld, mortar, and grout test and inspection reports to Architect's Representative, Structural Engineer, local building official, and two copies to Contractor. SECTION 01400 - 1 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL H. Field Sample Procedures: 1. Construct field samples prior to starting related field Work as indicated in each Section and by Architect's Representative. 2. Acceptable field samples may be incorporated into the Project when approved by Architect's Representative. I. Mock-Up Procedures: 1. Construct mock-ups prior to staring related assembly work as indicated in each Section and in location selected by Architect's Representative. 2. Acceptable mock-ups may be incorporated into the Project when acceptable to Architect's Representative. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Moisture and Density Tests for Soils and Aggregates: 1. Owner will ::rnploy an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform moisture content and density of soil and soil aggregate tests as required by Soils Engineer. 2. Owner will employ an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform sieve test on each type on imported FII and backfill material in conformance with ASTM C 136 tc determine particle size distribution as required by Soils Engineer. B. Precast Concre'.a Tests: 1. Owner will employ an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform sampling, slump, air content, and compressive strength tests. 2. Sample each batch of concrete, complying with ASTM C 172. 3. Perform one slump test for each batch of concrete, complying A1h ASTM C 143 and one air content test for each set of compressive strength specimens, complying with ASTM C 21. 4. make one set of 5 compressive strength specimens for each day of structural concrete pouring or each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of for each rlass of concrete. 5. Test two specimens after curing 7 days, two specimens after curing 28 days, and retain one specimen for later testing if required. 6. Comply with State Building Code, Section 2605(g) for a ialuation and acceptance of concrete. C. Shop Weld Inspect^n for Structural Steel and Custom Steel Fabrications: 1. Owner will employ an AWS Certified Welding Inspector to visually inspect 100 percent of structural weld and inspect 25 percent of fillet welds and 100 percent of butt welds and moment connection welds by ultra-sonic or magnetic particle inspection. 2. Acceptance criteria includes AWS D 1.1, Paragraph 8.15.1 for visusl inspection and Paragraphs 8.15.3 and 8.15.4 for radiographic or ultra- sonic inspection. SECTION 01400 - 2 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Soil Moisture and Density Tests by Indepe,ident 'Testing Laboratory: 1. Owner will employ an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform moisture and density tests. 2. Independent Testing laboratory shall perform density tests by Sand-Cone Method, ASTM D 1556 and U.B.C. Standard 70-2; Rubber-Balloon Method, P,STM D 2167 and U.B.C. Standard 70-3; or Nuclear Method, ASTM D 2322, U.B.C. Standard 70-5, Part II, and AASHTO T-238 for fill and backfill as directed by Soils Engineer. 3. Independent Testing Laboratory shall perform moisture content tests by Nuclear Method, ASTM D 3017 and U.B.C. Standard 70-5, Part I for fill and backfill as directed by Soils Engineer. B. Asphaltic Concrete Paving Tests: 1. Provide one sieve test on base aggregates in conformance with ASTM C 136 to determine particle size distribution of fine and course aggregate. 2. Provide one compaction test of base aggregates it conformance with ASTM D 1557, (AASHTO T-180 for Modified Proctor test of maximum dry density for each 1,000 square feet of paving. 3. Provide one compaction test of asphaltic concrete in conformance with AASHTO T-209 for Rice density for each 1,000 square feet of paving. 4. Tests will be performed by Independent Testing Laboratory. C. Site Cast Concrete Tests: 1. Owner will employ an Independent Testing Laboratory to sample the first daily truck load of ready mixed concrete and each tenth truck load thereaft, r, complying with ASTM c 172 and perform one slump test for the first daily truck load of ready mixed concrete and each fifth truck load thereafter, complying with ASTM C 143. 2. Owner will Employ an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform one air content test for each set of compressive strength specimens, complying with ASTM c 31 and fabricate compressive strength specimens, complying with ASTM C 39. 3. Make one sec of b compressive strength specimens for each day of structural coricrete pouring or each 50 cubic yard of fraction thereof for each class of concrete. 4. Test two specimens after curing 7 days, two specimens after curing 28 days, and retain one specimen for later testing if required. 5. Comply with Building Code, Section 2605 (g) for evaluation and acceptance of concrete. 6. Provide one sieve test on base aggregates in conformance with ASTM c 136 to determine particle size distribution of fine and course aggregate 7. Provide two tests of base aggregates in conformance with ASTM D 698 for Standard Proctor test of maximum dry density. 8. Tests will be performed by Indepenoc nt Testing Laboratory. SECTION 01400- 3 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL D. Site Weld Inspection for Custom Steel Fabrications: 1. Owner will employ an AWS Certified Welding Inspector to visually inspect 100 percent of structural welds and inspect 25 pei •ent of fillet welds and 100 percent of butt welds and moment connection welds by ultra-sonic or magnetic particle inspection. 2. Acceptance criteria includes AWS D 1.1, Paraqraph B.15.1 for visual inspection and paragraphs 8.15.3 and 8.15.4 for radiographic or ultra- sonic inspections. E. Evaluation of rests and Inspections: i. Satisfactory completion of Work will be evaluated on results of laboratory, shop, and site tarts and inspections. 2. If results of tests and inspections indicated Work does not meet requirements of Contract Documents, that portion of Work is defez1ive and is subject to condemnation. 3. Remove and replauc defective and non-conforming Work at Contractor's expense until such Work meets requirements of Contract Documents. END OF SECTION SECTION 01400 - 4 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Construr'on Facilities Contractor Shall Provide: 1. Temporary power source and distribution lines at the site. 2. Temporary water sour(, and distribution line-, a.t the site 3. One temporary r:onstruciton telephone line, ieicohone instrument, and facsirnile machine. 4. Temporary heating z nd cooling equipment required for Work. 5. Temporary ventilation equipment required for Work 6. Temporary lighting required for Work. 7. Temporary enclosed toilet facilities as required by prevailing code. 8. Temporary 6 foot high wire mesh fence and gate around construcion and staging areas. 9. Temporary dump boxes for waste disposal and material recycling. 10. Temporary fire extinguishers. 11. Temporary field office with first aid cabinet, shop drawing and sample storage, and 4 foot long table top for drawing review. 12. Temporary buildings used for maten,al and equipment storage with adequate ventilators, fire extinguishers, and temporary controls. a. Contractor May Use Existing: 1. Parking areas as authorized by Owner's Representative. 2. Building for temporary field G`r5 ce as authorized by Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 COMPLETION A. Site Controi Work: 1. Apply water to exposed soils to control site dust during dry weather. 2. Keep access roads, parking areas, and loading areas c;ear. B. Removal of Temporary Facilities: 1. Remove temporary facilities upon completion of Work. 2. Restore exposed surfaces damaged by temporary facilitif-s. END OF SECTION SECIION 01050- 1 SECTION 01600 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 GENERAL A. Materials and Equipment incorporated into Work shall: 1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 2. Comply with size, make, type, and quantity specified, unless otherwise approved in writing. B. Manufaciured and Fabricated Products: 1. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gauges, and to be interchangeable. 2. Two or more items of same kind shill be identical, and by same manufacturer. 3. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. 4. Equipment shall comply with capacity, sizes, and dimensions shown or specified, unless otherwise approved in writing. C. Do not,ise materials or equipment for any purpo.e other than that for which designed or specified. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Summary of Work: Section 01010. B. Submittals: Section 01300. C. Product Substitutions: Sectior, 01[;30. D. Contract Closeout: Section 01700. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by referenced standard, select anv product meeting standard. B. For products specified by naming several products, select any one complying with specifications. C. For products specified by naming one or more products and"or,approved", select any one specified product or submit request for substitution as specified below D. For products specified by naming one or more products without restr,cting the Contractor to use of these products only, select any one specified product or .ubmit request for substitution as specified below. 1.5 INAPPROPRIATE PRODUCTS & METHODS A. If Cantractor believes that any specified product, method, or system is inappropriate for use h.� shall, if possible, so notify Architect at least five (5) working days prior to bid opening, and if not possible such notice shall be given before performing Work in question. B. If noticr:of objection is not received within the time limits specified above, then Contractor agrees that the specified products, methods, and systems are appropriate for use on this Proyact. 1.6 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Section 01530. SECTION 01600-1 SECTION 01600 MATERIAL!; & EQUIPMENT 1.7 QUANTITY OF PRODUCTS REQUIRED A. Whenever in specifications a product is referred to in singular number, .such ref arence shall include as many such products as are shown on Drawings or are required to complete the Work. 1.6 PRODUCTS LIST A. Before Contractors first request for payment, submit to Architect complete list of major products proposed for use; include proprietary product names, manufacturer's name, and installing subcontractor's name. 1.9 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Perform Work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not omit preparatory or installation procedures required by manufacturer, unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. C. When Contract Documents require Work to comply with manufacturer's instructions, obtain and distribute such instructions to parties performing work including two (2) copies to Architect. Maintain one (1) set at jobsite during installation and until acceptance. D. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in strict accord with such instructions and in conformance with specified requirements. E. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult Architect for further instnuctions. F. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. 1.10 TRANSPORTATION & HANDLING A. Arrange product deliveries in accord with Contractor's Constructior Schedule; coordinate to avoid conflict with work and site conditions. B. Deliver products undamaged, in manufacturers original containers cr packaging, and with legible identifying lrybels intact. C. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipments to assure comp+iance with Contract Documents and approved submittals and, assure that products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.11 STORAGE & PROTECTIOi! A. Follow manufacturer's instrumions. B. Maintain product identity labels intact. C. Store products subject to weather-damage in weathertight enclosures. D. Maintain storage room temperatum and humidity within ranges required by man0facturer's instructions. E. Maintain reasonable protection against product theft and vandalism. SECTION 01600-2 SECTION 01600 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT r. Exterior Storage: 1. Store fabricated products above ground, on blocking or skids; prevent product damage and discoloration. 2. Cover pruducts subje^t to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings; provide adequate ventilation to prevent condensation. 3. Store loose granular materials in well-drained area on solid surface to prevent mixing with foreign matter. G. Inspection of Stored Products: 1. Arrange storage:to permit easy access for inspection. 2. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained as specified and are free from damage, discoloration, and deterioration. H. Protection after Installation: 1. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products against damage and discoloration. Remove covering when no longer needed. END OF SECTION SECTION 01600-3 SECTION 01630 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS PART GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. his section establishes the evaluation parameters and procedures for product substitutions for this project. 1.2 GENERAL A. Architect will be sole judge of acc=;ptability of any proposed sut,ztitution. B. Only approved substitutions may be used on Contract Work. C. Each request for substitution approval shall include: 1. Identity of product for which substitution is requested; include Specification Section and paragraph number. 2. Identity of substitution; include complete product description, drawings, photographs, performance and test 'ata, and any other information necessary for evaluation. 3. Quality comparison of proposed substitution with specified product. 4. Changes in other Work required Because of substitution. 5. Effect on Contractor's Construction Schedule. 6. Cost of proposed substitution compared with specified product. 7. Any required license fees or royalties. 8. Availability of maintenance service. 9. Source of replacement materials. D. No costs involved in or resulting from the incorporation into the work of the substituted product, including costs for changes in other Work, shall be payable by the Owner. 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS DURING BIDDING PERIOD A. No request for substitution approval will be considered unless written request in triplicate has been submitted on standard form bound as Section 00111 or on standard CSI Substitution Request Form, and has been received by Architect at least seven (7) working days prior to bid opening. B. Requests submitted without self-addressed and stamped On,/elope will not be individually acknowledged. C. Architect will issue Addenda prior to bid opening listing all approved substitutions. 1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER CONTRACT AWARD A. Approval will be granted only when: 1. Specified product can not be delivered without. Project delay; or, 2. Specified product has been disccniinued; or, 3. Specified product has been replaced by superior product; or, 4. Specified product can not be guaranteed as specified; or, 5. Specified product will not perform properly; or, 6. Specified product will not fit within designated space; or, 7. Specified product does not comply with goveming codes; and, 8. Substitution will be clearly in Owner's interest. B. Architect will issue Change Order authorizing approved substitutions and revising Contract sum when appropriate. SECTION 01630-1 'SECTION 01630 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 1.5 CONTR."QCT COMPLIANCE A. Substitution approval does not relieve Contractor from responsibility for proper execution of the Work and for compliance with other Contract requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 1 SECTION 01630-2 The Construction Specifications Institute SUBSTITUTION REQUEST Northwest Region TO:--- PROJECT:---- SPECIFIED ROJECT:^ —SPECIFIED ITEM: Section Page Paragraph Description PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION.--- Attached UBSTITUTION. --___Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performarce and test data adequate for evaluation of reouest including identifying applicable data portions. Attached data also includes description of changes to Contract Documents and proposed substitution required for its proper installation. Undersigned certifies following items, unless modified by attachments, are correct: 1. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings. 2, Undersigned pays for changes to building design, including engineering design, detailing, and construction costs caused by proposed substitution. 3. Proposed substitution has no adverse effect on other trades, construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. able locally or readily oblainahle for proposed substitution. 4. Maintenance and service parts avail Undersigned further certifies function, appearance, and quality of proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to specified item. Undersigned agrees, if this page is reproduced, terms and con.ditions for substitution found in Bidding Documents apply to this proposed substitution. Submitted by: Name (Printed) — General Contractor lif after award of Contract) Signature _ For use by A/E — -- E]Approved Approv-d as noted Firm Name _ Address Not Approved E]Received too late City, State, Zip fay Date ate —------- D Telephone Fax Remarks ,attachments: 1995 Edition i SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Final Cleaning B. Procedures for Contract Closeout C. 'project Record Documents Requirements D. Warranties Requirements E. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion F Prerequisites to Final Completion 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Definitions: 1. Prnject Closeout: A term used to describe certain collective project requirements, indicating completion of Work, that shall be: fulfilled riear e-id of Contract time in preparation for Final Acceptance and occupancy of Work by Owner, as wall as final payment to Contractor and normal termination of Contract. B. Special requirements for individual units of work are included in appropriate Specifications Sections in Divisions 2 through 16 of the Project Manual. C. Time of Contract Closeout is directly related to "Substantial Completior.", therefore, time of closeout may be either single time period for entire Work or series of time periods for individual elements of Work than have been certified as substantially complete at different dates. This time variation, if any, shall be applicable to other provisions of this Section. 1.3 FINAL CLEANING REQUIREMENTS A. Interior Surfaces 1. REmove grease, dust, r,irt, stains, manufacture's labels, fingerprints, etc. from exposed °urfaces. 2. Vacuum clean interior carpet, hardwood, fiber, and fabric surfaces. 3. Vacuum and wet rnop clean resilient floor covering and tile surfaces. 4. Wash and wipe dry interior glass, polyester resin, and mirror surfaces. 5. Wash and wipe dry high pressure laminate, low pressure laminate, and metal surfaces. 5. Execute a thorough cleaning prior to requesting Substantial Completion review. SECTION 01700 - 1 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT B. Exterior Surfaces 1. Remove debris from roofs, gutters, scuppers, downspouts, and drain sumps. 2. Wash clean gutters, downspouts, drain sumps, siding, soffits, window and door assemblies, walls, columns, trim, railing, and sheet metal. 3. Wash and wipe dry exterior glazing. 4. Wash and broom clean asphaltic concrete, portland cement concrete, stone, and masonry surfaces. 5. Remove waste and surplus material from site. 6. Remove temporary construction equipment and temporary structures from the site. 7. Execute a thorough cleaning prior to requesting Substantial Completion review. C. Equipment and ,systems 1. Vacuum clean heating, ventilating & cooling ducts, blowers, fans, coils, fixtures, equipment, piping, and grilles. 2. Replace disposable air filters and vacuum clean permanent filters. 3. Flush water systems and disinfect domestic water lines. 4. Sanitize plumbing fixtures and equipment. 5. Clean light fixture reflectors, louvers, and lenses. 6. Execute a thorough cleaning prior to requesting :3ubstantial Completion review. D. Finai Completion 1. Clean all areas previously unfinished at time of requesting substantial completion. 2. After corrective or unfinished work is completed, clean finished work, adjacent sufaces, and equipment of all dust, dirt, and debris. 3. Cleaning should bs completed within 2 days of scheduled final completi-- re-iiew by Architect or Construction Director. E. All cleaning rnust hp completed to the Construction Director's satisfaction. 1.4 CLOSEOUT AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, The work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Construction r3irector's inspection. B. Provide submittals to Construction Director that are required by governing or other- authorities. therauthorities. C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. SECTION 01700 - 2 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D. At the request of the Construction Director, the Architect will perform one Substantial Completion review and onE Final Closeout review for each designated Phase of construction. Cost of additional Substantial Completion reviews and Final Closeout reviews required due to incomplete elements of Work shall be paid by Contractor, as follows: 1. Owner will deduct Architect's compensation amount from Contractor's final payment as follows: a. Principal Architect at $90.00 per hour. b. Architect's time at $75.00 per hour. C. Clerical and staff at 3 times hourly rate. d. Charges will be made for necessary travel, travel time, auto expense computed at $0.30 per mile, and all other expenses incurred in making inspections. 2. To the extent that additional Substantial Completion and Final Closeout reviews require additional reviews by Owner's Representatives, Owner will deduct compensation amounts from Contractor's final payment. 1.5 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General 1. Maintain and file one copy of Project Manual, Contract Drawings, Addenda, Architect's Supplementary Instructions [ASI], Construction Change Directives [CCD], Change Orders, and Field Orders ai the site. 2. Maintain and file one copy of product data, shop drawings, product samples, design data, test reports, certificates, manufacturer's instructions, field reports, operation and maintenance data, warranties, guarantees, and permits on site. 3. File Project Record Documents separate from documents for construction. B. Project Record Drawings 1. Architect will furnish on reproducible set the original of Contract Drawings for contractor's use in producing Project Record D.swings. 2. Updating of Contract Drawings by architect will be dont at contractor's request at rates described in paragraph 01700, 1.4, 1), 1. 3. Contactor will legibily mark and record information concurrent with construction process to record changes from contract modifications and submittals on Project Record Drawing. 4. Record Actual products installed, including manufacturer's name, model name, model numbe,, product options, selected, colors and finishes selected, and field finishes applied. 5. Record measurd depths of foundations in relation to ground floor elevation, measured horizontal and vertical locations, of underground utility systems in relation to permanent surface improvements. �J SECTION 01700 - 3 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 6. Record changes of demension, changes of detail, changes in materials furnished, and details. not on original Contract Drawings. C. Project Record Manuals 1. Prepare two copies of closelut manuals in an 8-1/2 by 11 inch document in a durable 3 ring binders wit index tabs. 2. Divide closeout manual with separate binders or tabbed dividers into six parts as indicated below: a. Part 1, Contractor List 1) After Part 1 tabbed divider, document names addresses, telephone numbers of Contractor, all subcontractors, and major equipment systems suppliers. b. Part 2, Finishes List 1) After Part 2 tabbed divider, indicate list of finishes with name, address, and phone number of finish manufacturers and installers. 2) Include list of finishes with product name, product number, color number, and method of application. 3) Includt data sheets for each finish and instructions for rare and maintenance of finshes. C. Part 3, Operation and Maintenance Data 1) After Part 3 tabbed divider, indicate name, addross, and phone number of equipment and system manufacturers, installers, and local source for replacement parts. Organize each installer in accordance with Specification sections. 2) Include manufacturer's product data on equipment with selected equipment options and accessories clearly identified. 3) Include opertating characteristics, performance data, operation and maintenance instructions, catalog references, and replacement parts list. 4) Include instructions and procedures for mechanical system start-up, break-in, summer and winter operating, stopping, shut down, emergency, and maintenance. 5) Include equipment control and wiring diagrams, valve charts with valve tag numbers anf valve functions. F) Include panelboard circuit directories, color coded oviring diagrarr,.,. color coded duct and damper layouts with air *:ow ratings and fan sizes. 7) Include a copy of final testing and balancing report on mechanical systems as described in Division 15. SECTION 01700 - 4 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT d. Part 4, Warranties and Bonds 1) After Part 4 tabbed divider, insert executed duplicate notarized c spies of manufacturer's warranties for each product where a warranty is required in Specifications. 2) Include installer's warranty for each finish or system where an installer's warranty is required in the Specifications. 3) Include and insured bond for each system where a bond is required in the Specifications. e. Part 5, Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials List: 1) Atter Part 5 tabbed divider, insert a list of spare parts and maintenance materials. 2) Indicate product descriptions and paragraph in Project Manual listing each spare part an maintenance material. 3) Include a copy of transmittal letters which indicate date and location of deliveries to Owner's storage area. f. Part 6, Submittal Documents 1) After Part 6 tabbed divider, insert product data sheets for products other than finishes, equipment and syste.-As included above. 2) Include shoe drawings, design drawings, design data, test reports, certificate, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, testing, adjusting & balancing reports, and keying schedule. 3. Closeout Table of Contents a. Submit une copy of proposed Table of Contents for a Closeout Manual prior to requesting the first payment request. b. Architect's representative will review propor;ed table and return it with comments in a timely manner. 4. Closeout Manual a. Submit one copy of Closeout Manual prior to requesting substantial completion. b. Ar.:hitect's representative will review Closeout Manual after substantial completion review. C. Corrected Closeout Manuals acceptable to Ar.hitect are a prerequisite to requesting Final Completion review. 1.6 WARRANTIES A. Provide contractors warranty 1,r entire work performed for the duration of one year, dated from the dale of Substantiol Completion. B. Provided individual component warranty by manufacture on all contractor supplied equipment. I I � SEC TION 01700 - 5 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.7 PREREQUISITES TO REQUESTING SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. General: Complete following before requesting Construction Director's inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, either for entire Work or for portions of Work. List known exceptions in request. 1. In progress payment request that coincides with, or is first request following date Substantial Completion is claimed, show either 100% completion for portion of Work claimed as"substantially complete", or list incomplete items, value of incomplete Work, and reason for Work being incomplete. 2. Include supporting documentation for completion as indica!ed in these Contract Documents. 3. Submit statement showing accounting of changes to Contract SM. 4. Submit specific warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. a. Include for Owner's review and acceptance procedures for Contractor's response to warranty items following final acceptance, including designated contact person and time limit for Contractor response. 5. Submit air balancing reports to Architect and Owner's Representative. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock of material and similar physical items to Owner. Include copies of transmittals with request for Substantial Completion review. 7. Complete instruction of Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and services from Project Site, along with construction tools and facn1ties, mock-ups, and, similGr elements. 8. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touch-up painting of blemished surfaces. 9. Submit a copy of the Subcontractor's list and a copy of all completed lien wavers. 10. Obtain Certifications of Orcupancy. 11. Complete major punchlist items. 12. Contractor shall submit copy of Contractor's Punchlist to Architect, clearly stating that building is ready for review with exception of items noted in Contractor's Punchlist. SECTION 71700 - 6 SECTION C1700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT B. Review procedure: 1. Upon receipt of C'ontractor's request for review, Construction Director or Architect will either proceed with review oi- advise Contractor of unfulfilled prerequisites. C. Following initial review, Constructic n Director or Architect will either.- 1. ither:1. Prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion; or, 2. Will advise Contractor of Wort:which must be performed before Certificate will be issued. 3. Construction Director or Architect will repeat review when requested, in writing, and when assured that Work has been substantially completed. 4. Contractor shall pay costs of repeat reviews. See paragraph 1.4, D. D. Results of completed review will form initial "punchlist" for final acceptance. 1.9 PREREQUISITES TO REQUESTING FINAL COMPLETION A. General: 1. Complete following before requesting Construction Director's or Architect's final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment as required by General Conditions. List known'exceptions, if any, in request. B Submit final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include releases and waivers of liens from Contractor, subcontractors and material suppliers, in form approved by the Owner. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. C. Submit updated final statement, accounting fo-final additional changes to Contract Sum. D. Submit certified copy of Construction Director's or Architect's final punchlist of itemized work to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and has been reviewed and dated by Construction Director or Architect. E. Submit consent of surety. F. Obtain Owner's acceptance of submitted procedures for Contractor's response to warranty items following final acceptance. G Submit evidencf, of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. H. Re-review procedure: Construction Director or Architect will re-review Work upon receipt of Contractor's notice that Work has not been completed, including punchlist items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances that -Are acceptable to Construction Director or Architect. I Upon completion of re-review, Architect will either prepare Certificate of Final Acceptance, or will advise Contractor of Work that ie incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled, but are required for Final Acceptance. If necessary, re- review procedure will be repeated. SECTION 01700 - 7 SECTION 01700 cr.N TRACT CLOSEOUT J. Submit final staten ent of costs for additional reviews per 1.4, D. Coordinate with Construction Director or Architect. K. Construction Directo• will prepare and issue Final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustmer,`,, to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Orders. PART 2 PRODUCTS not used PART 3 EXECUTION not used END OF SECTION SECTION 01700 - 8 SECTION 02224 MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1. Submit list of salvage items for re-installation by Contractor. 2. Submit list of salvage items for future use by Building Owner which includes location of stockpile and date of delivery to Owner's stockpile area. B. Regulatory Recuirements: 1 . Comply with applicable codes and ordinances concerning demolition operations, vicycling, a id refuse removal. 2. Where site improvements are suspected or known to contain hazardous materials including, but not limited to, air born asbestos fibers and PCB's, stop Work and notify Architect or Coffee People's Director of Construction. 3. Owner will have hazardous materials tested, and if asbestos or PCBs are present, will make arrangements for removal, encapsulation, and disposal of the hazardous materials. C. Pre-Demolition Meeting: 1 . Meet at the site with Coffee People Representatives. 2. Review location of existing service and utility lines. 3. Review protection of existing adjacent surfaces. 4. Review procedures for coordination of hazardous material removal by other contractors. D. Environmental Requirements: 1 . Do not perform coring and sawing of concrete and masonry from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM on weekdays with.;,at permission from Coffee People's Director of Construction. 2. Do not begin dernolition until known hazardous materiels have been removed from the construction area. E. Sti uctural Requirements: 1 . Obtain approval from Architect prior to drilling or notching columns, beams, and foists. 2. Submit written and graphic description of the drillc d or notched area when requested by Architect. F. Traffic Requirements: 1 . Do not close or obstruct public sLieets, access roads, parking areas, pedestrian walks, and required fire lanes without written permission from Building Owner's Representative and authorit es having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed and obstructed areas when i required by Owner's Representative and authorities having jurisdiction. SECTION 02224 - 1 SECTION 02224 MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING G. Utility Requirements: 1 . Provide emergency temporary utility service lines and equipment, and keep adjacent tenants in operation during accidental service line interruptions to existing site utilities and equipment, as acceptable to the Building Owner's Representative and governing authorities. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Usod PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Protection During Demolition: 1. Protect adjacent surfaces, equipment, and facilities to remain, from damage during selective demolition and material removal. 2. Provide slurry control to protect existing facilities from water damage during concrete and masonry sawing and drilling. 3. Construct temporary barriers to nrotect building from flying aggregate during concrete and rna_,,,jry sawing. 4. Provide dust ba:.ger inside the existing building to separate adjacent tenant space during selective demolition. 5. Install bracing snd shoring prior to sawing structural components. 6. Protect existinc streets, walks, curbs, paving, and landscaping. 7. Protect persons passing through and around demolition areas. 8. Protect fire and smoke detectors and enunciators. 9. Comply with Tak,le 10-A of 1 994UBC for pedestrian protection. B. Disconnecting Utility 1-ii es: 1. Shut off utilities serving the vacated Tenant space. 2. Disconnect and Eeal open ends of existing pipe pnd conduit ling,-s to be abandoned, moved, and maintained C. Coring and Sawing: 1. Saw concrete and masonry surfaces as indicated and required to receive new Work. 2. Cut reinforcing bars in existing concrete during sawing operation until flush and without damage to the bond between concrete and reinforcing bars. 3. Cut reinforcing bars in existing masonry during sawing operation until flush and without damage to the bond between masonry grout and reinforcing bars. 4. Cut Work by methods least likely to damage existing exposed surfaces scheduled to remain. D. Selective Demolition of Existing Building: 1 . Remove existing walls, ceilings, doors, door fre.mes, HVAC systems, plumbing systems, telephone systems, commuHcation systems, and electrical systems as indicated on Drawings and as required to receive new Work. SECTION 02224 - 2 SECTION 02224 MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 2. Remove abandoned plumbing and electrical lines to concealed spaces and cap as indicated on Drawings. 3. Remove abandoned heating lines, terminal units, heating controls, and related heating equipment as indicated on Drawings. 4. Remove abandoned plumbing and light fixtures and related plumbing and electrical equipment as indicated on Drawings. E. Salvage and Re-Installation Requirements: 1. Salvage existing material and equipment as indicated on Drawings. 2. Move items to Owner's storage area as required for new Work when designated for Owner's future use. 3. Remove items as required for new Work and not designated as salvage nor use by Owner. 4. Re-install items as required for new Work when designated for use in the building as indicated on Drawings. F. Repair of Damaged Surfaces, Materials, and Equipment: 1 . Repair damage to existing surfaces, materials, equipment, site improvements, utility lines, and adjacent property to meet conditions existing prior to demolition operations. 2. Employ skilled personnel and subcontractors selected for neve Work to repair damaged surfaces, materials, equipment, and ut;lity lines. G. Disposal of Demolished Materials and Equipment: 1 . Do not sell or burn demolished or salvaged materials on site. 2. Remove masonry, plaster, tile, framing members, building roaterials, finish materials, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment from the site as indi^ated nn Drawings. 3. Transport debris to an approved and licensed land fill area or recycling center. 4. Dispose of air born asbestos fibers and PCB materials as required by local building officials at a refuse site authorized for asbestos and PCB disposal. 5. Recycle building materials as recommended by Metro. H. Cleaning of Selective Demolition Areas: 1 . Remove concrete cores, broken concrete, masonry, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment from the building daily during partial demolition. Work. 2. Broom ,;lean interior surfaces, exit passageways, exterior slabs, and paving daily during partial demolition Work. 3. Clean adjacent structures and site impi ovements to remove dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition operations. END OF SECTION SECTION 02224 - 3 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREWENTS A. Submittals: 1. Submit product data for accessory materials. 2. Submit mix design at least 10 days prior to delivery of concrete. 3. Submit copies of test reports for cast-in-place concrete. 4. Submit batch tickets from concrete :supplier which meet mquirements of Article 16 in ASTM C 94. B. Substrate Conditions: 1. Maintain concrete substrates free of soft and excessively wet of dry subgrade soils. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute Manufacturers 1. Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2 Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Materials and Equipment. 2..2 MATERIALS A. Concrete Materials: 1. Portland Coment: ASTM C 150, Type I of II. 2. Standard Aygregates: ASTM C 33. 3 Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 4, Chemical Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A water reducing or Type D water reducing and retarding. 5. Mineral Admixture: ASTM C 618, Class F or Class C. B. Exterior Acrylic Curing compound: 1. Industry Standard: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Clear. 2. Acceptable Compounds: Spartan-Cote by Burke, J-21 Dav-Chem Cure & Seal by Layton Superior, Master Kure 200 or Master Seal by Master Builders, Vocomp 20 by W.R. Meadows, Kure-N-Seal by Sonneborn, Hydro Cure/Unicure by Unitex. C. Interior Curing and Hardening Compo;.-nds: 1. Sodium silicate: Crete Treat by The Burke Company, Chemisil by Chem-Masters, J-13 Day-Chem Sil-Cure by Dayton Superior, Cure-HArd by W.R. Meadows, Bro-Cure by Nox-Crete Chemicals, Sonosil by Sonneborn, Cure and Hard by Symons. SECTION 03300 - 'I SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE D. Interior Floor Hardener and Sealer: 1 . Type: Water based, VOC compliant, USDA approved. 2. Acceptable Floor Hardeners and Sealers: J-17 or J-17-C Day-Chem Sure Hard by Dayton Superior, Aqua-Cure VOX by Euclid, Master Seal SL20 by Master Builders, VOCOMP 25 by W.R. Meadows, Hydroseal 309 by Unitex. E. Bonding and Patching Compounds: 1 . Acrylic Bonding Agents: ASTM C 932. 2. Epoxy Bonding Agents: ASTM C 881 . 3. Patching Compounds: Two component cement base and acrylic polymer, with minimum compressive strength of 5,000 psi in 28 days. F. Concrete Curing Membranes: 1 . Polyethylene: ASTM D 4397, clear or white, minimum 6 mils thick. 2. Reinforced Laminated Paper for Pedestrian Traffic Areas: ASTM C 171, Orange Label Sisalkraft by Fortifiber Corporation. 2.3 MIXING A. Mix Proportioning: 1 . Comply with ACI 211.1 and 1994 UBC Section 1905. 2. Proportion concrete in accordance with ACI 301 . 3. Proportion concrete with a water/cement ratio between 0.42 and 0.46. 4. Maximum Pozzolan Weight: 18 percent of cement weight. B. Proportion Adjustments: 1 . Adjust concrete mix designs when material characteristics, site conditions, test results, or other circumstances warrant a revised mix design. 2. Do not use revised mix design until accepted by Architect. C. Mixing Procedures: 1 . Comply with ASTM C 94. 2. Mix full load for 3 minutes at high speed upon arrival at site. 3. Mix additional 5 minutes after adding water. D. Concrete Mix Requirements: 1 . Maximum Aggregare Size: 3/4 inch. 2. Maximum Slump for Floor Slabs, Curbs, and Exterior Slabs: 4 inches + 1/2 to - 1 inch. 3. Maximum S!uinp for Footing and Retaining Walls: 3 inches 4- 112 to - 1 inch. 4. Entrained Air for Exterior Horizontal Surfaces: 5 percent + or - 1-112 percent. 5. Minimum Compressive Strength: f'c = 3,500 psi in 28 days. 6. Water Reducing Admixtures: Type A or D. 7. Probability of Test Falling Below Specified Strength: One in five. SECTION 03300 - 2 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Site Verification of Conditions: 1 . Notify Architect and Independent Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to placing concrete. 2. Do not place concrete until Architect has examined formwork and reinforcing steel. B. Protection: 1 . Coat aluminum embedded in concrete prior to concrete placement. Surface Preparation: 1 . Clean and adjust forms, joints, and embedded items. 2. Check reinforcing placement and reinforcing support items and adjust reinforcing prior to placing concrete. 3. Remove ice and standing water from formed surfaces. 4. Remove soft soils from subgrade. D. Concrete Placement: 1. Comply with ACI 301 and 304, placing concrete in a continuous operation within planned sections. 2. Consolidate placed concrete using mechanical vibrating equipment with hand rodding and tamping. 3. Work concrete around reinforcement, embedded items, and forms. 4. Level slabs to Class B, 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 5. Tool form or strip form slab control joints from 4 to 8 hours after finishing the slab surface. E. Finishing Concealed Vertical Concrete Surfaces: 1 . Provide rough form finish, complying with ACI 301 . 2. Remove fins and projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height and patch tie holes and surface defects. F. Slab Finishing: 1 . Provide floated slab surface at concrete scheduled to receive a troweled and broomed finish, complying with ACI 301 . 2. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit float finishing. 3. Check planeness of surface with a 10 font straightedge at two or more angles during or after first floating 4. Cut high spots and fill low spots during floating to level concrete to Class B tolerance, 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 5. Refloat immediately to a uniform sandy texture. 6. Provide troweled finish for interior slab surfaces complying with ACI 301. 7. Provide smooth stained finished slabs for floor slab surfaces as indicated on Drawings. 8. Provide a broom finish for exterior slab and curb surfaces, complying with ACI 301. SECTION 03300 - 3 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE F. Horizontal Concrete Finishing Requirements: 1 . Tool radius exterior slab exposed edges. 2. Strip form or tool form crack control joints. 3. Finish concrete horizontal surfaces to tolerances specified in ACI 301 . G. Curing and Hardening Interior Concrete: 1 . Wet cure, using 6 mil polyethylene sheet or reinforced laminated sheet covering to maintain slab moisture. 2. Apply sodium silicate cure and hardener at manufacturer's recommended rate on interior concrete surfaces scheduled to receive a floor covering to maintain slab moisture. 3. After curing interior concrete slabs 7 days, apply Interior Hardener and Sealer to concrete floor surfaces scheduled to remain exposed. H. Curing Exterior Concrete: 1 . Cover exposed surfaces and keep concrete and form surfaces wet for 48 hours minimum, complying with recommendations in ACI 308. 2. As soon as finished concrete is free of surface water, spray apply exterior acrylic curing compound at manufacturer's recommended rate, on exterior concrete surface. I. Tests: 1 . When required by 1994 Uniform Building Code, Section 1 701, Special Inspection Requirements, Owner will employ an Independent Testing Laboratory to evaluate site cast concrete. 2. Comply with 1994 Uniform Building Cede, Section 1905 for evaluation and acceptance of concrete. J. Protection: 1 . Barricade areas containing fresh concrete horizontal and inclined surfaces for 24 hours minimum. 2. Cover fresh concrete with 112 inch thick, plywood or oriented strand board for 48 hours minimum where exposed to public, pedestrian, and animal traffic. 3 Protect concrete from shrinkage crack damage until protected by curing procedure. 4. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength caused by air temperatures above 75 degrees and below 45 degrees F. dur;ng curing period. END OF SECTION SECTION 03300 - 4 1 SECTION 05430 SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RFQUIREMENTS A. Structural Requirements: 1 . Use AISC, Manual of Steel Construction, Eighth Edition for structural requirements. B. Submittals: 1 . Submit product data for slotted channel framing. 2. Submit shop drawings for slotted channel framing. 3. Submit design drawings and structural calculations for fabricator designed slotted channel framing systems bearing the seal and signature of a Structural Engineer registered in the State having jurisdiction for the Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute Manufacturers: 1. Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Material and Equiprnbnt. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Slotted Steel Channel: 1 . Standard Size: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches by 12 gage (0.015 inch thick) steel by 10 and 20 feet long. 2. Finish: 0.5 mil electro-galvanized plating in accordance with ASTM B 633 and zinc dichromate primer. 3. Acceptable Slotted Channels: P-1000 by Unistrut Corporation, A-1200HS with Goldguard finish by Superstrut Division, Midland Ross Corporation. B. Fasteners and Accessories: 1 . Standard Bolts: ASTM! A 307, Grade A. 2. Masonry Anchors: St,3eve Anchor by Hilti, Red Head Sleeve Anchors by ITW Ramset. 3. Nuts: ASTM A 563, Class 2A fit before galvanizing. 4. Epoxy Adhesive for Drilled Anchors: Concresivs Epoxy Cartridge by Master Builders, Inc. or HV by Hilti Fastening E ystems. 5. Machine Screws, Plain Washers, and Lock Washers: As recommended by slotted channel manufacturer. SECTION 05430 - 1 SECTION 05430 SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING SYSTEMS 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabrication Requirements: 1 . Comply with AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 2. Comply with AISC Specifications for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel. 3. Fabricate items to dimensions required by field measurements and shop drawinos. 4. Provide anchor bolts for connecting to other Work. B. Fabrication of Slotted Channel Structural Framing: 1 . Fabricate custom fabricated slotted channel systern with bolts, plates, tie rods, anchors, dowels, and welded steel shapes for supporting and anchoring building assemblies suspended below roof framing. 2. Fabricate steel shapes, plates, and bars to provide structural support for metal wall, soffit, and ceiling framing members. 3. Fabr cate steel framing and blocking for mechanical, electrical, and communication abd display systems. 4. Fabricate brackets and steel slotted channel frames for supporting plywood ring and disk. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Field Assembly: 1 . Perform required cutting, drilling, and fitting. 2. Fit components to form tight joints. 3. Install bolted connections as detailed on shop drawings. B. Installation of Slotted Channel Support Frames: 1. Anchor slotted channel support frames to building framing with threaded fasteners and as indicated on Drawings. 2. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, measured from established lines and levels. 3. Align members to tolerance as indicated in AISC Specifications for Structural Steel. C. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1 . Replace damaged and defective slottted rh annel assembly framing members. 2. Adjust alignment when framing members are installed more than 1/4 inch from design dimension. 3. Touch up damaged finish on exposed steel framing after instillation. 4. Clean bolted connections and abraded areas and apply primer paint to match finish used by framing manufacturer. END OF SECTION SECTION 05430 - 2 SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1. Submit product data for each type of casework hardware. 2. Submit shop drawings to indicate details, elevations, finishes, location of !::cks, and field dimensions. 3. Submit one product sample of each type of casework hardware. 4. Submit 4 by 8 inch minimum size product samples of casework finishes. 5. Submit 4 inch long color sample of vinyl edge banding. B. Fahricator Qualifications: 1 . Casework fabricator shall have 5 consecutive years of experience in fabrication of commercial and retail casework. C. EnAronmentel Requirements: I. Maintain ambient air temperature between 65 and 80 degrees F. and relative humidity between 30 and 60 percent for 48 hours prior to and during fabricating, finishing, and installing casework. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute Manufacturers: 1. Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Material and Equipment. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Panel Componer.ts: 1. Standard Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Type 1-M-2, 45 pcf density. 2. Sink Countertop Panels: Exterior gr edo plywood. 3. Prefinished Hardboard: ANSI/AHA A135.4, Class 1 tempered, 1/4 inch thick. 4. Medium Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, lignocellulosic fibers and resin, 45 pcf. S. Cvuntertap Support Framing: 1. `steel Support Pipe: ASTM A 53, Grade A or B, Schedule 40, minimum Fy = 30 KSI, Type S, Seamless. 2. Cast Pipe Fittings: Bolted cast iron flange for pipe to floor and pipe to countertop connections. C. Hinges, Catches, and Pulls: 1. Pivot Hinges: 5 knuckle, 2 inch minimum pin length. 2. Heavy Pivot Hinge: Stanley 327. 3. Piano Hinges: Cc ntinuous brass, National Lock or Stanley. 4. Magnetic Catches: Steel, 7 pound pull, 1000LS by Epco. SECTION 06410 - 1 SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CABINETS 5. Elbow Catches: Spring loaded, steel, 2 by Ives. 6. Magnet;c Push Latches: Steel, 4 pound push, 823 by lees. 7. Semi-Recessed Pulls: ABS plastic, National Lock B5560, 14.20 by Plastiglide. C. Locks, Drawer Guides, and Shelf Hardware: 1. Pin Tumblei Locks: Brass, satin finish, 08102 by National, 0737 by Corbin. 2. 3/4 Inch Sliding Door Locks: Pin tumbler, satin finish, C8142 by National. 3. 1/4 Inch Sliding Glass Door Locks: Pin tumbler, satin finish, C8140 by National. 4. Gang Drawer Locks: Disk tumbler, polished finish, D8090 by National. 5. Standard Drawer Guides: Full extension, 100 pound rating, 329 by Grant. 6. Shallow Drawer Guides: Full extension, 50 pound rating, Grant 328, 1428 by Knapp and Vogt. 7. Fila Drawer Guides: Full extension, 100 pound rating, 529 by grant, 8400 by Knape and Vogt. 8. Paper Storage Drawer Guides: Full extension, 150 pound r�*ing, 8500 by Knape and Vogt, 555 by Grant. 9. Cabinet Shelf Holes and Brackets: Drilled holes with steel angle brackets, Hafele 282.10.700, 346 by Knapp and Vogt. 10. Heavy Wall Shelf Standards and Brackets: Steel, double slotted, Knape and Vogt 85 or 87 with brackets 185 or 187. 11. Countertop Wall Brace: Angle shape wall brace furnished by cabinet fabricator. D. Specialty Hardware: 1. V4 Inch Sliding Door Track Assembly: Aluminum, Stylmark 723-1-BA. 2. 3/4 Inch Sliding Door Track Assembly: Aluminum, Grant 7000 series, Stanley V3134. 3. Molded Drawers and Tote Trays: 200 pound rating, polypropylene with drawer front, guide, and stop. 4. Wire Access Grommets: ABS plastic, size required for wire and plug penetrations, color as selected by Architect, TG Series by Doug Mackett and Co., Inc., Manhattan Beach, CA, 800-523-1269. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabrication of Casework: 1. Grade: AWI Cusiorn. 2.. Construrtion: Reveal overlay. 3. Door Face: Flush. 4. Door Hinges: Install cabinet doors using concealed hinges in display areas and knuckle hinges in workroom and storage areas. B. Casework Shop Finishes: 1. Exposed Surfaces: High pressure laminate with medium density fiberboard on customer sides of cabinet. 2. Semi exposed Surfaces: High or Low pressure laminate. 3. Drawer, Front Panel, and Door Edges: Impact resistant PVC to match adjacent high pressure laminate. SECTION 06410 - 2 SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CABINETS 4. Transparent Trim Surfares: Premium clear lacquer finished hardwood. 5. Opaque Trim Surfaces: Premium opaque lacquer finished hardwood. 6. Conceal^d Surfaces- 0.020 inch thick Cabinet Liner or low pressure laminate. C. Fabrication of Countertop and Splash: 1. Grade: AWI Custom. 2, Front Edges: Square. 2. Front Edges: Hardwood w;th Premium clear catalyzed lacquer finish. AWI TR-2. 3. Exposed Surfaces: High pressure laminate. 4. Splash: High pres:;ure laminate. 5. Balancing Sheet: 0.020 inch thick cabinet liner at countertops more than 48 inches in unsupported length. D. Hardwood Finishes: 1. Premium Clear Lacquer: Catalyzed, AWI Number TR-2. 2. Premium Opaque Lacquer: Catalyzed, AWI Number OP-2. 3. Color, Grain, and Gloss: Match Architect's product samples. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Field Cutting Casework: 1. Scribe and rt--*, casework to fit adjacent surfaces. 2. Make penetration cutouts as required by field conditions. 3. When required for wire access to equipment, cut round openings for wire penetrations of casework and countertops, and install round color matching grommets to cover access opening edges, B. Installation of Casework: 1. Install casework plumb, level, true and straight. 2. Shim casework as required using concealed shims. 3. Anchor casework to furring, studs, and blocking with concealed countersunk fasteners. 4. A:ichor wall mounted cabinets with concealed fasteners and ron'r.inuous cleats screwed to cabinets and studs or solid blocking. C. Installation of Countertops: 1. Anchor counterto-)s to base cabinets with concealed fasteners. 2. Scribe HPL finishes at countertop splash and cabinet panels to adjacent wall and column surfaces. D. Installation of Toilet Room Countertops: 1 . Anchor countertops to wall and triangular shaped metal support brackets with concealed fasteners. E. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1. Adjust operating cabinet hardware for smooth and quiet operation. 2. Replace damaged and defective casework. 3. Touch up finish as required to meet AWI tolerances. SECTION 06410 - 3 SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CABINETS 4. Adjust concealed hinges to center cabinet door in cabinet opening. 5. Clean exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. 6. Remove labels from exposed high pressure laminate finish. END OF SECTION SECTION 06410 - 4 SECTION 06450 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM PART 1 GENERAL_ 1.1 REQUIREME14TS A. Submittals: 1 . Submit shop drawings which indicate profile sections of standing and running trim. 2. Submit 6 inch minimum length product samples of each specie, grade, and shop finish for standing and running trim. B. Temperature and Humiuity Requirements: 1. Maintain ambient air temperature between 65 and 80 degrees F and relative humidity between 30 and 60 percent for 48 hours prior to and during fabricating, finishing, and installing standing and running trim. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute Manufacturers: 1 . Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Matei i,' and Equipment. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Hardwood Faced Plywood Trim Panels: 1 . Core: ANSI/APMA - 1983, hardwood. 2. Face Veneer: Plain sliced, slip matched, White Maple. 3. Grade: A - B. B. Softwood Plywood Trim Panels: 1 . Industry Standard: APA, PS-1. 2. Grade: Interior. 3. Type: Decorative. 4. Specie: Douglas Fir. 5. Face Grade: A - B. 6. Exposed Face Texture: Smooth sanded. 7. Exposed Face Finish: AWI System No. 2, Catalyzed Lacquer. 8. Concealed Back Finish: Clear lacquer. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabrii::ation Procedures: 1. Comply with Sections 100, 200, 300, 1500, and 1700 in AWI, Architectural Wooawork Quality Standards. Fabricate standing and running trim to meet requirements of AWI Custom Grade. 3. Dry wood to average 8 percent moisture content prior to fabrication. 4. Miter and reinforce circle frame ends with concealed splines or dowels. 5. Shop assemble suspended circle frame. SECTION 06A50 - 1 SECTION 06450 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM B. Finishing Procedures for Exposed V',od: 1 . Sand exposed surfaces and edges. 2.. Sand exposed corners to minimum of 1/16 inch radius. C. Transparent Lacquer Finish on Wood: 1 . Industry Standard: AWI Finish Number TR-2. 2. Type: Standard Lacquer. 3. Grade: AWI Custom. 4. Open Finish Coats: Stain, vinyl sealer, sand (220 grit stearated paper), topcoat, topcoat. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Installation of Interior Circle Frames: 1 . Install interior circle frame level, true, and straight. 2. Secure circle frame with countersunk screws, set exposed screw✓, fill holes with matching wood plugs, and sand plugs smooth. B. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1 . Replace or patch and refinish wood improperly installed and wood which does not meet the AWI quality standards specified. 3. Clean exposed surfaces of interior circle frame. END OF SECTION SECTION 06450 - 2 Pap SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1 . Submit product data for sealants and backing materials. 2. Submit color samples of exposed sealants. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Apply 10 lineal feet field samples of exterior and 1%et area interior sealants. 2. AcceptaUle samples may be incorporated in the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute Manufacturers: 1 Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Material and Equipment. 2..2 COMPONENTS A. Elastomeric Sealant, ES-1 : 1. Industry Standard: ASTM C 920, Class 25, Grade P, self leveling. 2. Type: Type M, two or more ;omponents or Type S, one component. 3. Composition: Polyurethane. 4. Movement Range: +-,'- 25 percent. 5. Acceptable Polyurethane Type S Sealants. Chem-Calk 950 by Bostik, VUlkem 45 by MAMECO, NR-201 by Pecora, PRC 6006 by Products Research, Sonolastic SL.1 or Sonolastic CT 1 by Sonneborn, THC-900/901 by Tremcj. 6. Acceptable Polyurethane Type M Sealants: Chem-Calk 550 by Bostik, Vulkem 245 or 255 by MAMECO, Pourthane by W.R. Meadows, NR-200 by Pecora, Sikaflex-2CSL by Sika, Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant or Sonolastic Wide Joint Sealant by Sonneborn, Dynaseal W-1314 Black or W-517 Grey by Williams Products. B. Elastomeric Sealant, ES-2: 1 . Industry Standard: ASTM C 920, Class 25, Grade NS, non-sag. 2. Type: Type M, two or rnore components or Type S, one component. 3. Composition: Polyurethane. 4. Movement Range: +/- 25 percent. 5. Acceptable Polyurethane Type S Sealants: Chem-Calk 900 by Bostik, Vulkem 116 by MAMECO, Dynatrol I by Pecora, PRC 6000 by Products Research. S-M 7100 by Schnee-Morehead, Sikaflex.-la by Sika Sonolastic NPI by Sonneborn, Dymonic by Tremco. SECTION 07900 - 1 SECTION 07900 .JOINT SEALERS 6. Acceptable Polyurethane Type M Sealants: Chem-Call, 500 by Bostik, Vulkem 227 or 922 by MAMECO, Dualthane by W.R. Meadows, Dynatrol II or Dynatred by Pecora, Sikaflex-2cNS by Sika, Sonolastic NP2 by Sonne:,orn, Dymeric by Tre+nco, Dynaseal W-908 Black or W-907 Giey by Williams Products. C. Elastomeric Sealant, ES-3: 1 . Industry Standard: ASTM C 920, Class 25, Grade NS, non-sag. 2. Type: Type S, one component. 3. Composition: Polyurethane or Silicone. 4. Movement Range: +/- 50 percent. 5. Acceptable Polyurethane Type 3 Sealants: Vulkem 921 by NiAMECO, Sikaflex-15LM by Sika. D. Elastomeric Sealant, ES-4: 1 . Industry Standard: ASTM C 920, Class 25, Grade NS, non-sag. 2. Type: Type S, one component. 3. Composition: Low modulus neutral cure silicone. 4. Joint Movament Range: -+- 100 to -50 percent. 5. Acceptable Silicone Sealants: 790 by Dow Corning, So iolastic Omniseal by Sonneborn, Spectrem 1 by Tremcn. E. Elastomeric Sealant, ES-5: 1 . Industry Standard: ASTM C 920, Class 25, Grade NS, Non-sag. 2. Type: Type S, one component or Type M, two components. 3. Composition: Silicone with acetoxy or neutral cure. 4. Joint Movement Range: +/- 25 to 50 percent. 5. Acceptable Neural Cure Silicone Sealan,� %_hem-Calk 100U and Chem-Calk N-Cure 2000 by Bostik, 695 or 795 by Dow Corning, Silpruf and Silglaze N by General Electric, 864 by Pecora, Rhodorsil 5C and Rhodorsil 6B by Rhone-Poulenc, Spectrem 2 by liemco. 6. Acceptable Acetoxy Cure Silicone Sealants: Chem-Calk 1200 by Bostik, 999-A by Dove Corning, Contractoi s 1000 by General Electric, 863 by Pecora, Rhodorsil 3B by Rhone-Poulenc, Poly-Glaze L by Schnee-Morehead, Sonolastic Omniplus by Sonneborn, Proglaze by Tremco. F. Elastomeric Sealant, ES-6: 1 . Industry Standard: ASTM C 920, Class 25, Grade NS, Non-sag. 2. Type: Type S, one component. 3. Composition: Mildew resistant silicone. 4. Movement Range: A-/- 25 percent. 5. Acceptable Silicone 'iealants: Sanitary 1700 by General Electric, 786 by Dow Corning (for non-porous substrates only), Rhodorsil 68-White by Rhone-Poulenc. G. Butyl Caulking, CK-2: 1. Industry Standard: AAMA 808.3. 2. Components: One. 3. Composition: Butyn rubber. SECTION 07900 - 2 SECTiON 07900 JOINT SEALERS 4. Movement Range: +/- 5 percent. 5. Acceptable Butyl Rubber Caulking: Chem-Calk 300 by Bostik, BC-158 by Pecora, PTI 707 or PTI 757 by Protective Treatments, Butyl Sealant by Tremco, S-M 5620 by Schnee-Morehead. H. Acoustical Caulking, CK-3: 1 . Industry Standard: ASTM C 919. 2. Components One. 3. Composition: Non-hardening polysiobutyiene rubber. 4. Acceptable Butyl Rubber Caulking: SCS-21 by Miracle Adhesives, PTI 808 by Protective Treatments, Acoustical Sealant by Tremco, USG Acoustical Sealant by U.S. Gypsum. I. Non-Skinning Caulking, CK-4: 1 . Industry Standard: AAMA 809.2. 2. Comp ui Tents: One. 3. Composition: Von-skinning polyisobuty!ene rubber. 4. Movement Range: +/- 5 percent. 5. Acceptable Polyisobutylene Ruober Caulking: PTI 404 by Protective Treatments. J. Small Joint Caulking, CK-5: 1 . Industry Standard: AAMA 803.3. 2. Components: One. 3. Composition: Non-sag or self leveling acrylic. 4. Movement Range: +/- 5 percent. 5. Acceptable Self Leveling Caulking: PTI 200 by Protective Treatments. 6. Acceptable Non-sag Caulking: S-M 5504 by Schnee-Moorehead. K. Medium Density Tape Sealant, TS-2: 1 . Industry Standard for Neoprene Foam: ASTM D 1056. 2. Composition: Closed cell neoprene or polyvinyl chloride foam. 3. Acceptable Neoprene Foam Tape Sealants: 1056 Joint Filler and 1040 Series NN1 by Williams Products. 4. Acceptable Polyvinyl Chloride Foam Tape Sealants: Norseal V710. V720, or V780 by Norton, 1000 Series by Williams Products. L. Acoustical Tape Sealant, TS-4: 1. Composition: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride or open cell polyurethane foam meeting ASTM D 7534 with adhesive on one or both sides. 2. Acceptable Polyvinyl Chloride Foam Tape Sealants: Norseal V730 by Norton or SST 15, Sealant Specialist Tape by Tremco. 3. Acceptable Polyurethane Foam Tape Sealants: 1320 Series by Williams Products. M. Expanding Tape Sealant, TS-5: 1 . Composition: Compressed polyurethane foam. 2. Acceptable Polyurethane Expanding Foam Tape Sealants: Emseal 25V and Emseal Greyflex by Emseal, Polytite Standard, Polytite B, and Polytite R by Polytite Manufacturing, Will-Seal 150, 150G, 250, or EPS by Illbruck, Everlastic by Williams Products, York-Seal 100, York-Seal 200, or York-Seal 300 by York Manufacturing. SECTION 07900 - 3 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS N. Moisture Resistant Tape Sealant, TS-6: . Industry Standard: AAMA 804.1 and AAMA 807.1 . 2. Composition: Compressible polyisobutylene rubber. 3. Shore A Hardness: 10 to 15. 4. Joint M j,,ement Range: +/- 25 percent. 5. Aa:e,)table Polyisobutylene Tape Sealants: PTI 606 by Protective rreatmentc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Installation of Eiastomeric Joint Sealers: 1 . Apply sealants in color to match adjacent surfaces. 2. Install backer rods at joints more than 1/2 inch deep as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 3. Tool exposed joints concave. 4. Remove excess exposed sealant materials. 5. Install sealant ES-1 at interior floor and exterior concrete slab joints. 6. Install sealant ES-2 or ES-5 at exterior wall and flashing joints. 7. Install sealant ES-3 or ES-4 at exterior joints where joint movement exceeds 25 percent of joint width. B. Install sealant ES-6 at interior joints around plumbing fixtures and piping. B. Installation of Caulking and Tape Sealants: 1. Install caulking CK-2 at exterior concealed joints. 2. Install caulking CK-3 or tape TS-4 at perimeter and penetrations of acoustical wall and ceiling assemblies. 3. Install caulking CK-4 at interior concealed joints. 4. Install caulking CK-5 at small exposed joints, less than 1/8 inch wide. 5. Install TS-2 or TS-6 at joints between panels and behind flashing joints. 6. lostall TS-5 tape sealant perimater of door and window frames to fill openings. C. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1. Remove excess joint sealers from exposed surfaces. 2. Repair damaged and defective joint sealers. END OF SECTION SECTION 07900 - 4 SECTION 08114 STANDARD STEEL DOOR FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1 .1 QrIQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1. Submit product data for door frames. 2. Submit shop drawings of steel door frame Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute Manufacturers: 1. Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01500, Material and Equipment. 2..2 FABRICATION A. Fabrication of Standard Interior Frames: 1. Industry Standard: SDI 100, Grade II. 2, Steel Frame: 18 gage steel. 3. Corners: Knocked down. 4. Frame Dimensions: 2 inch face, 5/8 inch stop with 1/2 inch frame return at throat. 5. Shop Finish- Rust inhibiting prime coat. B. Fabrication of Shop Finished Interior Frames: 1. Frame CtPel: 18 gage. 2. Trim Steel: 22 gage. 3. Frame Corners: Knocked down. 4. Frame and Trim Dimensions: 1-3/4 inch frame face with 1-1/2 inch wide snap on trim, and 5/8 inch high integral stop. 5. Shop Finish: Manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive prime coat and baked enamel finisr in manufacturer's custom color as selected by Architect. 6. Slam Test: ANSI A250.5, Level A, 1,000,000 cycles. 7. Acceptable Frames: C Series Timely by Timely Industries. C. Fabrication of Shop Finished Adjustable Interior Door Frames with Trims. 1 . Frame Steel: 18 gage. 2. Frame Type: Adjustable width, integral stop with snap-on trim. 3. Acceptable Frames: Adjust-A-Frame by Kewanee, A Series Timely by Timely Industries. D. Hardware Preparation: 1 . Prepare door frames to receive hardware in compliance with ANSI A 115. 2. Provide manufacturer's standard reinforcing at hinge pockets, lockset openings, closers, pull bays, panic devices, flush bolts, and surface bolts, complying with ANSI SDI-100, Table V. 3. Furnish frames with manufacturer's standard jamb and floor anchors. 4. Furnish hardwares r0r►forcing to accomodate door hardware specified in erection 08710, Door Hardware. SECTION 081 14 - I SECTION 08114 STANDARD STEEL DOOR FRAMES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Installation of Frames: 1 . Instc!1 frames tc plus or minus 1/16 inch for squared, aligned, twisted, and plumbed frames. 2. Install d-)or hinges and doors after shop and field finishing door frames. B. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1. Replace damaged and defective door frame assemblies. 2. Touch up scratched door frame prime finish paint to match adjacent shop primed surfaces. 3. Touch up scratched door frame factory finish paint to match adjacent shop finished surfaces. 4. Clean hardware and door frame surfaces prior to Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION I SECTION 08114 - 2 SECTION 082' 20 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1. Submit product data for wood doors. 2. Submit product samples of shop finish to indicate color and sheen. �• 3. Submit manufacturer's standard five year warranty for interior solid core doors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute Manufacturers: 1. Submit substitution requests prior to bid date. 2. Comply with requisemerits in Section 01600, Materials and Equip,nent. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Interior Swinging Doors: 1 . Industry Standard: NWWDA I.S. 1-A and AWI Quality Standa-ds 6th Edition,. Version 1.1 . 2. Solid Core: Particleboard with bonded edges. 3. Face Panels: 1/8 inch thick, tempered hardboard. 4. Door Grade: Custom. 5. Door Edges: Compatible species. 6. Adhesive: Type 1, waterproof or Type 2, water resistant. 7. Acceptable Door Manufacturers: Algoma Hardwoods, Inc., Eggers Industries, Weyerhaeuser Company, Fenestra Corporation, Sauder Door Corporation, BJ ' Door Manufacturing, Western Oregon Door. F1. Shop Finish: 1. Opaque Finish: AWI No. OP-1, Standard Lacquer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Installation of Flush Wood Doors: 1. Comply with requirement, in NWWDA I.S. 1 -A, Section G-20. 2. Store doors 3 days at building temperature and humidity before installing. 3. Install door hardware specifies, in Section 08710, Door Hardware. B. Adjusting and CleLning: 1. Adjust door hardware for smooth operation. 2. Replace damaged and defective wood doors and frames. 3. Clean doors and door hardware prior to Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION SECTION 08212 - 1 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL. 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1. Submit manufacturer's product data and performance test reports. 2. Submit shop drawings with elevations, dimensions, de-:ails, hardware, and gazing. 3. Submit product samples of shop finished aluminum. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Standard Framing; 1 . Aluminum Extrusions: 6063-T5 alloy and temper. 2. Nominal Size: 1-3/4 by 4-1/2 inches. 3. Air Infiltration Test Pressure: ASTM E 283, less than 0.15 cfm per square foot of fixed area at 6.24 psf pressure. 4. Maximum Deflection: L/175 of the span. 5. Structural Design Safety Factor: Allowable stress, 1 .65 times design loads. 6. Water Resistar ce Test: ASTM E 547, 6.24 psf for 5 minutes it, four cycles, no water leakage. 7. Acceptable Single Glass Framing Systems: Match existing Framing System b; K-veneer. B. Medium Stile Doors: 1 . Nominal Stile Size: 1-3/4 by 3-1/2 inches. 2. Minimum Bottom Rail Height: 12 inches. 3. Stile and Rail Connections: Fully weld intersection of door stiles and rails. 4. Acceptable Door Systerns: Medium Stile 350 by Kawneer. C. Air Infiltration Requirements for New Exterior Entrance Doors: 1. Pairs of Doors: ASTM E 283, maximum of 0.72 cfm per lineal foot of perimeter crack under 1 .56 psf (25 mph) test pressure. D. Glazing Sealants: 1 . Interior Gasket. Manufacturer's standard fixed resilient glazing gasket. 2. Exterior Tape: (Manufacturer's standard glazing tape. E. Framing Sealants: 1. Concealed Joints Between Framing Members and Adjacent Surfaces: CK-2, butyl calking or TS-2, ta,.s sealant. 2. Exposed Joints Between Framing Members and Adjacent Surfaces: ES-2, polyurethane or FS-5, silicone rubber. 3. Small Exposed Joints Between Framing Members: CK-5, small joint calking. SECTION 08410 - 1 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFPONTS F. Entrance Door Accessories.: 1 . Glazing .Stops: SqL are, 0.050 inches thick roinimum. 2. Weatherstripping: Flexible polymeric weather stripping at head, jamb, and meeting stiles with EPDM gasket strip on door bottom. G. Anodized Aluminum Finish: 1. Industry Standard: Aluminum Associatio.i AA-M12 C22 A42 or A44. 2. Color: Match existing. 3. Minimum Thickness: Match existing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Installation of Framing Systems: 1. Install framing plumb and level, accurately aligned, and securely anchored with concealed fasteners. 2. Install base in full bed of polyisobutylene rubber calk. 3. Install polyurethane sealant, at exposed joints between framing system and adjacent materials. B. Installation of Entrance Doors: 1 . Set doors and hardware plumb and level, accurately aligned, and securely anchored. 2. Apply weatherstripping system to perimeter of exterior entrance doors. 3. Set threshold in full bed of polyisobutylene ribber calk. 4. Adjust doors, hardware, and weatherstripping for smooth door operation. 5. Lubricate operating hardware. C. Installation of Glazing: 1 . Set glass units on setting blocks. 2. Install gaskets, tapes, and glazing sealants as recommended by glass and sealant manufacturers. E. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1. Replace damaged and defective entrance systems. 2. Apply touch up paint to scratched exposed aluminum components. 3. Clean entrance doors and frames and storefront frames prior to Substantial Completion. 4. Remove excess sealants from glazing, doors, frames, and suhstrate surfaces. 5. Wash and wipe dry glazing prior to Substantial Completion. SECTION 08410 - 2 SECTION 08410 71 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS F. Entrance Hardware Schedule: QUANTITY TYPE MFR'S NUMBER & SIZE FINISH 1 . HW 1. Pair of Doors, 3 feet by 7 feet aluminum doors with 3-point locking: 2 sets Pivots OP-160 Alum 2 sets Int Pivots IP-170 Alum 1 each 3-pt lock MS1850 x 4015 bottom bolt x 4089 indicator and sign "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED" 628 2 each Cylinder 20-003 626 2 each Closers 4111 Min 6" top rail 689 2 each Floor Stop FB36 626 1 each Threshold 413 72" Alum 2 each Dr Sweep C627 36" Alum Note: Weatherstrip by aluminum door supplier. 2. HW2, Single Door, 3 feet by 7 feet aluminum doors deadlock: 1 set Pivots OP-160 Alum 1 set Int Pi% pits IP-170 Alum 1 each Deadlock MS1850 by 4089 indicator and sign "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED" 628 2 each Cylinder 20-003 626 1 each Closer 41 1 1 Min 6" top rail 689 1 each Floor Stop FB36 626 1 each Threshold 413 36" Alum 2 each Dr Sweep C627A 36" Alum Note: Weatherstrip by aluminum door supplier. END OF SECTION SECTION 08410 - 3 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1 . Submit product data for each item of door hardware. 2. Submit five copies of hardware schedule. 3. Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors and frarnes within two weeks after acceptance of final hardware schedule by Architect. 4. Submit 3 copies of the keying schedule prior to orderir locks and cylinders. B. Keying Meeting: 1. Arrange a keying meeting between hardware supplier and Tenant's Representative. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Butts: 1 . Hager. 2. Lawrer;,-,e. 3. McKinney. 4. Stanley.* B. Locksets and Cylinders: 1. Schlage.* C. Surface Closers: 1 . LCN.* D. Stops and Holders: I. Builders Brass Works. 2. Glynn-Johnson. 3. Ives. 4. Quality. E. Push and Pull Plates: 1 . Builders Brass Works. 2. Cipco. 3. Tice.* 4. Quality. F. Thresholds and Gaskets: 1. National Guard.* 2. Pemko. 3. Reese. 4. Zero. G. Automatic Door Bottoms: 1 . National Guard.* SECTION 08710 - 1 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 2. Pemko. 3. Reese. 4. Zero. Manufacturers specified in hardware schedule at end of this Section. H. Other Manufacturers: 1. Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Complv with requirements in Section 01600, Material and Equipment. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Fasteners: 1. Furnish fasteners which are compatible with both the unit fastened and the substrate. B. Keying: 1 . Match keying in existing master key system. 2. Furnish nickel silver keys in the following quantities: a. Change Keys: Three keys each lock or cylinder. b. Master and Grand Master Keys: Six keys each set. 3. Stamp Keys and Key Blanks: Do Not Duplicate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Installation of Recessed Door Hardware: 1. Install recessed hardware on field finished doors and frames and then remove and store recessed hardware in a secure F':--e during application of door and frame finish. 2. After completion of the door and frame finish, reinstall recessed hardware. B. Installation of Surface Mounted Door Hardware: 1. Install kick plates with oval-head full-thread screws, spaces at 5 inches on center, maximum along kick plate perimeter. 2. Install thresholds with expansion shields and anchor bolts. 3. Set thresholds in polyisobutylene rubber calking, CK-4 as indicated in Section 07900, Joint Sealers. 4. Mount surface closers on interior side of doors. C. Operating Hardware Adjustments: 1. adjust operating hardware to ensure smooth operation. 2. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of HVAC equipment, 3. Where hardware is installed more than one month prior to occupancy of a space, make a final check and adjustment for correct operation of operating door hardware during the week prior to occupancy. SECTION 08710 - 2 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE D. Hardware Schedule: 1 . Furnish the following hardware groups for each door as indicated on Door Schedule, and as requxed for operation of each door. QUANTITY ITEM NUM601 SIZE FINISH Group 1 and 2: Entrance Doors 1 Cylinder 23-013 626 Group 3: Toilet Doors 1 1/2 Pair Butts 1960 NRP 4 1/2 x 4 112 6E2 1 Lock D80PD RN0•Key 1 A 626 1 Stop 50W 626 1 Closer 4041 Series 692 1 Threshold 896DKBS MS x BS 628 1 Sot Gaskating 5050 Series Hand R Jnmhs Group 4: Access Door 1 Pair Butts 1960 NRP 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 1 Roller Latch 334 62.6 END OF SECTION SECTION 08710 - 3 r 1 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 GENERAL 1 .1 REQUIREMENTS A. Stnictural Requirements: 1. Steel Framing Systems: Maximum deflection of L/240 for design loads. 2. Steel Ceiling Suspension Systems: Maximum deflection of L/360 for design loads. 3. Seismic Loads: Provide steel bracing members to carry structural loads created by seismic movement of ceiling and wall systems. B. System Tolerances: 1. Do not exceed 1/4 inch variation in 8 feet from plumb, level, and true lines. 2. Do not exceed 1/8 inch variation in 8 feet from plumb surface in areas scheduled to receive fiberglass reinforced polyester panels. 3. Do not exceed 1/16 inch offset at joints between adjacent panels within the same plane. C. Submittals: 1. Submit product data for interior steel framing systems and wall and ceiling accessories. 2. Submit design data for structural and seismic loads on interior wall and ceiling systems. 3. Submit structural calculations bearing the seal and signature of a structural engineer registered in the State having jurisdiction when required by local building officials. D. Environmental Requirements: 1. Maintain ambient air temperature above 55 degrees F. and maintain 70 percent maximum relative humidity in each work area for 48 hours prior to, during, ana after installation of gypsum board systems. 2. Tape and finish gypsum board surfaces when gypsum board moisture content is less than 15 percent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute Manufacturers 1 . Submit zubstitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Materials and Equipment. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Steel C-Studs and Track: 1 . Industry Standard: ASTM C 645. 2. Type: Punched lateral load bearing steel C-studs. 3. Flange Profile: 1 .250 and 1.375 inch with 1/4 inch stiffening lip. SECTION 09250- 1 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 4. Minimum Metal Thickness: 25 gage, except where 20 gage is indicated on Drawings and as indicated in Paragraph 3.1.A. below. 5. Minimum Yield Strength: 33 ksi. 6. Metal Finish: ASTM A 525, G-60 galvanized. 7. Tack: Manufacturer's standard profile, except extended legs at top track to prevent axial loading of studs. B. Framing Ac 'sories: 1 . Scree. urring Channels: ASTM C 645, roll-formed, hat shaped 25 gage, G-60 zinc-coated steel with knurled face. 2. Steel Cold Rolled Channels: ASTM C 754, 3/4 inch and 1-1/2 inch wide, 16 gage, G-60 galvanized or black asphaltum painted steel. 3. Framing Screws: ASTM C 1002, Type S, bugle head. 4. Powder Actuated Fasteners: Gun fired fasteners by Hilti or ITW Ramset. C. Steel Tee Ceiling Suspension Systems: 1 . Main Tees: 1-1/2 by 15/16 inches. 2. Cross Tees: 1-1/2 by 15/16 inches. 3. Fiat Shaped Furring Channels: 2-7/8 by 7/8 inch, 25 gage, G-60 zinc coated steel with knurled face. 4. Wall Support: 1-1/8 by 1-1/8 inch angles or 1-9/16 by 1 inch channels. 5. Hanger Wire: 12 gage galvanized steel. 6. Seismic Braces: Vertical steel compression posts. 7. Acceptable Suspension Systems: Rigid X Drywall Suspension System by USG Interiors, Drywall Furring System by Armstrong Architectural Building Products. D. Gypsum Board Face and Backing Panels: 1 . Minimum Panel Thickness: 5/8 inch, except 3/8 inch where curved panels are indicated on Drawings. 2. Industry Standard for Face Panels: ASTM C 36, Type X. 3. Industri Standard for Soffit Board Panels: ASTM C 531, Type X. 4. Industry Standard for Backing Panels: ASTM C 442, Type X. 5. Industry Standard for W.R. Backing Panels: ASTM C 630, Type X. E. Joint and Trim Accessories: 1 . Joint Compound: ASTM C 475. 2. Joint Reinforcing Tape for Gypsum Panels: 2 inches wide pin perforated paper. 3. Outside Corner Trim: ASTM C 1047, 1-1/4 inches wide, galvanized steel. 4. Panel Edge Trim: 7/8 inches wide, galvanized steel. 5. PVC -�-im for Interior Panels: ASTM D 367F,. F. Adhesives and Fasteners for Panels: 1. Panel Adhesives: ASTM C 557. 2. Light Gage Framing Screws: ASTM C 1002, Type S, bugle head. SECTION 09250- 2 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD G. Acoustical Insulation: 1. Industry Standard: ASTM C 665, 2. Wall Insulation Thickness: 3 inches. 3. Ceiling Insulation Thickness: 3 inches. H. Joint Sealants: 1 . Mildew Resistant Elastomeric Sealant, ES-6: ASTM C 920, Class 25, Grade NS, Type S, Silicone, Scnitary 1700 by General Electric, 786 by Dow Corning, Rhodorsil 6B-White by Rhone-Poulenc. 2. Acoustical Calkirg, CK-3: ASTM C 919, polyisobutylene tubber, SCS-21 by Miracle Adhesives, PTI 808 by Protective Treatments, Acoustical Sealant by Tremco, USG Acoustical Sealant by U.S. Gypsum. 3. Medium Density Foam Tape, TS-2.: ASTM D 1056, 1056 Joint Filler and 1040 Series NN 1 by Williams Products. 4. PVC Acoustical Foam Tape, TS-4: SST 15, Sealant Specialist Tape by Tremco. I. Panel Sealers and Texture Coats: 1 . Latex Flat Sealer: Sheetrock First Coat by U.S. Gypsum, Seal Prime by Beadex Manufacturing. ' 2. Orange Peel Texturo Coat: Gyproc by Domtar, G-P Orange Peel Joint Compound Texture by Georgia-Pacific, Wall Spray-Orange Peel Finish I by Gold Band, USG Texture II by United States Gypsum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Installation of Wall Framing Systems: 1 . Comply with ASTM C 754 and fire rating requirements. . Install 20 gage C-studs to support: a. Door frames. b. Grab bars. C. Mechanical equipment. d. Electrical equipment. e. Casework and food service equipment. B. Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems: 1 . Comply with ASTM C 754. 2. Install main runners and hanger wire at 4 feet on center. 3. Install cross runners at 24 inches on center. 4. Install wall angle or channel at ceiling perimeter. 5. Install diagonal bracing and compression posts as required by 1994 Uniform Building Code and jurisdictional ammendments. C. Installation of Wall kind Ceiling Panels: 1 . Comply with ASTM C 840. 2. Install panels with ends and Adges over framing and blocking with staggered end joints. SECTION 09250- 3 SECTIOV 09250 GYPSUM UOARD D. Installation of Acoustical Insulation: 1. Install acoustical insulation within wall and ceiling framing spaces adjacent to toilet rooms. 2. Install acoustical calk, CK-3 or acoustical foam tape, TS-4 at perimeter and penetrations of gypsum panels, complying with ;equirements in ec oun 07900, Joint Sealers. E. Installation of Joint and Trim Accessories: 1 . Install panel joint reinforcing at external corners and exposed terminations of wall and ceiling panels. 3.2 FINISHING A. Unfinished Walls and Ceilings, FDCA Level 1: 1 . Tape embed joints and interior angles in joint compound, panel surfaces free of excess joint compound. 2. Tool marks and joint compound ridges are acceptable. B. FRP Paneling Finished Walls, PDCA Level 3: 1 . Tape embed joints and interior angles in joint compound with two separate coats of joint compound applied over points, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. 2. Finish joint compound smooth and free of tool marks dnd joint co npound ridges. C. Pai^ted Walls in Toilet Rooms, PDCA Level 4: 1 . Tate embed joints and interior angles in joint compound with 3 sepa,ate coats of joint compound applied over joints angles, fastener headE, and accessories. 2. Finish joint compound smooth ,and free of tool marks and Joint compound ridges. D. Painted Walls ar d Ceilings in All Other Rooms, PDCA Level 5: 1 . Tape embed joints and interior angles in joint compound with 3 separate coats of joint compound applied over joints angles, fastener heads, anc accessories. 2. Appq a thin skim coat of joint compound, or Latex Flat Sealer to the entire surface. 3. Finish joint compound smooth and free of tool marks and joint compound ridges. E. Texturing Walls and Ceilings: 1. Apply spray texture coat evenly on exposed g,-psum pane; surfaces as indicated in Room Finish Schedule to receive texture finish. F. Ad;usting and Cleaning: 1 . Replace damaged and defective wall and ceiling framing members. 2. Patch defective gypsum surface. :�. Remove gypsum dust from adjacent surfaces. 4. Remove excess joint compound from adjacent surfaces. 5. nernove wall and ceiling seal coat overspray from adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION SECTION 09250 4 SECTION 09300 TILE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIRL--MENTS93 A. Submittals: 1 . Submit product data for mortar and grout. 2. jubmit product samples for each tile type, color, and texture. 3. Submit color samples for each grout tyre. 4. Submit color samples of each sealant type. 6. Submit manufacturer's installation and maintenance instructions for tile and grout. FART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A Substitute Manufacturers 1 . Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Material And Equipment, 3. Substitution of tiles are subject to review of tile patterns and colors by Architect. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Quarry Tile; 1 . Size; 6 by 6 by 1/2 inches. 2. Floor Tile Color: As selected by Architect and Coffee People's Director of Construction. 3. Texture: Srrr-Vti, And AhmRIVP.. B. Quarry Base Tile: 1 , Size: 5 by 6 by 1/2 inch. 2. Color: Color: As selected by Architect and Coffee People's Director of Construction. 3. Pattern: Coved. 4. 'texture: Smooth. C. Tile Accessories: 1 . Liquid Urethane Membrane-, ASTM C 836 Ultra-Set by Bostik, Seal-A-Deck by Custom Building Products, 9235 by Laticrete. 2. Elestomeric Sheet Membrane: 0,030 inch thick nonplasticfz�d chlorinated polyethyinne (CPE) sheat, Nobleseal TS by the Nob!e Company/H.B. Fuller, 3. Divider Strip: 1/8 inch top width, 1 inch deep, half Lard brass, by American Terrazzo Strip Compnny. 4. Sealants: Mildew resistant silicone ES-6 at wells, self leveling polyurethane ES-1 at floors, as indicated in Section 07900, Joint Sealers. 5. Quarry Tile Sealer; Penetrating Sealer by Aqua Mix, Sentry Sealer by Specified Chemical, or Conseal CO-665 by Surtec. SECTION 09300 - 1 SECTION 09300 TrI.E D. Thin Set Mortar Materials: 1, Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI Al 18.4, 2. Epoxy Mortar: ANSI A118,3. 3, Admixture for Setting Mortar (Bond Coat): Acryllc latex additive. E. Epoxy Mortar and Grout: 1 . Industry Standard: ANSI Al 18.3. 2. Grout Color: As selected by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Surface Preparation: 1 , Install liquid applied urethane or elastomeric sheet membrane below quarry the floors. 2. Overlsp jointr, of ( PF- mn -,nrnnR F;hantsz and wAid with CPE solvent or xvlene. B. Installation of Tile Joints: 1 . Install uniform quarry tile joints approximately 1/4 inch wide. 2, Install silicone rubber sealant ES-6 at joints between the and adjacent plumbing fixtures and pipe. 3. Install urethane sealant in expansion joints at perimeter of quarry tile. C. Installation of Tile: 1. (Quarry Floor Tile with Concrete Substrate: Latex-Portland Gement Mortar, complying with TCA F113, and Epoxy Grout complying with TCA F115, 2, Install 5C percent abrasive faced quarry the in pedestrian treffic rtreas in food service areas. 3. Tollet Floor Tile on Concrete Slabs, Epoxy Mortar and Grout: Epoxy mortar and grout on concrete, TCA F131, D. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1 . Replace cracked, chipped, broken, and unbonded tile. 2. Rake and regrout damaged and defective grout joints. 3. Clean tile and joints with the cleaner after curing mortar and grout. 4. Immedlatly rinse the anO grout with clean water and wipe dry. E. Protection: 1. Apply quarry tile sealer on quarry the and grout )olnts as recommended by sealer manufacturer, END OF SECTION SECTION 09300 - 2 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 .1 REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1 . Submit product data on ceiling panels. 2. Submit product samples of ceiling panels. B. Site Conditions: 1 . Maintain minimum 55 degree F. ambient air temperature and maximum 70 percent relative humidity for 48 hours prior to, during, ,and after installing ceiling components. C. Maintenance Materials: 1 . Deliver 2 percent extra ceiling panels to Building Owner's storage area. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute, Manufacturers 1. Submii substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Compl t with requirements in Section 01600, Material and Equipment. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Interior Exposed Grid Suspension Systems 1 . Structural Classification: Intermediate duty. 2. Regular Flange Main Runners and Cross Tees: 15116 inch exposed flange. 3. Edge Moldings: Flush angle or channel. 4. Steel Coatings: 01h':a painted members. B. Acoustical Panels, AT-1: 1. Panel Size: 24 by 48 by 5/8 inches. 2. Pattern: Nondirectional smooth vinyl coated. 3. Panel Edges: Square. 4. Ceiling Attentuation Class: CAC Range 45-49. 5. Light Reflectance: LR-1. 6. Acceptable Vinyl Covered Gypsum Panels: Fire Rated 3270 by IJSG Interiors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Installation of Modifications to the Existing Suspension Systems: 1 . Place vertical struts at not more than 6 feet from each surrounding will. 2. Install edge moldings at new vertical elements. SECTION 09510 - 1 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS B. Installation of Acoustical Panels in Grid: 1. Install new vinyl coated ceiling panels in the existing grid system. C. /adjusting and Cleaning: 1. Remove and replace damaged and defective ceiling panels and ceiling suspension systems. 2. Clean panels and SLIspension systems prior to Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION SECTION 09510 - 2 SECTION 09541 FlInER REINFORCED POLYESTER PANELS PART 1 GFNERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Product Submittals: 1 . Submit 6 by 6 inch minimum sized product samples of panels. 2. Submit 6 inch minimum length inside corner and edge trim samples. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute Manufacturers: 1 . Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Material and Equipment. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Fire Rated, Fiberglass Roving Reinforced Polyester Resin Panels: 1. Thickness: 0.125 inch. 2. Panel Width: 4 feet. 3. Panel Length: As required for full height floor to ceiling panels. 4. Texture: Embossed. 5. Color: White. 6. Fire Rating: Class A, flame spread 20, fuel contributed 0, smoke developed 200 for KemlitP and flame spread 15, fuel contributed 0, smoke developed 350 for Ornyte. 7. Acceptable Panels: Fire-X Glasbord, 85 whit by Kemlite and Duratuf-X, White by Ornyte. B. PVC Panel Muldings for Polyester Panels: 1. Molding Type: One and two piece PVC moldings for divider, edge cap, outside corner and inside corner. 2. Molding Length: 8 and 10 feet. 3. Color: Match polyester resin panels. 4 Acceptable Moldings: PVC moldings by Kemlite or Ornyte. C. Panel Molding Sealants: 1 . Silicone Rubber Sealant: Super Silicone Sealant by Nudo Products or 732 by Dow Corning. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Surface Preparation: 1. Modify substrate as required to obtain flat surface to within 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 2. Remove dirt, dust and other contaminating material. SECT:ON 09541 1 SECTION 09541 FIBER REINFORCED POLYESTER PANELS B. Installation of Prefinished Wall Panels: 1. Cut panels to required size with carbide tipped saws. 2. Predrill panels for fasteners. 3. Apply adhesive to substrate and back of panel as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. 4. Apply panels to wall, leaving 1/8 inch clearance at edges. 5. Install fasteners at 18 inches on center at panel edges. 6. Space fasteners 3/8 inch from edge of panel to center of fastener. 7. Install PVC moldings at butt joints, edges, outside and inside corners. 8. Apply silicone rubber sealant to panel joints. C. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1 . Replace damaged and defective panels and moldings. 2. Clean panels and moldings prior to Substantial Completion. 3. Remove excess materials from the site. END OF SECTION SECTION 09541 - 2 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1 .1 REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1 . Submit product data for resilient flooring and base. 2. Submit shop drawings to indicate flooring patterns and location of joints and edge strips. 3. Submit product samples of each flooring color and pattern. 4. Submit product samples of flooring trim and base and transition strips. 5. Submit concrete floor slab moisture test results trom 3 seperate floor slab areas. 6. Submit copies of maintenance procedures for each type of flooring and base. B. Site Conditions: 1 . Maintain areas of work between 70 and 90 degrees F for 48 hours befo;e, during, and 48 hours after installation. 2. Verify floor slab moisture is within recommendations of flooring manufacturer. C. Maintenance: 1 . Furnish 2 percent extra material of each color and pattern of flooring, base, and trim. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute f lanufacturers 1 . Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Material and Equipment. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Standard Vinyl Sheet Flooring: 1 . Industry Standard: ASTM F 1303, Type ll, Grade 1 . 2. Pattern: Seagate or Suffield Classic Corlon by Armstrong, Coordinates by Tarkett, or Fields by Mannington. 3. Color: As selected by Architect. 4. Minimum Overall Thickness: 0.080 inches. 5. Minimum Wear Layer Thickness: 0.050 inches. B. Rubber Base: 1 . Profile: Coved toe. 2. Color: As selected by Architect. 3. Size: 6 inches high, except where indicated 4 inches high on Drawings. 4. Minimum Length: 50 feet. 5. Thickness: 1/8 inch. 6. Base Accessories: Color matching end stops. SECTION 09650 - 1 SE :TION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 7. Acceptable Rubber Bases: Flex-Cove by Flexco, EZ-Wrap Rubber Cove Base by Johnsonite, Vynite Rubber Wail Rase by Mercer, Standard Toe Base by Roppe. C. Resilient Flooring Accessories: 1 . Acceptable Factory Mixed Patching Compounds: Sonopatch by Sonneborn, Thoropatch with Acryl 60 by Thoro Rystem Products. 2. Acceptable Beveled Edge Strips: Vinyl reducer strip by Armstrong, Burke, Johnsonite, Mercer, Roppe. 3. Acceptable Cove Strips: 95 Vinyl by Flexco, CFS-XX by Johnsonite, 070 or 075 by Mercer, 44 (rubber) or 167 (vinyl) by Roppe. 4. Acceptable Sheet Flooring Radius Cove Caps: Vinyl 97R by Flexco, SCC-XX Vinyl by Johnsonite, Round Cap 040 by Mercer. 5. Vinyl Sheet Flooring Seam and Field Adhesive: As recommended by flooring manufacturer. 6. Base Adhesive: Latex adhesive as recommended by base manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 PERFORMANCE A. Installation of Resilient Flooring: 1 . Lay sheet flooring with field and seam adhesive as recommended by flooring manufacturer. 2. Install coved resilient rubber base at resilient sheet flooring. B Installation of Resilient Base: 1 . Apply resilient base in long lengths to walls, columns, cabinets, and permanent fixtures. 2. Install coved base at resilient sheet flooring and exposed concrete flooring areas. C Installation of Flooring Accessories: 1. Install beveled f'.or underlayment patching compound where change in flooring material thickness rcinuires beveling of substrate. 2. Install cove resilient rubber strips and radius cove caps where sheet flooring is scheduled for coved edge. D. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1 . Replace loose, damaged, and defective resilient flooring, rubber base, and coved flooring cap. 2. Replace damaged and defective adhesive welded seams. 3. Clean resilient flooring and base wAhin 7 days prior to requesting Completion. END OF SECTION SECTION 09650 - 2 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PA II GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1 . Submit copies of product data for each prime and finish paint. 2. Submit 8 by 10 inch minimum size color and texture draw down samples of opaque finishes. 3. Submit 4 by 8 inch minimum size color and texture samples of transparent wood finishes. 4. Resubmit color samples as requested by Architect until the color, gloss, and texture sample is acceptable to Architect. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1 . Furnish paint in quantities and composition which complies with local building code Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) requirements. C. Maintenance: 1. Provide 5 percent extra paint material of each colo, and gloss, not to exceed 5 gallons of each color and gloss. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Paint Manufacturers: 1. Ameritone Paint. 2. Benjamin Moore Paints. 3. Fuller-O'Brien. 4. Kelly-Moore Paint Company, Inc. 5. Miller Paint Company, Inc. 6. Parker Paint. 7. Rodda Paint Company. 8. Sherwin Williams Company. 9. Tnemec. R. Other Manufacturers: 1. Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Material and Equipment. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Acceptable Paints, Stains, and Sealers: 1. Select paints from manufacturers listed above as indicated in the current edition of the Architectectural Specifications Manual, Manufacturer's Product Listings Chapter, Published by Specifications Services, Inc., Kent, WA, 206-878-6630. B. Color Selection: 1. Colors: As selected by Architect. SECTION 09900 - 1 SECTION 09900 PAINTING C. Antigraffiti Paint: 1 . Type: Urethane. 2. Minimum Solids: 53.0 plus or minus 2.0 percent. 3. Volatile Organic Compounds: Less than 3.5 pounds per gallon. 4. Recommended Coverage: 1 .5 mils at 585 square feet per gallon. 5. Flash Point: Above 83 degrees F. 6. Acceptable Antigraffiti Paints:-AroShie!d by Wasser High Tech coatings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE i, Protection: 1 . Cover and protect adjacent finished surfaces. 2. Remove prefinished items or provide surface applied protection. 3. Cover and protect finished metal. Cover and protect moving parts of operating units and equipment ,Jentification labels. 5. Remove protective covers and reinstall removed prefinished items after finishing adjacent surfaces. 6. Cover and protect adjacent surfaces including adjacent doors and wi ldows with adhesive tape and polyethylene sheets prior to app!ication of water repellents. B. Surface Preparation: 1 . Touch-up shop primed iterns where prime finish is darnaged prior to field finishing. 2. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for preparing each substrate. 3. Apply prime coat to fabricated items which have not been prime coated by fabriLator. C. Application Methi-.)ds: 1 . Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers where required. 2.. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with coating manufacturer's directions. 3. Where recommended by manufacturer, sand lightly Dut.veen succeeding enamel and lacquer coats. 4. Apply each material at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to provide a minimum total dry film thickness as recommended by paint manufacturer. D. Paint Coverage Requirements: 1 . For opaque finishes, apply additional coats until paint film is uniform in finish, color, and appearance. 2. Match acceptable color and texture product samples . 3. Paint exposed surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as adjacent surfaces. 4. Paint surfaces concealed by permanently fixed furnishings, fixtures, and equipment with prime coat only. SECTION 09900 - 2 SECTION 09900 PAINTING E. Painting Equipment Surfaces: 1. Paint interior surfaces of ducts where visible through air diffusers and air grilles, flat black for a distance of 12 inches. 2. Except where accent colors are scheduled, paint mechanical and electrical Work in finished areas including exposed ducts, piping, conduit, louvers, and grilles to match adjacent surfaces, except when mechanical and electrical Work is factory finished to color matching adjacent surface. F. Correcting Defective and Damaged Surfaces: 1. Repaint surfaces not in compliance with specified requirements until finished surface meets specified requirements. 2. Repaint Work not meeting manufacturer's minimum recommended dry film thickness. 3. Repaint lines between accent colors to obtain clean straight lines. 4. Correct painting related damage to exposed surfaces by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing. 5. Touch up factory finished surfaces damaged during construction. 6. Remove paint splatters from high pressure laminate, reducer strips, resilient flooring, wall base, wail covering, quarry tile, finished metal, glass, and similar finished surfaces. 3.2 PAINTING SCHEDULES A. Interior Painting Schedule for New Surfaces: 1 . Concrete Masonry Walls, Epoxy Semigloss: One coat latex Block Filler or one coat Water-Based Epoxy Filler Sealer and one coat Water-Based Epoxy Semigloss Enamel. 2. Concrete Masonry Walls, Semigloss: One coat Latex Ploc;: Filler and two coats 100 percent Acrylic Latex Semigloss Enamel. 3. Concrete Masonry Walls, Antigraffiti Paint at Toilet Room Wall: One coat of Antigraffiti paint. 4. Aluminum Equipment and Cone'uit, Semigloss: Two coats 100 percent Acrylic Latex Semigloss Enamel. 5. Steel Equipment and Conduit, Not Galvanized, Semigloss: Touch-up coat Alkyd Steel Primer and two coats of 100 percent Acrylic Latex Semigloss Enamel. 6. Steel, Not Galvanized, Epoxy Semigloss: One coat water based epoxy primer and two coats Water-Based Ca'alyzed Epoxy Semigloss Enamel. 7. Steel Equipment and Conduit, Galvanized Semigloss: Touch-up coat of Galvanized Metal Primer and two coats of 100 percent Acrylic Latex Semigloss Enamel. B. Wood, Plywood, and Particleboard, Semigloss: One coat Enamel Oil Undercoater and two coats 100 percent Acrylic Latex Semigloss Enamel. 9. Wood, Stain and Lacquer: One coat Pre-Stain Sealer, one coat Interior Oil Stain, one coat Sanding Sealer, am two coats Alkyd Modified Nitrocellouse Satin Lacquer. 10 Gypsum Board, Semigloss: One coat Latex or PVA Gypsum Primer and two coats 100 percent Acrylic Latex Semigloss Enamel. 11 . Gypsum Board, Epoxy Gloss: One coat Latex Gypsum Primer and one --� 2coat Water-Based Catalyzed Epoxy Gloss Enamel. SECTION 09900 - 3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING 12. Gypsum Board, Antigraffiti Paint at Toilet Room Walls: One coat of antigraffiti paint. B. Interior Painting Schedule for Existing Surfaces: 1. Concrete Masonry Walls Semigloss: Prime coat touch-up, 100 percent Acrylic Latex Flat and one finish coat of 100 percent Acrylic Latex Semigloss. 2. Steel, Semigloss: Metal Prime Coat touch-up and two coats of Alkyd Semigloss, Enamel. 3. Gypsum Board, Semigloss: Gypsum Primer Touch-up and two coats 100 percent Acrylic Latex Semigloss Enamel. 4. Gypsum Board, Epoxy Gloss: Latex Gypsum Primer or Water-Based Epoxy Gypsum Primer Touch-up and one coat Water-Based Epoxy Gloss Enamel. 5. Gypsum Board, Food Service Walls and Ceilings: One coat Vapor Barrier Primer, Sherwin Williams 1546407 and two coats Vapor Barrier Ceiling Enamel, Sherwin Williams B20 WY 451 . END OF SECTION SECTION 09900 - 4 SECTION 11400 FO aD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 7 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .1 REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1. Submit product data for factory built food service equipment with information on utility connection requirements, metal gageF, factory finishes, and controls. 2. Submit shop drawings .or custom built high pressure laminate faced countertops and stainless steel food service equipment, and walk-in coolers with dimensions, edge details, and methods of attachment to substrates. 3. Submit two 4 by 8 inch minimum size product samples of Number 4 polished stainless steel shop finish. 4. Submit two 4 by 8 inch minimum size product samples of high pressure laminate shop finish. 5. Submit manufacturer's operation and maintenance data for factory built food service equipment furnished by Contractor. B. Scheduling: 1 . Schedule installation of food service equipment after adjacent floor and wall finishes are installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitute Manufacturers: 1 . Submit substitution requests prior to Bid Date. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 01600, Material and Equipment. 2.2 MATERIALS A. HPL Countertop Materials: 1. Core: Exterior grade plywood, PS 1-95. 2. High Pressure Laminate: NEMA LD-3, 0.050 inches thick, abrasion resistant, color and texture as selected by Architect. B. Metal Materials: 1. Stainless Steel Sheet and Plate: ASTM A 167, Type 302/304. 2. Stainless Steel Bar Stock: ASTM A 276, type 302/304. 3. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A 269, Type 302./304. C. Giazing Materials: 1 . Sneeze Guard Glazing: 1/4 inch clear tempered float glass, AS YM D 1048. D. Food Service Equipment: 1 . As indicated on Drawings. 2. Food Service Equipment Cut Sheets are included following this section. SECTION 11400 - 1 SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2.4 FABRICATION :4. Stainless Steel Countertops, Tables, Shelves and Wall Splash: 1. Fabricate tops, splashes, and fixad shelves from 16 gage stainless steel. 2. Fabricate legs from stainless steel tubing. 3. Polish exposed surfaces to Number 4 satin finish. B. Stainless Steel Sneeze Guard Frame: 1. Fabricate 3/4 by 1 inch stainless steel tube frame to receive and support acrylic sneeze guard glazing. 2. Polish exposed surfaces to Number 4 satin finish. C. Fabrication Process. 1 . Fully weld, using inert gas shielded high-frequency electrical arc method, with rod of same composition as material being we!ded. 2. Grind, buff, and polish welds to match stainless steel finish with uniform grain. 3. Remove burrs and sharp edges from metal edges to provide smooth surfaces. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Surface Preparation 1 . Cut required holes in equipment for piping and conduit. 2. Cover and protect stainless steel with adhesive backed masking material until final -leaning. B. Installation of Food Service Equipment: 1 . Set equipment in place and secure tc �tructure. 2. Prepare equipment for final mechanical and c..ectrical connections. C Site Testing: 1 . Delay the start-up of food service equipment until service lines have been tested and adjusted for pressure and voltage and unt;l water supply lines have been cleaned and treated for saritation. 2. Test each item of operating food service equipment to demonstrate that it is operating properly and that controls and safety devices are functioning. D. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1 . Touch-up scratches and dents on shop painted surfaces. 2. Remove defects and restore Number 4 polished finish to exposed stainless steel surfaces. 3. Replace equipment and components which cannot be restored. 4. Remove protective covering and clean equipment internally and externally. 5. After testing ane start-up, clean and sanitize the food service equipment and leave it in a condition ready for use in food service. SECTION 11400 - 2 SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT E. Demonstration: 1. Demonstrate operation of food service equipment to Tenant's Representatives prior to Substantial Completion. 2. Use manufacturer's printed instructions for demonstration of operating equipment. END OF SECTION SECTION 11400 - 3 COFFEE PEOPLE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AUGUST 30, 1996 ARc:tir��i;c-� ,11 NW First Awtum-,Suite N19 1"IfIlnnd.OR 117201 z UfJ/UI UIJ.•l!. IuUt) IMVl.l. IIUU lJ", . ... .,,... 08/07/06 07:10 la800 832 8238 FISHER HF(;- CORP . . . DILL II 1'- 51-MAX 5 d MIN c8 . I I � 3 2 $INKTOP 3 Z N OTE ;) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE N INCHES �MANVFACTURINGMOUNTING SURFACE � INSTALLATION-LOCATION MEQUIMEMENTS: WITH i OIA(MIN.)HOLE Q3 NPS 5 1/8 MINIMUM DISTANCE � TO I5 NEEDED 70 ASSURE EASY B REMOVAL OF INNER SINK. #* NPT 5 1/4 MAXIMUM DISTANCE rL TO rt ASSUMES THAT ANY VERTICAL 3 6 FLOW FNOM FAUCET SPOUT. WILL REMAIN INSIDE THE SINK PCRIMCTEM-*lklr /�MANUFACTIJRING MOUNTING SURFACE OtONOTE1 IN9TALLER SHOULD VAMIFY LOCATION REQUIRCMENTS WITH 5 2 OIA IMIN.IHOLE AFTCR.COMPONENTS AME 'L'OCKEU IN PLACE. Q5 12 NPS MALE ; 12 SLIP JOINT NUT AND WASHER PROVIDED [ 6 X12 SLIP JOINT NUT tron J.T.0 I I Self-contained compact undercounter refrigerators and freezers AutoCADI library reference numbers are shown below the model numbers. . 48.00"_ f 48.00" cm I 121.9 cm ----- "-- `� —`r— SHELF5L!PPORT SPACING 28.50" 26,50" A=8.00"/20.3 cm 72.4 cm 72.4 cm 6=5.00/12.7 cm I 72 C= (3.00'/15.2 cm cm ------------- PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW A a95 cm MODEL UC4048 MODEL UG4148 DA40005P 0A40005P B 35.50" 90.2 cm B i _4�ZGVL' --i BULLET FEET ARE 1.00'12.5 cm 35.50' 35.50" 6.00' ADJUSTABLE RUBBER 90.2 cm 90.2 cm 15.2.cm UP TO«1.00"/2.5 cm BUMPER REF'G REF'G I FRZR. FRZR. INTERIOR CLEAR DIMENSION, u ` "1� LEFT To RIGHT:42.12/1070 rm EU'VATION VIEW ELEVATIONS u IEW RIGHT END VIEW MODEL UC4048 MODEL UC4148 MODELS UC4048&UC4148 OA40005E DA40007E DA40005E(MODEL S14148 OA40007E) l 1--- --- — I 1 INSTALLATION NOTE: 1 1 Kefrigeration 5yotem ie designed 5o that air will flow under the unit, 55.2 cm through the rompreggor area,and out the top rear of the unit.Any restriction to this air flow path will void the warranties. 5TANDARD DOOR HINGING MAY BE REVER5ED AT IN5TALLATION DOOR CLEARANCE DETAIL MODELS UC4048&UC4148 NIIMRER Vol',v MODEL or SHELF STORAGE SNIP NORSE HER71 NEW NUMBER SHELVES AREA CAPACITY WEIGHT foWER PHASE AMPS PLUG 13.0 '? 11.4 ft' 236 lbs UC41IJIM 4 1.21 m' 0.32 m' 107 kg 1�5 115/60/1 5.0 5-151 13.0 ft' 11.4 ft' 236 lbs r 1 UC4148 4 1.21 m2 0 32 m' 107 kg 1A 115/60/1 8.0 5-1,i1 Z*Delfielff o Post Office Box 470 1 Mount Pleasant, Michigan 48804-0470 j (517) 773-7981 ♦(800) 733-8821 ♦ FAX(800)669-0619 in Delfield reserves the right to make changes In design or specifications without dor notice.01990.1994 The Dolheld Com in All rights reserved Printed in U S.A. ,O 9 41 9 P P P• Y Description E n 1 2 Em I ee St a Loden 1 com ea unit 2 E Coal Rads _ MOP Sink --'—� 4 2 Mop Rad Allowonrx 6 1 Water Filbcton System Allowance 6 SpersNumber --- ----- 7 1 Fde Cabinet — 6 1 Monitor Allowance A S Trash Contslnehs ----� 10 2 Chair — 11 1 Fax I Copley I Printer Allowance 12 1 Computer Allavuhd 17 _ 1 Safe Allowance _ 14 32 Wall Hung Shell Units In Dry StoraQe_4rea A6owance _ 16 Spam Number 111 115 Comer Guards Allowance 17 1 ice Maker ^A 1s t_ Ica Storage BM[included with ice maker 19 1 Chemical Storage Allowance 20 _ 1 Ice ScooptoldarAlIowanca _ — 21 W Welk-In Refrigerator[eo s9 fl] 22 1 Coil Included with Welk-in Refrigerator unit] 27 _1 Compressor Pncluded wl6h Walk-in ReMgenlor udl� 24 48 Cooler Storage ShMying 26 1 2 Coder Storage Platform Carl _ 26_ _ Spare Number _ 27 45 Welk-In Freezer 455 II.L— — 29 1 Coil(Included with Freezer unit] _ 29 t Compressor finducted with Fre_exer uritl —— 30 72 Welk In Freezer Sl2rne Shelving _71 1 Sloping Shell 72 1 Work Table_ — 32 1 Work 1 able Included In fl e6a below 32 1 Hand Sink-Single — 34 128 Slorne Shelving 36 Wall Shelving 74 1 Dirty Laundry Bins Albwance _ 27 9 Re da Bins Allowance 26 1 Table-Break Area 391 Tadable Well Surfed Albwence _ — �- 40 _ Spam Number 41 1 Throw C wImenlSink 42 1 PwRlnse Faucet wt Add-a-faucet Allowance — 43 Spare Number W W 1 U/C Dishwasher wl Booster Heater 45 1 Dish Tray ---- -- —�- 1{ t _Pastry Rad/Jlowtnce ��- 47 San Number 48 1 Beans Styb 49 2 Visa MaAI Allowance _ s0 _i jCash Register System 61 4 Coffaa Gdr10ar 62 Bulk Cellae Sales Counter 63 1 Beans Cate ndudod In wood cabinet —v 54 San Number Be 9 Mixon _ —_ —' N _ Mlx Counter 67 1_ Ice Cream Dipping Cabinet N o~co ss 1 sA Bad counter -- -- so _ 2 TV MoMlor dulled In Iha cashrs➢loW egaWnn) s1 t UIC Rte__ —_ 42 1 Granite Maker _ 63 -' 1 Hard Sink-Double 94 1 Coffee Breww(Double] 65 1 Toaster Oven Allowance _ N 1 Microwave Own 97 1 Portion Side T {t 1 Convection Own --�._—.a Coffee People Preliminety Equipment Schedule do 70 Spare Number ' 71 Spam Numher — ' 72 _ 5 ere Nurnbar 73 _ End Cabinet 74 Sac N Cabinet 71 2 M netic Utensil SMp _ 71 S Pnstry Display Case 7T 3 Pas Relr1 ended Caw 79-1 2 VDU Controller Allowance Induded wl cash rep.sysl — 10 Keypad at Batista _ 01 1 Custom Built Ice Bin wr cover Allowance 12 Saha Counter 03 1 Juice Dispenser I Bubbler e1 1 Knock Box _ /e 1 Espresso Maker /xCirou 11 1 WC Re Awator 17 1 Dipper 4Ns11 Condiment Ilupen.ur Allowence �- 11 1_ Sh2RVacuum 90 1 Slop Ladder A Brackets I�e" MULTIPLE PER LOCKERS LOCKER ARRANGEMENTS When ordering,specify the total number of locker openings required. C12 to 13 UZ CAI 9) Ms F CRT r it co L—j- 13 L ORDER FIVE No.5302 ORDER FIFTEEN No.5302-3 AND RECEIVE AND RECEIVE 11 This one section,one frame This one section three frames wide(five locker openings) wide(fifteen locker openings) Multiple tier lockers provide high density storage of individual belongings and supplies in classrooms,laboratories,gymna- MULTIPLE TIER LOCKERS siums,sports and recreational facilities,and more. Doors with '2"w x 12"d x 12"h' 1 4 5352 padlock attachments have door pulls-doors with built-in 12"w x 12"d x 12"h* 3 5352-3 locks have no pulls. One-point latching system. 12"w x 12"d x 12"h' 1 5302 12"w x 12"d x 12"h* 3 15 5302-3 Technical Data • Four,five and six-tier lockers have one-point latching systems and 12"w x 15"d x 12"h' 1 5 5312 12"w x 15"d x 12"h' 3 5312-3 doors are equipped with padlock hasps with door pulls. • Number plates are available as accessories(see page 136). 15"w x 15"d x 12"h' 1 5322 15"w x 15"d x 12"h' 3 5322-3 12"w x 12"d x 12"h* 1 6 5332 12"w x 12"d x 12"h' 3 t1 5332-3 N Accessories.pages 136-137 12"w x 15"d x 12"h' 1 5342 E Additional Lockers.pages 131-145. 12"w x 15"d x 12"h- 3 18 5342-3 12"w x 18"d x 12"h' 1 6 5362 COLOR INFORMATION 12"w x 18"d x 12"h* 3 18 5362-3 olxxw from the WamV Davol GMY 'Herghts Vwwr do not mkide kVs-add 6-to height for kV Add r4ef.00 to Cot No etl pnd( =.%PP 11t to Cot No NOTE.In the interest of salety, ■ wedpewooa aim Lyon strongly recommends AM Ner.99 Mat lockers be floor and/or to Cat No well anchored Seepage 137 Ash Add Prefix AA Por important locker anchoring to Cot N. information. GOLD BOND" CORROSION RESISTANT FINISH 39 , 3s A High Performance Shelving System That Can Be Used Universally In All Environments ► MAXIMUM VERSATILITY: Superior corrosion and abrasion resistant shelving that is ideal for coolers, freezers, dry storage and display areas. SIMPLICITY OF SELECTION: Eliminates user confusion; GOLD BOND"is always the right finish for any application. ► EASY TO INVENTORY: Eliminates redundant inventories. One finish of each size shelf is all that is needed. ► BETTER VALUE: Maximum corrosion protection at dry storage pricing. ► EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY: With the sturdy, patented ISS SURE LOCK" corner insert, time is saved and stability of the unit is unsurpassed. to. ACCESSORIES: The complete ISS product line is available in GOLD BOND"to complete your project needs. Warranted for 12 years against formation of rust international storage systems L 102195 -.-- .GOLD BOND"' CORROSION RESISTANT FINISH GOLD BOND'prcorietary process technology utilizes a 26 step process that starts with bright zinc plating followed by GOLD BOND " chromate coating,with a specially formulated abrasion and corrosion resistant bakt i epoxy polymer top coat. Exceptional corrosion protection is due both to the rust inhibiting effect of the chemicals contained in the ccating and to the physical barrier presented by the film and the specially formulated polymer top coat itself. Even scratched or abraded films retain a great deal of their protective value. This technology,originally developed for sophisticated Department of Defense applications, has now been applied by ISS to the food service industry and has moved shelf protection to new heights. SHELVES SHELVES DIGITAL POSTS WITH FEET Dimensions Dimensions Iln.) Weight C-0lD BOND' (1n.) weight OOID BOND' ApO�o■. weight GOLDBOND' W L Lbs. Cat.No w L Lbs Cal.No Length lbs. Cat.No 14"x 24' 5 314 1424Y 21'x 54" 17 2154Y 143/4 33/4 PY14 14•x 30 8 1430Y '21'x 80' 18 2160Y 34 314 81/4 PY34 1 I rt " onall 14'x X 9 1436Y '21'x 66' 20 2166Y 543/4 13 PY54 \ I ( 14'x 47 101/2 1442Y '21'x 77 21 2172Y 62 314 14 114 PY62 14"x 48• 11 112 1448Y 24•x 24' 73/4 2424Y 743/4 17 PY74 14"x li0' 15 1460Y 24'x 30' 10 2430Y 861/4 19 PY86 14"x 77 18 1472Y 24•x 36' 12 2436Y 18'x 24" 63/4 1824Y 24'x 47 13 112 2442Y 'W x30 8 1830Y 24'x4e' 151/2 2440Y INCORPORATES INNOVATIVE ISS FEATURES: 18•x 36" 9 1836Y 24•x 54• 17 2454Y i 2 + 2 HIGH PERFORMANCE DESIGN 18•x 42 11 1/2 /842Y 24'x 60 19 2460YAdditional tri sses keeps shelf flat under heavy loads - –— up to 1250 It s per shelf load rating. 18"x 46' 12 1/2 1848Y '24'x 66' 21 2466Y 18'x 54' 15 1854Y '24•x 77 22 2472Y ► SURE LOCK" • F'taicr led one piece hinged corner 18'x 6rf 17 1 M 30'x 36' 15 3036Y insert for the fastest shalf assembly and ribbed 1e'xsc 1B IessY 30 xas z1 3o46Y exterior with double locking b^tion for the most stable - unit. •18'x 77 19 18721' 30"x 60' 26 3060Y 21'x 24• 73/4 2124Y 30•x 77 31 3072Y ► DECK WIRE PATTERN - Waterfall design with 21•x 3rT 10 2130Y 36•x36' 18 3636Y marine edge streamlines loading and unloading of 21•x 36" 11 2136Y 36"x 46' 23 3648Y shelves while secui i^g r lerchandi se to rhe shelf. 21"x 47 131/2 2142Y 36•x 60' 29 3660Y 21'x 48 14 1/2 2148Y 36•x 77 34 3672Y •Extra Heavy Duty available in 60',68',d 77 lengths in 16,21',8 24'widths. COATING APPROVALS LIFETIME WARRANTY- International Storage GOLD BOND" coatings meet the requirements of the Systems warrants that its' products will be free from following specifications: defects in material and workmanship for the life of the FDA- Food and Drug Administration product. This offer is valid for the original purchaser of NSF- National Sanitation Foundation the product. Department of Defense QQ-Z-325 FINISHES - GOLD BOND'shelves and posts are Type II Classes 1, 2, 3 warranted ,or a period of 12 years against rust ASTM - B633 Type II Classes 1, 2, 3 formation. Additional warranty information available. For • • 1-800-,874-0375 ®nternational Wtorage Harland11230 Drivr Covington, Georgia 30209 ®ysteMS (C) 094 Closet organizer and Tool Holder w� 4 19C Z Helps increase productivity and efficiency through better tool storage and access. Oxi&&-ZRMM loom • S-hooks hold% to 1 G handle diameters. — _ " •` • Deep double hooks afford easy accessibility. • Clip holder for work notes and instructions. • Systematized tool storage helps promote produr'.,vity through improved tool access,efficient use of space and projects a positive image. 1992 Closet Organizer and Tool Holder r No. Description Dimensions Color Pack 1992 Closet Organizer/T,)ol Holder 18'x 3%'x 4F/45,71 cm x 9.53 cm x 10,8 cm Gray _ 6 1993 Closet Organizer/Tool Holder 34'3/"x 49'(without sling)/86.36 cm x 8.26 cm x 10.8 cm Gray 4 1994 Value Kit(2-S Hooks/1 Double Hook) 3T x 4X'x 37815 cm x 10.78 cm x 7.62 cm Yellow IT_ SeBireezel Automatic odor Control System • Audible tone sounds when I fragrance cassette needs replacing •LED light blinks while in operation. 5114 5115 5116 Long-lasting,effective odor control. • Three attractive models fit easily into any decor. • Use as a wall mounted or free standing unit. • 24 hour odor control for a full 30 days. • Air flow vents and battery operated fan disperse fragrance continuously for complete room co zerage. • Organic fragrances for every application—restrooms,hospitals,nursing homes,lobbies,commercial dining rooms,anywhere that odor control is important. • Patented Fragrance Cassette"canister includes battery for easy,one step replacement • Concealed cover releases make canister replacement a snap. SrsBreeze°4 Dispensers No. Description Dimensions Color Pack 5114 SeRreezeO Automatic Odor Control Unit �! 79 x 39 x 3WI19.1 cm x 9.2 cm x 8 9 cm OH White 6 5115 SeBreeze®Automatic Odor Control Unit 79 x 39 x 3019.7 cm x 9.2 cm x 8.9 cm OH White 6 with LE.D.and Audible Reminder 5116 SeBreeze°'Automatic Odor Control Unit 59 x 3%'x 29114 cm x 8.9 cm x 6.7 cm Off White 6^_ SeBreeze Fragrance Cassette'*Canisters with Battery No. Description Peck 5119 SeBreeze"°Jungle Rain(Flores)Fragrance Cassette*Canister fits 5114,5115 units _ _ 6 5120 _SeBreeze°0 Power Powder(Baby Powder)Fragrance Cassette*Canisterfits 5114, 5115 units 6 _ 5121 SeBreeze®Citrus Breeze(Orange/Lemon)F agrance Cassette®Canister fits 5114,5115 units_ _ 6 5122 SeBreeze°*Mighty Mint Fragrance Cassene*Canister fits 5114,5115 units 6 5123 SeBrneze40 Fresh Apple Fragrance Cassette00 Canister fits 5114, 5115 units _ _ 6 5131 SeBreezeQ°Lemon Lime Fragrance Cassette®Canister fits 5116 unit ^_ 6 I 5132 SeBreeze'*Arctic Mintym Fragrance Cassette®Canister lits 5116 unit 6 5133 SeBreezem Herbal Pine"'Fragrance Cassette"Canister fits 5116 unit _ 6 5134 SeBreezeOCinnamon Spice Fragrance Cassette'e Canister fits 5116 unit _ 6 37R Air Water, & Remote Cooled Modular Contour Cubersn CME256, CME506 z CME656 a 0 a 1t "y This rM3(pronounced"CM Cubed")represents the best of everything the industry has to offer in one ice machine: Performance, Reliability and Value. It's iF "Cubpr Performance Raised to a Higher Power 4 VOLUME PRODUCTION- LOWER OPERATING COST • CME256 produces up to 320 lbs.of Ice in 24 firs. • CME506 produces up to 510 lbs.of ice in 2.4 hrs. • CME656 produces up to 705 lbs. of ice in 24 hrs. • Stackable for double capacity. • Lower gallons of water per 100 lbs.of ice. SIMPLE DESIGN CONCEPT- DEPENDABLE QUALITY • 40%fewer parts • Molecularly bonded hot tin dipped copper evaporator is field proven 99.4% reliable. • Patented individual cubes are efficiently made on both sides of a vertical evaporator plate. • Refrigeration system,electronic control,water pump motor and wc..ter valve separated from the ice and water. • ractory installed photoelectric eye bin control simplifies installation and maximizes ice in the bin. • Solid state, microprocessor electronic control. • Easy accessible,dispos:l-ile air filters. INSULATED P:'L-YETHYLENE BASE • 100% rust free base and freezing compartment. • Minimizes condensation in warm weather. • Lower kwh per 100 lbs.of ice-better efficiency. AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTS TO THE ENVIRONMENT • No compRt;ated startup adjustments. • No altitua,rind/or temperature adjustments. • Optimizes performance over various conditions. EASY AND CONVENIENT TO CLEAN AND SANITIZE • Improved cleaning and sanitizing procedure. • Adjustable water purge for varying water conditions. • Easy to clean seamless freezing compartment. EASY HANDLING, INDIVIDUAL CONTOUR r.1-IBES '�-- -- -- ---- – • Larger, longer lasting cube-33%deeper and 17%heavier. • No splashing, pour by hand or gun without spills. • Economical high liquid displacement. This product qualities for the following listings: ENVIRONMENTALLY RESPONSIBLE • R-404A refrigerant-zero ozone depletion. L � SUL WARRANTY—SATISFACTION C See your dealer for complete warranty details Approx.cube Size • 3 years parts and labor on ell components. 136 .136"■46'thick • 5 years parts and labor on the CME evaporator. f Sr.O TSMAIC ,. • 5 years parts on the Compressor and Condenser. The One The World Relies On' Consultant/Contractor Approval 775 CORPORATE WOODS PARKWAY • VERNON HILLS,IL 60061 • (647)215-4550 FAX(847)913-9844 Printed in U.S.A. S 201 15M 3.96 C *23b, C*5061 & CMtbSb AIR,WATER,& REMOTE COOLED MODULAR CONTOUR CURERS INSTALLATION NOTE.Allow } --- 4 W al MNWUY i0R tlRliyr 6'minimum apace at book and 152CM CONN_EG_IONS -_ F_- -- -_-__- sides to,ve,Illation andulddy f-- I 2701N ICE FRONT connections PLAN VIEW AIR COOLED 169CM OPENING 1700w VIEW -- I.. .: MFCM AIR _-- ` {- COOLED _ - AIR INTAKE ...._......I 635 IN --- (RIGHT BLFFT 225CM _ -- -- HAND SIDE) IIU N. w I. 1.-6 00 h'---N. e 00IM --�I L __2 m IM - J MINIMUM WIN � 46cM: MINIMUM FOR NR FOR NR YENTRAr10N ICE OPENING VENTILATION CONDENSER DRA N REMOTE CONI7ENSEP ee OU KNOCKOUT I?F./.1. 10 OIA KNOCKOUT U010 LM -ELECTWA 14LET COIIDEMSER INLFT ELECTRKAI MtET M TWE C/LG a1 DIA KMOCKOUT N F.P.T. _ RQI01�CON DOW -ItMR R COkOMA FAM D6CIIh�GE LG, dA KNOCROl1T �;;(�'1 WATER wtEi I?MALL CYlO. - -.- CONDENSER FINS- ELECTAKUI IMEr `4 ST FLARE -- � - WATER KIT 23.04 aL aT FUAE WATER star SaS CY, / B 1C taae w. �- T.^ HNAE OJ rEDdA �a BACK fi e' usM a WATER -- - ,NM COOLED VIEW k1ACK MKa �O Ila REMOTE MD CIL 9.5ck VIEW I IIAk �O1 W$CM 1L°O n■ llS CYE AIR I 4A CK __ 11erx Iia /y1 RR l>ew C LED „a StNdLW �w IUQL „a} Muria Via' +u a C.1 pL Yr if.T. 16 A EX}UUST--7 oil AIR VCFPT n1a raasaL PC: - -- Ila!N - 41 ON ._ All models:06nsnskro:W A 0 e H,Lhrt 30'c 21'A 2T,SFr PN Carlon:34'K 28'K 30 ---- -- - ---- --� Ice R od Basic Mu.Fuse Min. BTU's Shippng ke Prod. Power" Wilier Lbage'• Model Condenser In 24 Him Electricd Sit or HACK Comp. Circuit Circuit per WW n 24 hm Consumption Golord100 b& Number Unit 0' Finish' VofhMt/Phase .,A S esker HIP tares Ampadty hour Ib Ag 90'710' KWW10011lbs. Pot" CoFdmxr CME2%AE 1A AM 307 ES_ 115/ l _ 20 !R 2 _16 5100 19086 240 9,0_ 16.0 - CME256WE-tA Wale 320 ES_ _1Iy6Ni_ 20 'h 2 __16 5100 190W h0 7,6 _ 16.0 180 CME506AE-IA Air 500 ES lii _ 20 9'1 2 19 6275 214/97 _395 7.3 15.0 - CME506WE-1A Water 510 ES llWywl_ 20 yr 2 19 6275 214191 420 T 6.7 150 170 CME506RE-IA Remote 425" ES 115/60'1 20 V, 2 20 6275 214197 355 6.1 150 CME65r-32A AN 705 ES 206/130160'1_ 20__ _ 1141 2 13.6 _ 12500 221/101 565 6.5 15.0 CME656WE-32A Water 645 ES 206123060'I 20 _ 114 2 12.7 12500 222/101 515 6.1 15.0 130 CME656RE-32A Remote 650'"- ES 208230'60'1 20 ITh 2 16.9 12500 2MI01 600 7.1 15.0 - a CME4i56AE-3A -Air 70. ES 206830600 S _ 2 0 6.8 11500 227/101 585 5.5 15.0 - CME&%WE-3A Wate 645 ES 2081rawl 15 _ 23 5.6 12500 2211101 575 6.1 15.0 130 GME656RE-JA fTumote 650" ES 20 7301M 15 2_ J 1 5.9 125M 222JI01 600 7.1 I5.P Standard finish:Grey leathergram embussed steel with high gloss baked enamel finish. IMPORTANT OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: Ophonal Stainless Sleel-Kil,number STSCME6 SM(Includes top,side,and front panels) MINIMUM MAXIMUM Optional:Stacking Kit,number KSCME630(CME256,CME50F,,or CME656 on CME255, C E506,or CME656). Air Temperatures .. . ...............50'F(10.0°C) 100°F(37.7'C) Units can be ordered win a stainless steel finish direct Irom the factory byy substituting an Water Temperatures .. ...... ........40aF(4.4°C) 100°F(37.7'C) 'S'in the place of the'E'al the end of the model number ie 'CME256AS 1 A' Rtmote Condenser Temperatures ... .-20°F(•28.9°C) 120°F(48.9°C) At 90'air,701 water temperature. Water Pressures ..... ..... ..........20 PSIG 120 PSIG "'At 0'condenser air,70'air temperature,55°water temperature Electrical Voltage.. ........... .....I...-5% +10% Refrigerant.R 404A REMOTE CONDENSER-Comes with adjustable kgs,and can be mounte,'either Machine requires voltage Indicated on rating name plate. Failurtts caused vertically or hor ronuRy. by improper voltage are not considered factory defects. -- Itu� Scotsman's ice machines are not designed for outdoor installations. Boric Mn. Fjr,eSae Scotsman remote condensers are designed for outdoor imMallations. Mom Cons. Finish Decbical NO. CircuN or11CR Extended periods of operation at temperatures exceeding the above limits Number FaUseWM Jdl VoRsR1E/Phue Wlm AT CirouKEnaker tions constitutes misuse under the terms of Scotsman Manufacturer's ERCIOI-IA t CME506 Aa GatvanTed IIMI 2 6 15 Limited Warranty,resulting in a loss of warranty coverage. i.3Y 656 AK G*anzed 206-2-30-'Wi 2 2.6 15 El1Ca0132A' 2CME6% AN GtmwLld 206130WI 2 25 15 CME MODULAR CURERS Nole See separaleremolecondenser specsheet for compleledetails, Modular ice cube machines to have a production capacity of PRE-CHARGED REFRIGERANT TUBE KITS: lbs. of Ice per 24 hours at 90'F air and 701 water RTE25- 25 Foot pre-charged with R 404A Refrigerant tubing with conneclnrs. atureEnerand water usage per 100 lbs.of ice as rated by ARI Rtemperatures. Energy Te40--40 toot pre-charged with R-404A Refrigerant tubing with connectors. not t0 ature d KWH and _ gallons. Machine to RTE75-75 fool pre-charged with R 404A Relrige:anl tubing with connectorsexe -- 'KCMR230 Fan Relay Kit Required to connect two CME656R's to one utilize R•404A refrigerant, ERC402 32A Machine shall deliver individually produced and harvested contour shaped HT8250,1,11T8350,1178555 AND BH550 MODULAR BINS cubes. There shall be no moving parts under refrigeration, Evaporator will M - Danenabra Finish Ship WL be of a vertical, hot tin-dipped construction and produce ice on both sides Number W'KD'aH' ANcapSm Apapadty IhipW of the plate. Machine will feature, stacking capability allowing the easy addition of a second top-mounted unit. HTB250 30x31We22W 190 lbs. 50 Fos HTB 100145 Machine will be UL,CUL,NSF and USDA listed.Scotsman model number HTB3W 30a31WA29'e 270bs 50 lbs. HTB 1 having a(n) (air/water/remot(f) HTB555 30041Ha4414' _ 430 Ds. c e coold SSOba. HTB 14084 d onienser, and (single/three) phase BM550S A A 31"y 144* 430 bs. 555 IDs SS 15088 cool c requirements. (H T R)Lineal High Density PDlyethylene--Grey color. C.. (SS)Stainless Steel with Polyethylene liner We reserve the right to make product improvements at any time Specifications and design SCOTSMAN M are subject to change without uutice Scotsman ice systems include t lull line Ice shapes,modular and sell-storing tubers.Ilakers,drink dispensers,bins and accessories s. The_On_e The World Relies_On" 775 CC19PORATE WOODS PARKWAY • VERNON HILLS,IL 60061• (847)215-4550 Printed in U.S.A. 5201 FAX(847)913-9844 15M 3-96 Modular Ice HT8350Storage Bin ' +as';�uliiNt•ea4��'!rin•.� •ir^�! �,.a,�Y{��--. '_.,f rT— _------- m i1 O i • VOLUME STORAGE-AMPLE ICE RESERVE Holds up to 270 pounds. o Horizontal design-low profile,fits where ceilings are low. Ideal storage companion for the Scotsman's Modular Cubers. QUALITY CONSTRUCTION-DEPENDABLE NSF Approved construction Double wall Roto Cast Bin will never rust. Attract;.,e Sandalwood finish blends well with all decors. ;;; y • Sanitary doors provides easy access to full bin width. • 6"legs with adjustable leveling feet.Legs are removable. Bins have insulating gasket seal on top edges. WARRANTY-SATISFACTION • Exclusive 5 Year Parts and Labor. • Directory of Certified Service Dealers. Bin includes 6•black enamel legs. -- MINIMUM ICE LOSS FROM MELTING Produr?ng large amounts of ice is one thing . . . keeping the ice from meting is another. Scotsman nas over 35 years of experience in building ice storage bins. Scotsman hies store ice wi'h minimurn meltage assuring maximum usage of ice produced. BIN EXTERIOR HTB350 Bin Molded high density For use with CM250, g y CM500,or CM650. polyethylene can't rust, chip or be dented. Excellent insulation qualities rnean more efficient bin. r .bwhww.s MIN�N�� POLYURETHANE INSULATION Foam insulation is forced between the wall and liner under heat and BIN INTERIOR pressure, forms perfect wall to wall The high density polyethylene bin is sanitary and easy bond, preserves ice supply for long to clean.Resists scratches and scuffs from ice scoops periods. Insulation preserves cube shape dnd size. HT8350 MODULAR ICE STORAGE BIN �' r2+_"�r1i� �t ♦ ri'r 31.1 `�,%'•rv�i�lA: .r l 1fC�! 4"4s >3 r. S ,lr{i/'� S 76.2 —� — -- -- 10.12. ,st "► iii D 11 '` .1 _#WINCHES t Y }y 15.2 CENTIMETERS ♦ ti,�ti.- .•'r b� .r4RrlfY'C rrti/'P.�. ��; . 25.00 _.�.� 4—� 4 — 2( S --� 63.45 12}.4 i 51.4 + } 31_50:` 80.c A A NOTE:When Installing,allow clearance for ice machine t entilation, This product qualifies for tho following listing: SPECIFICATIONS (�( A„ Bln MoMI blmsnslon4 u c ; .Ilc. n h p�Wt: Numberr Wx XM JFsett ' edr P! , sem_ H113350 1 30 x 31 Vc x 29v2 1114 1 2701bs 340 HTB 12054 noted In accordance with AHI standard ezo-M Maxlmum storage capacity for bins is based on 80%of total volume in cubic feet x 30 Ib. sveregs density HTB Unear High llanslty Polyethylene. (BIN TOPS KBT20 _ 30x24x 1vI USN t� j2M�' SS 1CM250,CMu00,CM650 CAN BE USED WITH HTB350 BIN. We reserve the right to make product improvements at any time. Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. Scotsman ice systems include a lull line of ice shapes,modular and self-storing cub3rs,flakers,drink dispensers,bins and accessories. SCOTSMAN, _ 775 CORPORATE WOODS PARKWAY•VERNON HILLS,IL 60061 •(708)2154550 TELEX EASYLINK 62922027 Printed in U.S.A. 5-190 FAX(708)913-9844 2 5M 1.93 LARKIN . OFF-CYCLE AIR DEFROST �• DEFROSTECIP ELECTRIC • HOT GAS DEFROS r COMPAK HUMImTEMP ■ fir. �iepldces CP-82 S ■ SPECIFICATIONS /ACP Off-Cycle Air Defrost Motor Data Connections Model BTUH/kc_aUh R-22 60 Hz. 50 Hz. 60 Hz. 50 Hz. Chg.Lb. Liquid Suction _ 10'TD 6'C TD CFM m'h Fan _Am s t ODS ODS ACPS-45 4500 4593 700 1071 (1)10 1.8 0.7 1/2 5/8 4 _ _ 1134 1157_ 45P6-54 5400 5510 780 1163 (1)10 1.8 0.9 1/2 5/8 _ 1361_ 1388 1 _ ACP8-64 6400 6531 1550 2372 (2)10 3.6 �1.1 1/2 5/8 _ 1613 1645 _ ACP8-90 9000 9183 1400 2142 (2)10 3.6 1.6 1/2 7/8 _ 2268 2313 ACP8-108 10600 11021 1525 2333 (2)10 3.6 1.8 1/2 7/8 _2721 2776 _ -6-4 -- ACP8.135 13500 13776 2100 3213 (3)10 5.4 2.7 1/2 7/8 3402__3470 _ ACP8-160 18000 16326 2880 4406 (4)10 7.2 2.9 1/2 1-11'8 _ 4032 4112 ACP A80 18000 18365 2800 4264 (4)10 72 3.6 1/2 1-1/8 4536 4626 ACP8-200 20000 20406 3600 5508 (5)10 9.0 3.8 1/2 1-1/8 5040 5140 _ _ ACP8.225 22500 22959 3500 5355 (5)10 9.0 4.6 1/2 1.1/8 _ 5670 5783 ACP8-270 27000 27548 4200 6426 (6)10 10.8 5.5 1/2 1-1/8 _ 6804 6939 ACPS-310 31000 31629 4710 7.191 (8)10 10.8 6.5 112 1-1/8 7812 7967 ACP6-42 4200 4285 720 1102 (1)10 i.8 0.7 mm 1/2 SIA 1G'38 1079 ACP6-51 5100 5205 -_ - 750 1119 (1)10 1.8 0.9 1/2 5/8 1?.85 1311 ACPfi-60 6000 8122 1580 2417 (2)10 3.8 1.1 1/2 5/8 1511 1542 ACP6 84 8400 8571 1440 2203 (2)10 3.6 1.8 1/2 7/8 2117 ?159 ACP6102 10200 10407 1500 2295 (2)10 3.6 1.8 1/2 7/8 2570 1621 _ ACP6 128 12800 12855 2160 3305 (3)10 5.4 2.7 1/2 73 ■ 8176 3138 _ ACP6-152 15200 15507 3205 4628 (4)10 7.2 2.9 1/2 1.1,3 38.70 _3906 ACP6-170 17000 17345 2980 4406 (4)10 7.2 3.6 1/2 1/8 4284 4369 ACP6-190 19000 19:386 3780 5783 (5)10 9.0 3.8 1/2 1-1/8 4788 4883 ACPS-210 21000 21426 3600 5508 (5)10 9.0 4.6 1/2 1.1/8 5_292_ 5397 ACP6-254 25400 25916 4320 6610 (8)10 10.8 5.5 1/2 1-1/8 _64_01_ _6528 ACP6-290 _[___29000 295E8 4820 7375 (8)10 10.8 8.5 1/2 1-1/8 7308 7453 ACP4-83 8300 8468 1500 2295 (2)10 3.6 1.8 1/2 7/8 _2092 2133 ACP4-93 9300 9488 1460 2234 (2)10 3.6 2.3 1/2 7/8 2344 2390 AC134-120 12000 12243 2100 3213 (3)10 5.4 3.5 1/2 7/8 I/kCP4-200 3024 3084 ACP4-160 16000 16325 2800 4284 (4)10 7.2 4.8 1/2 1-1/84032_ 4112 200013 20406 3500 5355 (5)10 9.0 5.7 1/2 1-1/8 50417 __5140 ACP4-240 24000 24487 1200 6426 (6)10 10.8 6.8 1/2 11/8 - , 1 6048 1 6168 1 1 1 -.. t Standa.-I voltage 115/60hz,206/230/60 hz/1 ph available Externally equalized sweat type expansion valve required Drain connoclion 3/4 IkAPT x 1/2 FPT High efficiency PSC motors are available. (In the interest of product improvement,specifications are subject to change.) SPECIFICATIONS / Hot Gas Defrost BTUF1//kcal/Ir _ Motor Data tvap.Suction Temp. 115 v_. Connections Model 60 Hz._. 60 Hz. 50 Hz. R•22. Hot Gas Liquid Suction +20'-_ -10' -20' CFM m'h Fan Amps Chg. Lb.___ODS _ODS ODS HCP6-39 4200 3900 3600 720 1102 (1)10 1.8 0.7 1/2 5/8 5/8 1058 983 907 H_CP6-46_ 5100 - -_4600 4400 750 1146 (1)10 1.8 0.9 1/2 - _ b/8 5/8 _ 1285 1159 110.9 _- HCP6-55 6000 5500 5200 1580 2417 (2)10 3.6 1.1 1/2 -5/8 5/8 1512 1386 1310 HCP6-78 8400 7800 7300 1440 2203 (2)10 3.6 1.6 1/2 5/8^ 7/8 _ 2117 1966 1840 1 HCP6.93 10200 9300 8n00 1500 2295 (2)10 3.6 2.2 1/2 5/8 7/8 25702344 2218_ HCP6-120 12600 12000 11000 2160 3305 (3)10 5.4 2.7 1/2 5/8 7/8 • 3175 I 30242772' HCP6.140 15200 14000 _ 13000 3025 4628 (4)10 7.2 2.9 1/2 5/8 1-1/8- 3830 3528 3276 HCP6-160 17000 16000 15000 2880 4406 (4)10 1.2 3.6 1/2 5/8 1-1/8 4284 4031 3780 HCP6-175 19000 17500 16200 3780 5783 (5)10 90 3.8 1/2 5/8 4788 4410 4082__ HCP6-200 21000 20000 18100 3600 5508 (5)10 9.0 4.8 1/2 5/8 a1-1/8 5292 5040 4561_ _ - 4C:56-240 25400 24000 22000 4320 6610 (6)10 10.8 5.5 1/2 5/8 1.1/8 6401 6048 5544 HCP6-270 29000 27000 5000 4800 7344 (8)10 10.8 6.5 1/2 5/8 7308 6804 6300 1 _L HUP4-77 8300 7700 71001500 2295 (2)10 3.6 1.8 1/2 5/8 7/8 z09Z_ _L94Q_ 1789 HCP4-88 9300 8800 8200 1460 2234 (2)10 3.6 2.3 1/2 5/8 _ 7/8 .___�ZJ44__ F;CP4-110 12000 11000 10200 2100 3213 (3)10 5.4 3.5 1/2 5/8 7/8 _ -- _ HCP4-150 16000 15000 11000 2800 4284 (4)10 7.2 4.6 1/2 5/8 1-i/8 -- --- - ---- --- - HCP4-181 20000 18100 17000 3500 5355 (5)1C 90 5.7 1/2 5/8 -5Q40 .4561 _._.-_4284 -- H(;P4.220 24000 22000 20500 4200 6126 (6)10 10.8 8.8 1/2 5/8 1 6048 5544 5166 _ NCP standard voltage 115/60hz;208/230/60hzJ1ph available. Extemally equalized expansion valve required. Drain connections 5/8 IDS x 3/4 ODS. Units should be mounted not less than 12" (30.5cm)from wall. 4-.1 tie• A -------- - 4 an_*E ---- --- 8 -------- - - F - 19116* - 19/1* ---- -- - 0 0 0 • 'ACP Models, 14-1/8'(35.9 cm) jCRI ECP and HOP Models, 15-1/4"(38.7 cm) J5-314 - 3 - ACP Model 290 8 310, 16-5/8'(42.2 cm) 40 crn7 13 ECP 8 HCP Models 270, 17-5/8"(44.8 cm) DIMENSIONS _ Model _ _ Inches/cm ACPB- ACP6- ACP4- A B _ C 0 E F 45 42 2171 19-14 2.1 / 8 6.5 49 5 11 34 25-1/4 2-1/8 6-5/8 85 64 5 17 64 60 46 37-1/4 2.1/8 - 6-5/8 117 95 5 17 90 84 46 37-1/4 2.1/8 6.5/8 117 _ 95 _ 5 f7 _-108 -- - 102 83.93 58 49-1/4 2.1/8 6.5/8 _ 147 125 _ 617 - 135 - 126 ---- 120 64 55-1/4 2.1/8 - 6-5/8 _ 163 140 5 17 160 152 160 82 73.1/4 36-5/8 36.5/8 2-1/8 6.5/8 208 186 93 93 5 _17 180 170 82 73-1/4 36-5/8 36-5/8 2-1/8 6.5/8 _ 108 186 93 93 5 17 200 190 200 100 91.1/4 54-5/8 36-5/8 2.1/8 6-5/8 254 232 139 93 6 17 225 210 100 91.1/4 54-5/8 36.5/8 2.1/8 6.5/8 _ 254 _ 232 _ 139_ 93_ _ 5 17_ - 270 254 240 118 109-1/4 54.5/8 54.5/8 2.1/8 6.5/8 300 277 139 139 517 '310 '290 118 109-1/4 54.5/8 54-5/8 2-1/8 - 6.5/8 300 277 1 139 139 1 5 17 Height of Unit 16-5/8'(42.2cm) _ Model _ Inches/cm ECIW or HCPB- ECP4-or HCP4- A_ - B C _ 0 E F 39 28 18-3/4 2.3/8 6.7/8 - 71- 48 - - ----- -- - -- 6__ 18 46 34 24-3/4 2.3/8 6-7/� 8.6 63 6 18 .:' 55 46 - 36-3/4 - _ 2.3/8 6-7/8 117 93 6 18 78 46 36-3/4 2-3/8 6.7/8 117 93 6 18 93 77-88 58 48-3/4 2.3/8 6.7/8 147 114_ 6 18 120 - -- 110 64 54.3/4 A 2.318 6-7/8 163 _ 13_9 6 _ 18 _ -140 150 82 72-3/4 36-3/8 36.3/8 2.3/8 6.7/8 208 185 92 92 6 18 160 82 72-3/4 36-3/8 36-2/8 2-3/8 6.7/8 _ 20_8 _185 92 92 6 - 18 175 181 100 90-3/4 54-3/8 36-3/8 2-3/8 6-7/8 _ 254 231 138 92 6 18 200 100 90.3/4 54-3/8 36-3/8 2-3/8 6-7/8 254 231 138 92 6_ 18 240 220 118 108-3/4 54-3/8 :]--54-3/8 2-3i8 6.7/8 300_ 276 138 138 6 18 '270 118 108-3/4 54-3/8 54-318 2.3/8 6.7/8 300 276 138 I 138 1 6 18 Height of Unit 17-5/8' (44.8cm) i 2- Copelaweld Air-Cooled Condensing Units Law/Med. Temp. HFC Models Refrigerants R-1 34a & R-404A CU M Economical T �sl CFC Solutions °C .,� .N1 ,.& F,.Lne.0 r.ough 1HP o o U . a a Features/Options Receiver Fan Guard c BX ConduitI Copevap _ CF CA7PeI;7nII' Form 3.0920 (Form 94-40) ,ter Air Cooled Performance Data (Tentative) Medium/Low Temperature Capacities (BTUH) RFN ' 25F 20F 15F 10F OF -10F •15F •20F -25F Ambient Unit HP 134a 21.B# 18.0# 14.8# 11.6# 6.3# 1.7# 0.0# 4.2Hq 12.2H Model No. 404A 62.6# 55.9# 1 49.3# 44.0# 33.4_# 24.30 25.3# 16.1# 13.3# M2BL-0017 1/6 134a570 _ M2BL-0023 v5 134a _ __ 770 M2YL-0025 1/4 134a _ 1,100 _ M2YL-0033 113 134,1 1,380 FTA_F-A034 113 134 3670 3,310 2,970 2.650 2,050 1,520 1,280 1,050 839 FTAL-AO50 112 134a _ I __ 3,930 3,070 2,270 1,900 1,540 1,210 FTAF-AO56 112 134,1 6,030 5,510 4,970 4,440 3,450 2,550 2.,130 1,720 1,370 M4YL-0027 114 404A _ 1.380 90F M4YL-003.5 113 404A _ 1,800 _ - WAL-0050 112 404A _ _ 2,620 WAL-0065 1/2H 404A 3,270 WAL-0075 314 404A 3,850 FJAF-AO50 112 404A 4,870 4,420 4,010 3,620 2,860 2,18_0- 1,870 1,580 1,280 FJAF-A056 112 _404A 5,990 5,340 4,760 4,220 _ 3,250 2,420 2,050 1,700 1,360 FJAF-AO74 314 404A 7,730 7,220 6,690 6,'40 5,050 4,020 3,530 x,070 2,670 FJAF-A075 314 404A 7,780 7,260 6,680 6, 10 5,020 _3,920 3,340 2,780 2.330 FJAF-A100 1 4oaA 10.400 9,660 8,890 3,120 6,530 4,930 4,150 3,380 2,640 o • U Typical M-Line Jnit Typical F-Line Unit Specifications,/Electrical Data Specifications Unit Overall Dimensions Refrigerant Recvr. Disch. Approx. Air Model (inches) Connections Tank Line Weight Flow Compressor Number inches @ 90% O. D. L �- ,h CFM Model No. Length Width Height Liquid Sucticn ALBS in. Neti M213L-0017 13.1 11.4 98 3/8 FL 318 F- _ 316 32 36 200 AF04C 1 E M2BL-0023_ 13.1 11.4 9.8 3/8 FL 3/8 F, _ - 3116 _ 32 36 200 AF05C 1 E M2YL-0025 154 11.3 9.9 1/4,-L 3i8 FL 1 8 1/4 36 40 236 _AF09C1 E M2YL-0033 15.4 11.3 1 9.9 1/4 FL 1 3/8 FL 1.8 1/4 37 41 250 AF10C 1 E FTAF-A034 13.9 11.7 9.8 1/4 FL 3/8 FL 1 8 1/4 46 51 236 JF 11 C 1 E FTAL-A050 162 13.2 119 1/4 FL 112 FL _ 25 3/8 54 64 331 RF 18C 1 E FTAF-A056 17.5 14.3 12.0 1/4 FL 5/8 FL 1 3.1 318 67 77 _ 530 RF 18C 1 E _M4YL-0027 15.4 11.3 9.9 1/4 FL 3/8 FL 1.3 _ 1/4 36 40 236 AS 10C 1 E M4YL-0035 15.4 _ 113 9.9 1/4 FL 3/8 FL 1.3 1/4 37 41 250 AS13C1F M4AL-G050 17.8 13.4 11.0 i/4 FL 1/2 FL 1.8 114 56 64 260 AS18C1 E M4A_L-0065 16.2 13 7 11.9 1/4 FL 1/2 FL 1.8 1/4 57 65 331 AS22C1 E M4AL-0075 17.5 14.3 12.0 1.4 FL 112 FL 24 1/4 1 60 1 70 1 530 1 AS26C 1 E FJAF-A050 16.2 13.2 11.9 1/4 FL 112 FL 1 8 _1/4 1 64 331 RS43C1E FJAF-A056 17.5 14.3 12.0 1/4 FL 5/8 FL 2.4 318 67 77 530 RS43C1E FJAF-A07�1 17.5 14.3 12.0 1/4 FL 5i8 FL 2.4 3/8 69 79 530 _RS64C1 (' FJAF-A075 1 24.0 16.9 13.1 3/8 FL 5/8 FL 26 1/4 91 106 767 RS64C 1 E FJAF-A100 24.0 1 16.9 13.1 318 FL 518 FL 4 4 _ 3l8 110 125_ 712 RS97C 1 E Electrical Data Unit >-X115-1-60 208/230-1-60 208/230-3-60 220/240-1-50 Model Elec. MCA Max Elec.1 CA Max Elec. MCA Max Elec. MCA Max Number Code _Fuse Code T Fuse LCod�j Fuse Code Fuse i M2BL-0017 -SAA TBD 1,91) _ _ _SAZ TBD TBD M2BL-0023 -SAA TBD TB') _ -SAZ TBD TBD M2YL-0025 -IAA TBD TBD -IAZ__ _TBD TBD M2YL 0033 IAA TBD Tap IAZ TBD TBD FTAF-A034 IAA 12.0_ 20 -IAZ TBD TBD FTAL-A050 -IAA 17.2 25 -lAV TBD TBD 1.47_ 1 13.3 15 FTAF-A056 -IAA 17.8 25 -IAV TBD TBD IAZ , 8.5 15 _M4YL-0027 EIA TBD TBG _ -IAZ TBD TBD M4YL-0035 TBD TBD -_� _ -IAZ TBD TBD M4AL-0050 TBD TBD -IAZ TBD TBD M4AL-0065 TBD TBD -IAZ TBD TBD M4AL-0075 -IAA TBD TBD 'AZ I E:1 TBD FJAF-AO!0 -IAA 13.7 20 -IAV 7.8 15 _ -IAZ 7 3 15 FJAF A056_ -IAA 14.3 _20 -IAV 8.1 15 -IAZ 7.6 15 FJAF-AO-,4 -IAA TBD TBD -IAV TBD TBD _ -IAZ TBD rBD FJAF-A075 -CAA 21.0 3G -CAV 10.8 15 -IAZ TBD TBD FJAF-A100 -CAA TBD TBD -CAV 14.2 20 -TFC 9.9 15 -CAZ TBD TBD COPELAWELD HFC UNITS Copevap Performance Data (Tentative) Medium/l.ow Temperature Capacities (BTUH) "' PRFN 25F 20F 15F 10F� OF -10F -15F -20F -25F Ambient Unit + HP 134a 21.8# 18.0# 14.8# 11.6# 6.3# _1.7# 0,0# 4.21-1 12.2H _Model No. I 404A 6_2.6# 55.9# 49 3# 44.0# 33.4# 24.3# 25.3# 16.70 13.3# M2PL-M025 114 134a 1,100 _ M2PL-M033 113 134a 1,380 FTEF-A032 113 _134a 3,670 3,310 2,9.70 2,650 2,050 1,520 1,280 1,050 839 FTEF-0034 tri 134a 3,470 3,190 1 2,890 2,590 2,040 1,530 1,300 ' 1,080 _881 FTFL OQ50 v2 13aa i_ _ 3,990 3,180 2,400 2,0201.660 1,330 FTCL-A050 1/2 13aa ^� - I 3,990 3,14 33U 1.950.580 1,250 90F M4PL M027 1/4 404A `4 I 1,380 - _ M4PL-M035 v3 404A �--i�- 1,800 FJEF-0050 1/2 4o4A 1 4,870 1 4,420 4,010 1 3,620 1 2,860 _ 2,180 1,870 1 1,580 1,280 FJEF-0075 3/4 404A 7,780 7,260 6,680 _6_110 5,020 3,920 3,340 2,780 2.330 FJCF-A050 112 404A 4,870 4,420 _4,010 3,650 1 2,860 2,180 1,870 1 1,580 1 1,280 FJCF-A075 314 404A 7,7130 7,260 6,68 6,110 5,020 3,920 3,340 2,780 2,330 FJCF A100 1 404A 10,400 9,x:80 8,610 I_8,1 20 1 6,530 4,930 4,150 3,380 2.640 �~ 0 _ 0� \ I I � I I r- o Typical Narrow Base Unit Typical 1/2 H.Q. Unit Specifications/Electrical Data Specifications __ Unit �'Overall Dimensions Refrigerant f'ecvr- Water Approx. Air Model (inches) Connections Tank Tray i Weight Flow Compressor Number inches @ 90% Vol. ` LBS CFM Model No. Length Width Height Liquid Suction LBS oz.) Net Ship M2PL-M025 20.0 11.0 10.5 1/4 FL _3_B FL_ 1 8 63_ 36 40 236 AF09C 1 E M2PL-M033 20.0 11.0 10.5 1/4 FL 318 FL 1.8 63 37 41 250 AF10C1 E FTEF-A032 20.0 11.0 10.5 1/4 FL 318 FL 1.8 63 46 51 236 JF1 1 C1 E_ FTEF-0034 16.1 15.1 11.8 1/4 FL 3/8 FL 2.5 90 54 64 236 JF11 C1 E FTEL-0050 16.1 15.4 11.8_ 3/8 FL 5/8 FL 2.5 90 69 79 330 RF18C1E FTCL-A050 21.2 T-= 12.0 1/4 FL 1/2 FL 1 2.5 1 60 6978331 RF18C1 E M4PL M027 20.0 .0 10.5 1/4 FL 3/8 FL 1.3 63 36 40 236 A510C1 E _M4PL M035 20.0 T-11 11.0 10.5 1;4 FL 3/8 FL _1.3 63 37 41 250 AS13C1 E FIEF-A050 T 16..11 15.411.8 3/8 FL 5/8 FL 1.8 90 69 79 330 RS43C 1 E FJEF-A07524.0 16.8 13.7 318 FL 5/8 FL 2.6 16U 92 107 X67 RS64C1 E FJCF-A050 _2.1.2 13.3 12.0 1/4 FL 1/2 FL 1.8 60 68 78 331 RS43C1 E FJCF-A075 21.8 14.2 12.0 3/8 FL 1/2 FL 2.6 60 75 85 767 RS64C1 E FJCF-A100 21.8 14.2 i 12.0 3/8 FL 5/8 FL 2.6 60 77 87 712 1 RS97C1 E Electrical Data - Unit 115-1�-6�OtJPYNW 18 208/230-1=-V 'j T2081230-3-60 _ 220/210-1-50 Model Elec. 'MCA' Max' E14c. 'MCA Max Elec. MCA Max Elec. MCA Max Number Code Fuse Code Fuse Code Fuse Code Fusa M2PL-M025 -IAA TBD TOD _ -IAZ TBD TBD M2PL-M033 IAA TBD TBU _ -IAZ TBD TBD FTEF-A032 -IAA 12.0 20 _ IAZ TBD TBD FTEF-0034 -IAA 12.0 20 -IAZ TBD TBD FTEL-0050 IAA 17.2 25� -IPV 9.6 15 -IAZ 6.3 15 F_TCL-A050 -IAA 17.2 25 -IAV 9.6 15 IAZ 8.3 15 M4PL M027 IAA TBD TBD _ =IAZ TBD TBD M4PL-M035 IAA TBD TBD IAZ TBD TBU FJEF-A050 -IAA 13.7 20 -IAV 7.8 15 -iAZ 7.3 15 FJEF-A075 -IAA TBD TBD -IAV I TBD TBG -IAZ TBD TBD FJCF-A050 IAA 13.7 20 IAV 7.8 15 IAZ 7.3 15 FJCF-A075 -CAA 2.0.7 30 -CAV 10.6 15 - FJCF A075 IAA TBD TBD -IAV TBD T3D -IAZ TBD TBD FJCF A100 CAA TBD TBD -CAV 14.0 20 TFC 9.8 15_ CAZ TBD TBD Copeland CFC Solutions "`e full line of condensing units described in this 1 u,ochure gives you the best product selection for use 1 � of available refrigerants with the lowest atmospheric 1; impact. Copeland is committed to the continuous - 1 development of compressors and condensing units that Will help keep our environment safe. "' •,.,� ;" COPELAWELD LOW TEMP. CFC TO HFC CROSS REFERENCE ((COPELAND CFC �RFN NOTESI L in _W in H (in) COPELAND I-IFC� n NOTESTL(in) W It -�- ---_---= MGBL-0017 SAA 010 12 5 13.1 11 1 9 8 M28L 0011-SAA-106 134a 5 13.1 11 i 9.8 MGBH-0023-SAA-010 12 5 13.1 11 t 9.8 M26L 0023 SAA-106 134a 5 13.1 111 I 98 MGAL•0026-IAA 010 12 1,5 17 1 13.4 9.0 M2YL-0026 IAA 103 134a -1,5 15.4 11 3 q.9 MAAL.0026-IAA-010 12 1,5 t7.1 13.4 9.0 M2YL-0026-IAA-109 13411 1,5 15.4 11 J 9.9 MBAL-0026-IAA 010 12 2,5 17.1 134 9.0 M2YI--0026-IAA-201 134a 2,5 154 11.3 9.9 MGAL 0033-IAA 010 12 1,5 17 1 __13 4 9.0 M2YL-0033-IAA•103 134a 1,5 15.4 11.3 9.9 MAAL-0033-IRA-010 12 2,5 17.1 13.4 9.0 M2YL-0033-IAP. lud 13411 2.5--j 15.4 11.3 9.9 MBAL-0033-IAA-010 12 2 3 4 17.1 13.4 9.0 M2YL-OOa3-IAA-201 134a 2 3 4 15.4 11 3 9.9 MAAL-0034-IAA-010 12 2,5 171 13.4 0.0 F_'AL-A034JAA-109 13411 t 2.5 139 11.6 9.8 MBAL-0034_IAA-010 12 2.3 4 17.1 134 9.0 _ FTAL-A034-IAA-201 134a 234 139 11.6 98 FAAL-A025-IAA-109 12 2,5 13.9 11.6 9.8 FTAL-A025:IAA-109 134a 2,5 13.3 11.6 9.8 - FBAL-A025 IAA-201 12 2.3.4 13.9 11.6 9 8 FTAL-A025-IAA-201 134a 2.3.4 111.9 11.6 9.8 -FAAL-A034-IAA-109 12 2,5 1.1 11.6 9.8 r -A034-IAA-109_ 13411 2.5 13.9 115 98 FBAL-A034-IAA 201 12 2.3.4 1 13.9 11.6 9.8 FTAL-A034 IAA-201 134a 2.3.4 13.9 11 6 9.8 1AL.-A050-1AA-109 12 2,5 16.1 13.2 11.8 FTAL-A050-IAA-109 134a 2,5 16.1 132 11.8 FBAL-A050-IAA-201 12 2.3.4 16 1 13.' 11.8 FTAL-A050-IAA-201 134a 2.3,4 16.1 13.2 11.8 MSYL-0027-IAA-010 502 2,3,4 15,4 11.3 9.9 M4YL-0027IAA7201 404A 2.3,4 15.4 11.3 9.9 MTYL•0027-IAA-010 502 1,3,4 15 113 9.9 M4YL-0027-IAA-203 404A 1,3,4 15.4 11.3 9.9 MSYL•0035-IAA-010 502 2,3,4 '5.4 11.3 9.9 M4YL-0035-IAA-201 404A 2,3,4 15.4 11.3 9.9 MTYL-0035IAA-010 502 1,3,4 15.4 .1.3 9.9 M4YL-0035-IAA 203 404A 1,3,4 15.4 11.3 9.9 F3AF-A050IAA-211 502 2,3,4 16.2 13.2 11.9 FJAF-A050-IAA-201 404A 2,3.4 162 13.2 11.9 FW A056-IAA-201 502 2,3,4 17 5 14.3 12.0 FJAF A056-IAA-201 404A 2,3,4 17.5 14.3 12.0 F3AF-A074-IAA-201 502_ 2,3,4 1 17.5 14.3 12.0 FJAF-A074-IAA-201 404A 2,3,4 175 143 - 12.0 F3AF-A075-1AA-201 502 2,3,4 _24.0 16.9 1 13.1 FJAF-A075•IAA-201 404A 2.3.4 24.0 16.9 3.1 F3AF-A100-CAV-201 502 2,3,4 I-24A 16.9 13.1 FJAF-A100-CAV-201 404AA 2, .4 240 16.9 13.1 NOTES: 1)Liquid Service Valve 3) Fan Guard 5) Power Cord 2) Receiver with Valve 4) BX Electricals 6) Low Pressure Switch 01994 Copeland Corporation Copeland Corporation Printed In U.S.A. Sidn3y,Ohio 45365-0669 LARKIN ACP OFF-CYCLE AIR DEFROST DEFROSTECP ELECTRIC DEFROSTHCP HOT GAS COMPAK HUMImTEMP ■ ■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ .moi � ■ ■ 1-717-T ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ �Itr ECP ELECTRIC DEFROST NCP HOT GAS DEFROST The ECP Humi-Temps are designed for room tem- The HCP ComPak Humi-Temp unit is designed for peratures of—20'F to +34'F and are available in 18 room temperatures of—20'F to +34'F with a capacity models with a capacity range from 3,900 to 27,000 range from 3,900 to 27,000 Btuh at 10'T.D With light Btuh at 10"T.D. With light to medium frost accumula to medium frost accumulation models with 6 fins to tion, models with 6 fins per inch are recommender'. the inch are recommended. Heavy frost or low evap- Heavy frost accumulation or low evaporating temper- orating temperature requires models with 4 fins per ature requires models with .9 fins per inch. Defrosting inch. is accomplished by electric heating elements that fit The basic hot gas unit cooler consists of a hot gas into slots in the coil surface. The defrost cycle is time- loop drain pan, side outlet distributor and fan delay initiated, temperature-terminated and adjusts itself to thermostat. the frost load.The temperature-termination control is The HCP units can be applied for either three-pipe or mounted on the evaporator and can be easily adjust- reverse cycle defrost. While either may used suc- ed for each installation.A fan delay is piuvided at the cessfully, most commonly, reverse cycle systems pro- end of each defrost cycle preventing "estart of the vide a more continuous and stable supply of hot gas. fans until the evaporator is cold. Larkin offers reverse cycle kits which can be ordered Electric defrost control kits consist of a !ime clock separately from the basic unit. The kits can be either and fan contactor when required. The defrost time factory or field installed. For details on installation and clock inciudes a fail-safe function should the unit fail operation refer to the installation and operation man- to terminate on temperature. ual for the HCP units. SERVICEABILITY --r-1- -Adjustable --- Adjustable defrost — termination control is ~ 1�•• accessible from -- — outside the cabinet. Front access electrical panel with control circuit terminal board for liar point to point wiring to defrost timer 2 On ECP Electric Defrost 1 units,the defrost elements are inserted in slots provided ''•,''. ,'` on the inside lace of the [x f, evaporator coil;no additional Front panel andend space is required for ' drain pan are replacement.The radiant �, y" re hinged for %-:' _ heat is trapped by the unit servicing inside *,\ cabinet which accelerates the unit. — defrosting. i -- - To simplify servicing of Ih.�drain- Motors are fastened to intemal wiring pan heater,the drain pan is hinged -- harness,equipped with quick connector and equipped with a special drain plugs,then factory wired to a terminal fitting that is easily discornected. -- — block inside the electrical compartment. Drain-pan heating element on ECP Motors are accessible from front or rear units prevents condensate from of hinged panel. freezing. _ SPECIFICATIONS / Electric Defrost - BTUH/kcaUh Motor Data Evap.Suction Temp. 208/230 v. Connections Model 60 Hz. 60 Hz. 50 Hz. R-22 Defrost Liquid Suctior 420 -10 -20 CFM m'h Fan Amps Chi. Lb. Watts Ams ODS ODS ----- ---- --- - -, EC P6.39 42.00 3900 3600 720 1102 (1)10 1.2 0.7 1225 5.3 1/2 5/8 1058_ 983 907 ECP6-46 5100 4600 4400 750 1148 (1)10 1.2 0.9 1720 7.5 1/2 �5/8 12_85 115.9 110_9 _ ECP6-55 6000 5500 5200 1580 2417 (2)10 2.4 1.1 2650 11.5 1/2 5/8 1512 1386 1310 ECP6-78 8400 -7800 7300 1440 2203 (2)10 2.4 1.6 2650 11.5 1/2 7/8 2117 1966 _1840 ECP6-93 10200 9300 8800 1500 2295 (2)10 2.4 2.2 3150 13.7 1/2 7/8 2570 2344 2218 _ ECP6-120 12600 12000 11000 2160 3305 (3)10 3.6 2.7 3500 15.2 1/2 7/8 _ 3175 3024 _2772 _ _ ECP6-140 --T5-206--- 14000 13000 3025 4628 (4)10 4.8 2.9 4550 19.8 1/2 1.1/8 3830_ 352_8 3276 _ ECP6-160 17000 16000 16000 2880 4406 (4)10 4.8 3.6 4550 19.6 1/2 1-1/8 4284 4032 3780 ECP6-175 19000 17500 16200 3780 5783 (5)10 6.0 3.8 5630 24.5 1/2 1-1/8 4788 4414 4082 ECP6-200 21000 Te0000 18100 3600 5508 (5)10 6.0 4.6 5630 24.5 1/2 1-1/8 5292 5040 4561 ECP6-240 25400 24000 20000 4320 6610 (6)10 7.2 5.5 6700 29.2 1/2 1.1/8 640_ _ 6048 5040 ECP6 270 2yuW 27000 25000 4800 7344 (6)10 7.2 6.5 6700 29.2 7308 _6804 1 ECP4-77 8300 7700 7100 1500 2295 (2)10 2.4 1.8 3150 13.7 1/2 7/8 _-_209Z__ ____1240 -782 ECP4.88 9300 8800 8200 1460 2234 (2)10 2.4 2.3 3150 13.7 1/2 7/8 2399_---22UL- 2066 ECP4-110 12000 11000 10200 2100 3213 (3)10 3.6 3.5 3500 15.2 1/2 7/8 - _3024 ---2772--------2570- ECP4-150 1(.000 15000 14000 2800 4284 (4)10 4.8 4.6 4550 19.3 1/2 1-1/8 r ---4032- -_3710- .--.-3528-. --- ECP4-181 20000 18100 17000 3500 5355 (5)10 6.0 5.7 5630 24.5 1/2 1-1/8 4561_ ZB4__ --- ECP4-2.20 24000 22000 20500 4200 6426 (6)10 7.2 -6.8 6700 29.2 1/2 �1-1/8 6048 5544 5166 ECP standard voltage 208/230/60hz/1rjh. Externally equalized expansion valve required. Drain connections 518 IDS x 3/4 ODS SPECIFICATIONS / Hot Gas Defrost BTUH/kcal/h Motor Data W Evap.Suction Temp. 115 v. _ _ Connections Model 60 Hz. 60 Hz. 50 Hz. R-22 Hot Gas Liquid Cuction +20' -i 0' -20' CFM m'h Fan Ams Chg. Lb ODS ODS oDs - CP6.39 4200 3900 3600 720 1102 (1)10 1.6 0.7 1/2 5/8 518 1058_ 983 _ 907 _ _ _ __ _ HCP6-46 5100 4600 4400 750 1148 (1)10 1.8 0.9 1/2 5/8 5/8 1285 _ 1150 1109 _ HCP6-55 6000 5500 5200 1580 2417 (2)10 3.6 1,1 _ 1/2 5/8 5/8 1512 135.6 1310 _ NCN6-78 6400 7800 7300 1440 2203 (2)10 3.6 1.6 1/2 5/8 7/8 2117 1.966 1840 HCP6-93 10200 9300 8800 1500 2295 (2)10 3.6 2.2 1/2 5/8 7/8 2570 _ 2_344 2218 HCP6-120 12600 12000 11000 2160 3305 (3)10 5.4 2.7 1/2 5/8 7/8 3175_ 3074 2772 HCP6-140 15200 14000 13000 3025 4628 (4)10 7.2 2.9 1/2 5/8 1.1/8 3830 3518 3276 HCP6160 17000 16000 15000 2880 4406 (4)10 7.2 3.6 1/2 5/8 1.1/8 4..^84 4032 3780 HCP6-'175 19000 17500 16200 3780 5783 (5)10 9.0 3.8 1/2 5/8 1-1/8 4788__ 4410 4082 _ HCP6-200 21000 20000 18100 3600 5508 (5)10 9.0 4.6 1/2 5/8 1-1/8 5292_ _5040 4531 _ HCP6-240 25400 24000 22000 4320 6610 (6)10 10.8 5.5 1/2 3/8 1-1/8 6401 6040 5544 _ HCP6-270 29000 27000 25000 4800 7344 (8)10 10.8 6.5 1/2 5/8 1-1/8 7308 6804 6300 k CP4-77 8300 7700 7100 1500 2295 (2)10 3.6 1.8 1/2 5/8 7/8 0 ...___1940 --__170CP4-88 9300 8800 8200 1460 2234 (2)10 3.6 2.3 1/2 5/8 7/8 d10200 CP4-110 12000 11000 2100 3213 (3)10 5.4 3.5 1/2 5/8 7/8 -3924_ 2570 - HCP4-150 16000 15000 14000 2800 4284 (4)10 7.2 4.6 1/2 5/8 1-1/8 ` V- ----3IB HCP4-181 20000 18100 17000 3500 5355 (5)10 9.0 5.7 1/2 5/8 1-1/8 ----5040 -4-..- -- ._._._95B -0 HCP4-220 24000 22000 20500 4200 6426 (6)10 10.8 6.8 1/2 5/8 1-1/8 6048 5544 5166 NCP standard voltage 115/60hz;208/230/60hz/tph available. Exte-nally equalized expansion valve required. Drain connections 5/8 IDS x 3/4 ODS. Units should be mounted net less than 12" (30.5cm)from wall. t tre• 4�jn 9n8• t,• � �/1s• E --- -- B - - ----� F - 1.4 em-� 9' 4 cm ACP Models, 14-1/8"(35.9 cm) 3• 7. cm ECP and HCP Models, 15-1/4'(38.7 cm) ec4n ACP Madel 290&310, 16-5/8'(42.2 cm) 40 un ECP&HCP Models 270, 17-5/8"(44.8 crn) DIMENSIONS Model _ Inches/cm ACP8- ACP6- ACP4- A i B C D E F 45 42 28 19-1/4 2-1/8 71 49 5 17 54 51 34 25 2-1/8 6-5/8 86 64 5 17 64 60 46 37-1/4 2.1/8 6-5/8 117 95 _ 5 17 90 84 46 37-1/4 2-1/8 6-5/8 117 95 5 17 1� ' 102 83-93 58 49-1/4 2-1/8 6-5/8 147 125 _ 5 17 135 – 126 120 64 55-1/4 –2-1/8 6-5/8 163 140 5 _ 17 180 152 160 82 73-1/4 36 5/8 36 5/8 2 1/8 6.5/8 208 186 93 93 -. 5 _ 17__ 180 170 82 73.1/4 36-5/8 36-5/8 -1/8 6.5/8 _ 208 186 93 93 5 17 200 190 200 100 91-1/4 54-5/8 36-5/8 2-1/8 6-5/8 254 232 139 _ 93 5 17 225 210 100 91-1/4 54.5/8 36-5/8 2-1/8 6-5/8 254 232 139 93 5 17 270 254 240 118 109-1/4 54-5/8 54.5/8 2-1/8 6-5/8 _ 300 277 139 139 5 17 '310 '290 118 109-1/4 54.5/8 54-5/8 2.1/8 6-5/8 300 277 139 139 1 5 1 17 Height of Unit 16-5/8'(42.2cm) Model Inches/cm ECP6-or HCP6- ECP4-or HCP4- A B C 0 E F 39 28 18-3 4 2-3 8 6- i 48 18 46 34 24-3/4 2-3/8 6-7/8 8.6 63 6 18 55 46 36-3/4 2-3/8 6-7/8 h7 93 6 18 78 _ 46 fi117 _ 36-3 4 2-3/8 6-7/8 18 93 77-98 58147 48 Y4 2-318 6-7/8 120 110 —64193 54.34 -- --- 2-38 6- 18 140 150 82— 72-3/4 36-3/8 36-3/8 2-3/8 6-7/8 208 185 92 92 6 18 160 82 72-3/4 36-3/8 36-3/8 2-3/8 6-7/8 208 185 92 92 6 18 175 181 100 90-3/4 54-3/8 36-3/8 2-3/8 6-7/8 254 231 138 92 6 18 200 100 90-3/4 54-3/8 36-3/8 2-3/8 6-7/8 254 231138 92 6 18 240 220 118 108-3/4 _ 54-3/8 54-3/8 2-3/8 6-7/8 300276 138 138 6 18 '270 118 108-3/4 54-3/8 54-3/8 2-3/8 6-7/8 _300 276 1 138 1 138 6 1 18 " Height of Unit 17-5/8" (44.8cm) to/vx4 zq Cooelaweld r" Air-Cooled Condensing Units Low Temp. Models R-404A/R-507 CD LO 13� Economical Q CFC Solutions CD _ y f � � l v Pr } r '` F-Line d 0 andIMP . L Freezer D A\ OL O Basic Features Receiver .0 Far Guard 'J BX Conduit LL. Pressure Switches Contactor (3 Phase Models) �.�. CFO Crankcase Heater Form 3.0945 (Form 95-06) Performance Data R-404AIR-507 Low Temperature Cppacities (BTUH) _ 0°F -5°F -10°F -15°F -20°F -25°F_� Unit R-404A 33.0# 28.3# 24.1# 20A# 16.4# 13.1# I Ambient Model No. HP R-507 34.3# 2.9.5# 25.1# 21.0# 17.3# 13.8# 90"F FJAi--A200 2 10,040 8,700 7,460 6,450 5,380 4,440 FJA.t A300 3 12,770 10,930 9,830 8,220 6,610 5,390 _ Maximum Return Gas Temperature 65"F 60"F�55"F_ 50�'F�45"F 4(7°F Notes: The above conditions represent a restricted sub,-joling. The capacities are for 60 Hz, multiply operating envelope. Refer to AF Bulletin 4-1298 by .83 for 50 Hz. for maximum return gas temperatures. Operating at higher return gas temperatures will shorten Pressures are listed in PSIG (#) an,' reflect the compressor life.The maximum operating ambient suction pressure at the compressor . let. The is 100°F. temperatures shown are the correspondi.ig sato rated vapor temperatures. Saturation condi:ions at The capacity ratings are at the maximum return the evaporator will be higher due to pressor a drop gas temperature shown above and with 5°F in the suction line. p 14.50 in - 0 I .00 - -O O 0 00 0 0 0 0 M tn �t " m Specifications/Electrical Data c Specifications - Unit —�� Overall Dimensions Refriqerant Recvr. Approx. Air Model (inches) Connections Tank Weight Flow Compressor Number inches _ @ 90% LBS CFM Model No. _ Len th Width Hei ht Liquid Suction LBS Net Shi FFJAL-A300 24.0 Y18.4 16.2 3/8 SWT 7/8 SWT_ 5.4 130 150 1,0107 CS20K6E Nctes: For system charges greater than 5.4 pounds, contact the factory. See back page for Bili of Material codes. Electrical Data 11ni! 208/230-1-60 20.81230-3-60 220/240-1-50 200/240-3-50 Model Elec. MCA Max Elec. MCA Max Elec. MCA Max Elec. MCA Max Number Code Fuse Code Fuse Code _ i=use Code _ Fuse FJAL-A200 -CFV 18.6 25 -TFC 14.3 2.0 _CFZ 18.5 25 -TFW 14.3 _20 F 1AL A300 CFV 26.2 40 TFC 17.2 25 -CFZ 22.2 30 -TF:W 17.2 25 i Notes: "Elec" rode is a part of the model number. All three phase models use single-phase fan motors. "MCA" is the minimum circuit ampacity value Operating voltage range for: 208/230-1-60 developed for U.I. This value has a calculated safety nameplate rating is plus 10%, minus 5%; all other factor and can be used for wire sizing, namerlate ratings are plus 10% and minus 10%. Copeland CFC SoMions 'The full line of condensing units described in this brochure gives you the best product selection for use _ t of available refrigerants with the lowest atmospheric 0 impac',. Copeland is committed to the continuous development of compressors and condensing units that will h6p keep our environment safe. Common Copelaweld ConstrUCtion Variations F-Line The Bill of Material Code forms the last three digits of the model number, for example: FJAL-A200-CFV-__ U H Bill of o W Series Hertz Material Range W w o o F Code g 5 < z N LU OU E— __i U C) zJ L m a () a 60 001 2 3 X X X (1)1 (2) i X X FJ 50 300 Notes. (1) Units have a dual pressure control. (2) Three-phase units have a contactor. On single-phase uniis, the dual pressure control switches the compressor power (3) Contact the factory for variations from the above Bill of Materials. Issued 1-95 ®1995 Copeland Corporation Copeland Corporation Printed in U.S A. Sidney,Ohio 45365-0669 STAINLESS STEEL Item #:— a� i WORK TABLES Model ICS a/4�}- PREMIUM Series Project: Stainless Steel Les 6 Undershelf 5" Backsplash UNDERSHELF STYLI: - 9 = 17.711111 IVaaa KSS 240 KSS J00 KS&212 KSS-302 KSS 213 KSS-303 KSS-363 KSS-244 KSS-304 KSS-364 KSS-245 KSS-305 KSS-3A9 _ r -246 KSS-306 KSS•366 247 KSS-307 KSS-387-248 KSS-306 KSS-369S249 KSS-309 KSS-369 -2410 KSS-3010 KSS•3610 S2411 XSS-3011 KSS-36111 KSS-2412 KSS- 012 KSS-3612 (' ! Galvanized Les & Undershelf 1Wide Wide Wide Qty KLG•240 KLG 300 _ KLG-212 KLG-302 _ ALG-243 KLG•3_03 KLG-363 KLG•2,114 KLG-304 KLG•364 KLG-245 KLG-305 KLG•3 SS _ Shown with optional KLG•246 KLG•306 KLG,188 Drawer KLG•247 KLG-307 KLG-367 KLG-248 KLG 308 KLG"361 KLG-249 KLG-309 KL6-369 KLG 2110 J010 KLG•3610 KL KLG 2111 KL6:3011 KLG-3611 KLG-2412 I KL313012 KLG•3612 featuring as Standard: OndorN1c„e Ifs "THE PROe 4N" Drnw ORIGINAL TABCO �ock EXCLUSIVE "Y ccs" Adjustable Undershelf sn.l�ny with Die Cast Leg Clamp p„py,R 16 GL 8r8]04 L*p FEATURES: MATERIAL: To,1 is furnished with 1.5/8"sanitary rolled rim edges on 3 ,ides with rounded'bull nose'comers and a 5"splas'1 ;,SS-Series: Stainless Steel Legs 6 Undershelf with a 1"return on the rear side. TOP: 14 Gauge stainless steel type"304"series TWO hat channels stud welded to reinforce&maintain a level working surface, 36"wide tables supplied with SHELF: 18 gauge stainless steel. THREE hat channels. LEGS: 1-5/8"diameter tubular stainless steel. Pre-engineered welded angle adapters insure ease of future Stainless steel gusse ts. drawer installation. 1"adjustable metal b.7et feet. Aluminum die cast'leg•to-shelf"clamp secures shelf to leg eliminating unsightly Huts&bolts.Undershelf is adjustable. CONSTRUCTION: KLG-Series: Galvanized Legs d Undershelf All TIG welded. Exposed weld areas polished to match TOP: 14 gauge stainless steel type"304'series. adjacent surfaces. Entire top mechanically polished to a satin finish. SHELF: 16 gauge galvanized steel. Top is sound deadened. LEGS: 1.5/8"diameter tubular galvanized steel. Stud welded hat section reinforces and maintains a Galvanized steel gussets. level wor+ing surface. 1"adjustable metal bullet feet. Gussets welded to support hat sections. A NEW YORK. GEORGIA TEXAS NEVADA l I (800) 645-3166 (800) 83.'!-1218 (800) 527-0353 x800) 446-8684 1 i -AV 1W Fax:(516)242-6900 Fax:(404)T,'5-5625 Fax:(214)932.4795 rax:(702)972.1578 200 NEAnTLAND 801l1-EVAF11) EDCF�,N.Y 11117-8380 K-3 ®ETAILS & SPECIFICATIONS All Dimensions are Typical(lots.500'1 All Units Shipped Unassembled(KD)for Reduced Shipping Costs —`___ KSS & KLG Series Undershelf Style W 5" Backsplash L Finished size of undershelf=Length minus 5-314',WkJth minus 5.3/4' 3-7/9' Clearance= F--3.719' ----- L-9' - 35-1/2' J- Units 8 fl.and larger are fumished with six(6)logs KSS-Series: Stainless Steel Legs & Undershelf 611 WIDE Wt' L 24" WIDE WT 30' WIDEr WT 30' KSS-240 55 tbs. KSS-300 7tA. 24' KSS-242 50 bs. KSS-302 36' KSS-243 66 tbs. KSS-303 KSS-363 92 lbs. 48' KSS-244 81 bs. KSS-304 KSS-364 101 lbs. 60" KSS-245 95 bs. KSS-305 111 bs. KSS-365 121 lbs. 72' KSS-246 113 bs. KSS-306 129 bs. KSS-366 142 lbs. 84' KSS-247 135 bs. _KSS-307 153 bs. KSS-367 169 IW 96' KSS-2411 150 lbs. KSS-308 171 bs. KSS-268 189 bs. 108' KSS-24U 165 lbs. KSS-309 195 bs. KSS-359 160 bs. 120" KSS-2410 268 bs. KSS-3010 294 bs. M Mi-3610 315 lbs. 132" KSS-2411— 301 bs. KSS-3011 331 bs. KSS-3611 358 bs. 144' KSS-2412 316 bs. KSS 3012 1 346 bs. KSS-3612 373 tbs KLG-Series: Galvanized Steel Legs & Undershelf 30' KLG-240 _ 55 tbs. KLG-300 70 lbs. --- 24* KLG-242 ::0 lbs. KLG-302 56 tbs _ 36' KLG-243 66 bs. K1.13-303 77 lbs. KLG-363 92 Rn. 48' KLG-244_ 81 lbs. KLG-304 92!bs. KLG-364 101 tbs. _60' KLG-245 95 bs. KLG-305 111 bs. KLG-365 121 bs. 72' KLG-246 113 bs. KLG-306 129 bs. _KLG-366 _ 142 bs. _84' KLG-247_ 135 bs. KLG-307 153 bs. KLG-367 169 bs. 96' KLG-248 150 bs. KLG-308 171 bs KL_G-368 109 bs. _108' KLG-249 165 bs. _ KIG-303 195 bs KLG-369 160 bs. 120' KLG-2410 268 bs. KLG-3010 294 lbs. KLG-3610 315 bs. 132" KLG-2411 301 bs. KLG-3011_ 331 bs. KLG-3611 358 bs. 144' KLG-2412 316 bs. KLG-3012 346 bs. KLG-3612 373 bs. 0 MARCH 1994, Tables Mfg.,Inc. ADVANCE TABOO is constantly engaged In a program of Improving their products. Therefore we reserve the right toADVANCE TABOO change our specifications without prior notice. 200 HearUend Blvd, Edgr_wood,N.Y. 11717-8380 K-4 STAINLESS STEEL ��® Item #: AFAM SINKS Model #:_ -7 - t�- AW TRADITIONAL Project:_ eD1 7-PS-50 7-PS-60 7-PS-50 -- 7-PS- 13 E 7-PS-70 - ----- 7-PS-80 — — a� 7-PS-85 7-PS-90 7-PS-90 ` 1 I 7-PS-70 e 7-PS-80 .y 7-PS-85 I Countertop Ptlset Nt7DRlP Recessed Edge FEATURES: MECHANICAL: One piece Deep Drown sink bowl design. Faucet supply is 112'IPS niale thread hot&cold. NEW Countertop die formed recessed edge K-59 splash mounted 4'O.C.gooseneck faucet offers the ultimate in design cmd function. chrome plated furnished with aerator. All sink bowls have a large liberal radii with a K-6 stainless steel basket drain 1.112'IPS. minimum dimension of 2'and are rectangular K-26 mini lever operated drain and built-in overflow in design for increased aaparity. with plastic overflow tube and spring clamps. 7-PS-14 P-Trap is 1-1/2'chrome plated. MATERIAL: Sink Bowl is 10'x 14"x 5' Heavy gauge type 304 series stainless steel. CONSTRUCTION: Wall mounting bracket is stainless steel and of All TIG welded. offset design. Welded areas blended to match adiacent surfaces All fittings are brass/nickel plated unless otherwise and to a satin finish. indicated. Die formed Countertop Edge with a 3/8'No-Drip offset. One sheet of stainless steel is used. There are no welded seams other than comers. NEW YORK GEORGIA TEXAS NEVADA (800) S45-3166 (800) 1132.1218 (8001527-0353 (800) 446-8684 Em Fax:(516)242.6900 Far:(404)775-5625 Fax:(214)932.4795 Fax:(702)972.1578 200 HEARTLAND BOULEVARD. EDGEW/OOD,N Y 1 1 71 7 f3:3B0 .A- 1 DETAILS & SPECIFICATIONS 7-PS-50 7-PS-60 { - K•Se� K-59 7-3t417.1rz I .Y4 7•y4 __� n•1rY�. IT S. r - S. 7- . e•�. e•ye• e•se• Kd K•26-� K•27---'- t S Nx. 14 @t. 7-PS-70 7-PS-804• y� 7.P1;.74 4' 1'Dy. t S. .{Q.C. 3, 1 3- � 1 � 1a• � rr 1 S• 2 1 7-Y4* S• T - e•eie• 1-- --+ a-see• e.ys• e•s�e• K•2e K-27� 12 in 00 lbs. 7-PS-85 7-PS-90 7-PS-34 K•Itl e• 1 � I�y�• 1-Y4K•5e� " L t• I I syr t.y,�• `y4- 7•�4 l2• ,• K. LrTt S. T x-Pe•it -e-de• TKI 7•PS-31 K•27 - 9.5 ba 90 R" t wrr bm.AM aM NwT pk- WI rruh Yrk SKIRT TOP VIEW Iu.drr--W Mme+) INSTALLATION 17-1/4* Z, 14'- i 15-1/4' 10' J """'.'rw :,•lir , `/� •• l_^Z � � s1 �V — TOL: 500' ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL 0 MARCH 1994,Advance Food Service Equipment,Inc. ADVANCE TABC;O Is constantly engaged in a program of ADVANCE TABC:A improving their products. Therefore we reserve the nght to change our specifications without Fr or notice. 200 HeerUand Btxt., Edgewood,N.Y. 11717-83M. A-2 T&S BRASS AND BRONZE WORKS, INC. TRAVELERS REST, SOUTH CAROLINA 29690 (803) 834-4102 TELEX 57-0311 FAX (803) 834-3518 `3 --- -- SPRING / 44 DI M. B \ °B STAN DARC IS 44" CAN BE ANY LENGTH SPECIFY. 1 c+' B- 109 WALL BRACKET Q N FLEXIBLE 3TAINLE55 ORDERED — STFEL H05E WITH i _ _ "'� SEPARATELY. +I RUBBER INTERIOR SEF PLATT �° _ mo JO. 0.104. 8 PIPE FAUCET 15 FULLY - OPEN IN LESS THAN zTURFI 01 HANDLES -- - - --- —� �1 4'�. MAX. �. II^ BALL CHECKS BUILT e FEMALE 1N TO PREVENT � 1. ADJUSTABLE FROM CROSSFIOW OF 4 WALL OR 74' TO 81" C/C WATER SINK BACK NOTE: ALSO AVAILABLE WITH P NPT MALE ( LOCKNUTS ON FAUCET IN PLACE. OF MC'� 11_L.t-.L FEMALE INLETS. PRIE- R N E _V_N IT SEE PLATE- B-410 Produrt Doscrlptlon: Drawn: Checked: ff1107 d bate: _ PRE-RINSE (WALL_ MOUNTED) I---�11_ Item B-133 No-: ~� Architect/Engineer Approval: Job Nampa r r - T&S BRASS AND BRONZE WORKS, INC. ] 1 RAVEL ERS REST, SOUTH C/`ROLINA 29690 (803) 834-4102 TELEX 57-0311 FAX (803) 634-3518 NOOK 10 HOLO ADJUSTABLE3I HEAD OF HOSE \ FLANGE UNIT5 WHEN NOT IN USE. `j OU1LET TO FIT INLETS OF' HOSE UNITS WITH HO ADAPTERSyDt NECF55ARY ON FIUSE.WALL HUOK CUTLET LJ-104 — ` l,l ` 3/8 1NP.T FEMALE !, ; I WATER INLET B-104A. WALL NOOK OUTLET - 5AME A5 B•104 EXCEPT OUTLET 15 3/8'NPr MALE. 3 WOOK TO HOLD HEAD OF HOSE 2 - UNITS WNrN NOT IN IISE. -\ ( INLET END OF HOSE MUST BE 1 0 ATTACHED TO A MATER OUTLET. / 11 ,/ B-104D WALL HOOK T ' I e"DIA, - - FURNI5HED WITH TWO CHROME PLATED SCREW5. a AOJU5TABLc BY I CUT71NG NIPPLE � Lit 1 3 DIA -• --� - 12 /_ SLIP HOLF_ FU/1 PIPE (N-PT) S"ET SCREWS -- 1.�— FIT5 3/A c'IPE FURN15HED WITH CHROME I 4R HOOK PLATED 8RF155 5CREWS FOR WALL MOUNTED. RUBBER CO: LAR TO FIT SPRAY I1FAD OF 8- 100, 8. 106 NOTES: - (j) RECOMMENDED FOR USE W1TN ALL UPRIGFIT PRE- RINSE UNITS. MODEL NO.B-109-I WALL ',RACKET Z1 1 y b-109 5 T-4 NYLON B- 109 VJALL BRACKET BRISTLES BR-10 BRUSH ATTACHMENT B-1 10 WALL. BRACKET FOR lie PIPE. (INCLUDES BRUSH AND COLLAR) Product Description: � Drawn: Checked: Approved: Date: _ MOUNTING UNITS AND ACCESSORIES Item No.: XchltecUEnglneer Approval: Job Name: B-104 1 I T T & S GRASS AND BRONZE WORKS. INC a8S TRAVELERS REST, SOUTH CAROLINA �_ �?a • I�q . I�j THE ADD- ON - FAUCET 15 AN AUDITION TO PRE - RINSC UNITS A•ND IS IN3TALLL ( t IN OUTLCTS OF BA5E MIXING FAUCETS OF UNITS BEFORE FITTING RISER PIPE,AS SHOWN. HOW TO 5PECIFY ( FOR EXAMPLE) B-113 PRE-RINSE UNIT KITH ADD-ON. FAUCCT WITH IZ-" NOZZLE. RISER PIPE OF - ------- IZ -- PRE-RINSE UNIT — _ 6"—_ % 8 i 22 NPT �-- FEMALE I.— I I —, ^\ I �I-qr LE5S TIP IS MALE THD. FOR AERATOR r� 8NPTMALE :I cr•I I .. �� /, � I SINK TOP. 4-109 WALL BRA(kETT(SEE PLA?'E No. Q IU�4) SHOULD BE BASE FAUCET OF LESS THAN TURN USED TO SUPPORT RISER 8- 113 SHOWN OF l_CVER 4 PIPE. SPECIFY) CAN MANY MODEI_� F AUCET•OPE►7S L.EVER NANDI-E CONTROLS WATER ON-OFF THRU NOZZLE ONLY; PRESSURE IS ALWAYS "ON" IN RISER PIPE. (CONTROLLED BY BASE FAUCET)• MODEL _NO. B- 155 — ADD••ON- FAUCET WITH G,. NOZZLE MODEL NO. D- 156 -- ADD- 014- FAUCET WITH 12' NOZZLE MODEL NO. B- 157 -- ADD- ON- FAUCET WITH 18' NOZZLE ADU-ON- FAU�FT IQ/ 1REVISED PLATE N0. /o/ 1 /79 8-15.5 _rT� uT& S BRASS AND BRONZE WORKS, INC TRAVELERS REST, SOUTH CAROLINA AVAILABLE WITH -1 OTHER LENGTH B-199-1 NON SPLASH NOZZ L E S AERATOR AVAILABLE SEE PLATE N0. 8-400A , B, C- 18C 12 ZMAY SEE NOT'! LE SS TIP 15 QQ -Z . IJ) MAL E THREC,D FOR -� 2" AERATOR DIA. - N 21NPT FEMALE INLETS --- - P C/C - --�- ' 3„� ADJMUSTABLE FROM 8 NALL OP73 TO f31 C/C I SINK BACK 4 4 NOTE SEE PLATE B-410 FOR ALTERNATE SUPPLY CONNECTIONS ALSO AVAILABLE WITH B-WH-4"OR B-WH-6" WRIST ACTION HANDLES OAL-SO AVAILABLE WITH MODEL NO. B-SD SOAP DISH (�)G^,P DISH ATTACHES AT POINTS SHOWN ON NOZZLE) MODEL N0. B-23 � SINK MIXING 7AUCET WITH IB NOZZLE . MODEL NO. B_23 1- SINK MIXING FAUCET WITH 12" NOZZLE . _MODEL N0, B- 232 SINK MIXING FAUCET WITH 6' NOZZLE . SINK MIXING 5',UCET WITH SWING NUZZLE. aEVISED PLATE NO. ►0/1 /79 1 B-230 44- HOBARTJLXDISHMACHINE LX SERIES ... .UIPMENT OUTSTANDING FEATURES - STANDARD ON ALL MODELS . . . . . . • High production. LX30 MODELS • Stainless steel construction for • Fresh water rinse. industrial strength durability. . Optional chemical connection • Solid state controls. capability. • Automatic pumped drain. • Optional detergent pump or • 17" Chamber height (o accept detergent and rinse aid pumps 16" x i8" trays. • Optional 70°F rise booster • Built-in Booster-Heater models heater. available. • Debossed non-clogging wash LX40 MODELS arms with clean-out plugs. . Fresh water rinse. • Heavy-duty door, hinges and • Three cycle-time selections. tank. • Doo( gaskets not required. • Manager programming. • Top-mounted,slide-out controls. • Standard detergent pump. • Large,removable stainless steel • Optional rinse aid pump. scrap screen. • 70"F rise booster heater • Trim panels not required. standard heavy cycle setting. • Heavy-duty '14 H.P. motor. • Standard chemical pump prime. • Door interlock switch. • Standard service diagnos ics. • Corrosion-proof pump. • Stand,-,rd delime notification and cycle. • Automatic fill. �t^��T �— • Low chemical alert. r.,,, ^ • Two Dishracks — one peg and one combination. • Available in hot water or # ' �f l chemical sanitizing models. LX18 MODELS �` f • Optional chemical connection Y capability, :,• 40183AH7 • Optional detergent pump or t '. detergent and rinse aid pumps. I ....,,.` VE LX SERIES DISHMACHINE f fN,, • ' ilia~ l' . Ir NMI ' THREE-BUTTON CONTROL PANEL.ON,OFF,WASH makes all LX models easy to operate. LX-40 includes exclusive multiple cycles button and hidden manager's control for automated features. FIEAVY-DU'I-Y DOOR. No gask0 required. Stainless steel door, massive hinges,and rugged magnetic catch are built to EASY SERVICEABILITY FROM FRONT OF MACHINE.Solid last. state electronics provide reliable, efficient operation. Built-in service diagnostics pinpoints problems for fast, economical service. w i DUAL UPPER AND LOWER WASH ARMS.Assure thorough cleaning Stainless steel non-clogging wash arms send high- pressure sprays of water throughout the machine cavity to ensure thorough cleaning. EASY INSTALLATION. I Ile drain and fill hoses are at- f tached to the machine, riu, cal connections aie easy to reach Interlock prevents b star and pump from turning on without water in chamber, avoids burnout. Exclusive built-in %r' drain pump replaces gravity flow,permits plumbing drain into existing sink connections. ti LARGE DOOR AND CHAMBER. All models fit easily into small kitchens and bars. The 17-inch door and chamber clearance make it easy to load and unload—even trays. 1 SEMES \(/ 1 WARNING: REQUIRED FLOWING WATER PRESSURE TO THE DISHMACHINE IS 12 7/8'- — 20 t 5 PSI0.IF PRESSURES HIGHER THAN 25 PSIG ARE PRESENT, 2-- A PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE MUST BE INSTALLED IN THE LI2' I 6/16•-� WATER NE TO THE DISHMACHINE(BY OTHERS). I IMPORTANT.THE SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE(LIQUID DLEACH)COW TAINER SHOULD BE PLACED NO HIGHER THAN 10•ABOVE FLOOR tG IF BLEACH CONTAINER IS TO BE PLACED IN CABINET ADJACENT / o� 13 3/16• TO MACHINE,A'/�DIA HOLE IS REQUIRED IN THE CABINET Tp RUN 17 3/16' BLEACH SUPPLY LINE. ' USE ONLY 5 2%OR 8.4%SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE(LIQUID BLEACH) AS SANITIZING CHEMICAL TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION OF fo DISHMACHINE. -f DO NOT PRE-MIX WETTING AGENT AND SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE CONNECTION INFORMATION (LIQUID BLEACH). i•, ('A.�f-ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR) CERTAIN MATERIALS INCLUDING SILVER PLATE,ALUMINUM AND I I9. PEWTER ARE ATTACKED BY SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (LIQUID LEGEND BLEACH).SEE INSTRUCTION MANUAL •-------- 1 E 1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION:141'DIA.BOLE FOR 1'TRADE NOTES: SIZE CONDUIT:31'5•AFF I ALL VERTICAL MACHINE DIMENSIONS TAKEN FROM FLOOR PI SINGLE FILL AND RINSE CONNECTION.% FEMALE GARDEN HOSE FITTING ON V LONG HOSE MAY BE INCREASED BY 1'. SUPPLIED WITH MACHINE,140T WATER MIN, WARNING 180'F WATER MIN FOR LX181LX30,IW AFF ELECTRICAL AND GROUNDING PLUMBING NOTES: P2 DRAIN CONNECTION !�MPT FITTING WITH CONNECTIONS MUST COMPLY 1. WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR(MEETING ASSE•1010 STANDARD 8'LONG HOSE SUPPLIED WITH MACHINE. WITH THE APPLICABLE PORTIONS OR EQUIVALENT)TO BE SUPPLIED(BY OTHERS)IN COMMON 3Y,.AFF OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL WATER SUPPLY LINE AT SERVICE CONNECTION. CODE AND/OR OTHER LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES 2, RECOMMENDED WATER HARDNESS TO BE 4.6 GRAINS FOR r-23 15/16• PLUMBING CONNECTIONS MUST BEST RESULTS, COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE 3 MINIMUM WATER CONDUCTIVITY REQUIRED - 30 MICRO. SANITARY,SAFETY AND PI-UM81NG MHOS/CM. 1 CODES DRAIN AND FILL LINE 4. IF DRAIN HOSE IS LOOPED ABOVE A SINK,THE LOOP MUST NOT METHOD RARE SH VARY,SOME METHODS ARE SHOWN ON THIS EXCEED 38'AFF. 1-112' TRADE SIZE •` __ DRAWING PIPE MIN. REDUCED DOWN i0 3/4• FPT 1 CONN ECTION (BY TRIM STRIP CUSTOMER) 1 (OPTIONAL) -._ 33 3/4• 1� 10 RECOOR LESSNDED 17' tX7 LESS FLOGR LIPS _ I � � 34 /4• 9/16' ` CHEMICAL BOTTLES � MAY BL LOCATED ON RECDh�EN0E0 S+ntER - 1 22 13/16'-+ EITHER SIDE OF MACHINE 1 1 SER"ICE ROUGH-IN 1/2 TRADE SIZE 1 PIPE MIN. M/SHUTOFF VALVE, LINE STRAINER 3/4' MULE GARDEN - -- HOSE FITTING (BY CUSTOMER). MIN- MIN SUPPLY MAX AACHINE ELECTRICAL AWG RATED CKT CONDUCT PROTECTIVE TYPE SPECIFICATION WIRE AMPS AMPACITY DEVICE Lx 18,LX 18C 12018011--- - ----T 12 13.3 20 20 LX30 I IT,5011 12 14,4 20 20 S 41 I/d' LX30C,LX40C 120/80/1 12 15.3 20 20 CaNtRm26 3/4• Lx18,LX18C 206/80I1,240/6W1 14 1.6 15 15 DRAW" TC Lx18H 20816011,1201208(3W►18W1» B 41.3 50 50 �H-25 5/161 1 LX30,LX30C,LX40C 20B18W1,1201208(3W)18W1•• 12 14.8 20 20 MIN. LX3GH,LX40H 20111011,1201208(3W)Ti0/1» 6 43.6 50 50 HOSE_ _--_— --�.-_.-- _ _ -- CLEARANCE LX18H 240/60/1,1201240(3W)/Wt» 8 3(.8 50 50 RINSE AGENT LX30H,LX40H 240/6011,1M40(3WY601I» 6 38.9 80 50 (OPTIONAL) LX30.LX30C.LX40C 240/101,1201240(3WNBWI- 12 13.9 20 20 �i DETERGENT •USE 90`C S"ANDED COPPER WIRE ONLY.USE MIN AWG PER ABOVE CHART. 17• -- STD LONN!!OH MAX. I OPTIONAL DN »THE(3W)SYS EMS REQUIRE THREE POWER WIRES WHICH INCLUDE A CURRENT CARRYING LOADING ALL OTHFR NEUTRAL.AN ADDITIONAL FO!'�TH WIRE MUST BE PROVIDED FOR MACHINE GROUND HEIGHT I MODELS. OPTIONAL CORD KIT AVAILABLE FROM HOBART ON LX30H AND LX40H MODELS i CML OR I NE BANITIZER STD ON LX18A.X18C LXISH LX40C, LL C. SHIPPING'VEIOHTS(LBS) LX30A.X30C 1X30H ��►�a,lLr'L App ND UISOC. LX40C LX40H r— NET WEIGHT OF MACHINE 190 210 9 1/8, DOMESTIC SHIPPING WEIGHT 235 255 I �� 3 7/81 H•--+--16 $/8• SERIES'LX DISHM � �� CHINE ... t - SPECIFICATIONS Listed by Underwiaers Laboratories Inc and NSF International DEF"'N: Front opening, equipped lot provide thorough distribution of water. PUMPED URAIN:Machine automatically in -)n of both free-standing and Easily removed for cleaning drains water by means of built-in pump. :err nter type operations. RIN'JE: Models LX18H, LX30H and Maximum 17" drain height allowed. '7NSI riUCTION: 304 Series stainless LX40H sanitization is accomplished by RACKING:Will accommodate most racks el tank, door and top panel. means of a buil-in booster heater to raise fr:)m 10" x 20" to 20' x 20". Will also PUMP: Centrifugal type, integral with temperature c` water to a minimum of accept 16" x 18"cafeteria trays g 180°F from an incoming temperature of motor, horizontally mounted. Pump 140„F (110"F on LX30H/40H with 70 F Two dishracks furnished with machine- capacity 54 GPM. rise).Models l X1 8C,LX30C and LX40C one peg rack and one combination rack MOTOR:'/.H.P.,single phase,split-phase sanitization is accomplished by injection OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: type, furnished for 120/60/1 or 208 or of proper amount of sodium hypochlorite 240JE-0/1 electrical specifir.ation. Factory (liquid bleach) into final rinse water to 17"stainless steel stand sealed lubrication. Inherent overload achieve a minimum of 50PPM sanitizing protection with auto reset.50 Hz available. solution Injection of sodium hypochlorite 6” high stainless steel base. Contact your local Hobart Representative. is accomplished by a built-in sanitizing pressure re chemical pump regulator valve, 9 WASH AND RINSE CYCLE: Complete Power cord kit for LX3011/LX40H models automatic type, controlled by solid state electronics.Cycle may be interrupted any only . CAUTION:Certain materials,Including time by opening door. Cycle continues 24" x Y7" stainless steel to trim strip. when door is dosed. silver, aluminum and pewter are p attacked by Sodium Hypochlorite WASH:Revolving upper and lower wash (liquid bleach) in chemic if sanitizing As continued product rmprovemenl is a policy of a,ms with unrestricted,debossed nozzles mode of operation. Hobart, specll,cahons are subject to change w,rhoul notice MACHINE RATINGS _ LX18 -LX18C LX18H LX30 1 LX30C LX30H LX40C LX40H www cml tnrnn rnzl '_1_ 11 MACHINE 9cks per Hour Rate 18 18• 12 E---- 30 20-30-40 Dishes per Hour(25 per Rack Avg.) 450 _ -450-300 -` 750-- 1000 MAX 10 Glasses per Hour(36 per Rack Avg.) 648 648-432 E-- 1080- t— 1440 MAX Wash Motor-H.P. _ _ .4— Controls Controls -Solid Stale-- Tank Capacity-Gallons t- — _ 3 -----t• Overall Dimensions•H x W x D <- ---33':'x 2315/,s'x 26%'t- - --i Cycie Time-Minutes - 3.3 3.3-5 -4 - 2 - — 1.5•2-3 Tank Heal < N/A -- ( 1.5 KW - Electric Booster Heater f N/A 7 KW rlfn --� 6 KW --N/A 6 KW Water Usage Per Rack-_Gallons 5.2 2.6•5.2 +a - - 1.2 -- - t• Drain Design t -Pumped — - ----> Chamber Height t-- - --- 17"-- - Chemical Connection Capability Optional --a► Standard Detergent Pump t --Optional -► Standard Rinse-Aid Pump Optional(W Del Pump) 10 Optional Sanitizer Pump — N/A Standard N/A N/A Standard N/A Standard I N/A Chemical Prime` t - - N/A - Standard Peak Drain Flow-GPM t- --- 10- --� Service Diagnostica ---- N/A Standard NSF Ul. HOBART _ EYECUTIVE OFr1OEs 701 RIDGE AVENUE TROY,OHIO 45374.0001 FORM F-8193(REV.696) LITHO IN U S A (H-02) • Two, Four, Six an"' Light-Lid Ice Cream Cabinets k MI s� .S;1�� +fit',: � ��T��:_ •.. � , Y' i� 1 f E 1 ,t r �r SPECIFICATIONS Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice. MODEL 2SF MODEL 4DF - MODEL 4SF _ Compressor Mount Front Front Front Terrlp Range _ 0°to-25°F- 0°to-25°F _ J°to -20°F #Lids _ 2 — 24 _ Lid Constriction High-Density, High-Density, _ High-Density, Foamed-In-Place Insulation Foamed-In-Place Insulation Foamed-In-Place Insulation -__ with Vinyl Gaskets with Vinyl Gaskets with Vinyl Gaskets Hinge Type Continuous Composition Continuous Composition Continuuus Composition Insulation Polvorethare Foam Polyurethane Foam _ _ Polyurethane Foam Wall Thickness 2 5/16' 2 5/16' _ 2 5/16' _ Capaci _�� 5.4 cu.N. 9.1 cu ft 11.3 cu.fl. Capacity 3 gal.[9 1/2r I.D.]cans 4 9 10 2 112 gal.[9'I.U.]cans 5 10 13 2 112 gal.[9 1/4'I.U.]cans 5 12 15 1.12 gal.�ackases _ 63 116 136 Shipping Weight fA rox212 lbs. 247 lbs. _ _ _ 294 lbs. Compressor Size 1/5 HP _ _ 115 HP _ 115 HP Condenser Type No-Clog,Wraparound No-Clog,Wraparound No-Clog,Wraparound _ Radiant Shell Radiant Shell Radiant Shell Evaporator Type Cold Wall Shell Cold Wall Shell _ Cold Wall Shell _ Refrigerant Type R-22 R-22 �^ R-22 _Re—rant Control Capillary Capillary Capillar [Vefrust System Manual Manual Manual _ _Amp Draw 1.5 2.0 1.7 Electrical Specs(V/Hz/Ph) 115/60/1 _ 115/60/1 _115/60/1 NSF(Ice Cream Storage) Yes Yes Yes UL S CUL Listed Yes Yes Yes trTterior Finish Baked Enamel Baked Enamel Baked Enamel Exterior Finish Baked Enamel with Baked Enamel with Baked Enamel with I Stainless Steof Ca�� _ Stain ess Steel Cap _ Stainless Steel Cap -,ecMlal Informadon 15 Amp Service Cord 1 a Amp Service Cord 15 Amp Service Cord (l NEMA 5-15P Plug___ NEMA 5-15P Plug NFMA 5-15P Plug` 11 _ DWINGS1. , /f 701/e twrnNr•—"{ 70f/fCArrING— urnNG +{I 1111 mrmrr J 104 I I I OI'f NTNG OrlMNG If--Iv.--y i /' 4-7ST INsITe.�I I IN510[ I�If'S IfM+1 .'1!.i I IINEf 1 I OV[f HANOI[S I rlow_ --- J L———S SEA7ICf — SEnvICE _II COAG SEIIVICE t COAD � I� I� M 45[--- I.r.)p..fAeIN[I.�I 10�CAeiN[f r�70N CAeIN[7 COP() SF DF 14DF FLOW THROUGH 72X cArrlNc--.� tl� G►fIN( Ulyl CArr1NG-- flw7S��-.{ r, f1V —Sfx1 -.—.-__♦ liU Orf rn•w: lID O CtfAAANC1 1 )*fII1e-r 110 OfIN.W. cwr �-Il[7. IS'n 1 � , I fe[I •,1 11� 7N 'NSta r --AW1 I•y-� 1 I 1NSRY 77�i II•+-�� I INSIM 0 1/' 77 1 Ily 1 ' �foti I I 7��IV t.v:S CAP T lIN[f OV[f NANd[ OVtf CAP 1Uf Ar.fV1t T _ _ I 1� I I 1 1 1111 I 11♦ ( II• 10\ I J DRAIN UK IHffMOSrAr Df AIN 1'Afl aAu,tiler r1�Ifpell•/ II I 7Mf�[AI I 3711 All— _.._ � USI�'I r 71 fi PALn 1I---•1II S7V.I A — — MODEL 2SF= MODEL401F MODEL 4SF MODEL 6DF MODEL 8DF MODEL 10DF MODEL 140F �^ ' _Front _ Front F+ont_ `_— Front(2 Comprosso[s) 0°10-20°F _ 0°to-20°F 01 to-20°F 6'!0-25*F —_ — 4 46 —_ 8 --- High-Density High-Density, High-Density, High-Density, Foamed-In-Place Insulation Foamed-In-Place Insulation Foamed-In-Place In:'llation Foamed-In-Place Insula[;r)n with Vinyl Gaskets with Vinyl Gaskets with Vinyl Gasketswith Vinyl Gaskets �— Continuous Composition Continuous Composition Continuous Composition_— Continuous Composition PEJyurethane Foam_ Polyurethane Foam Polyurethane Foam —� Polyurethane Foam 25/16' 25/16' 25/16' 25/16' 14.1 cu.M. 18.6 cu.ft. 23.6 cu.ft. —_ _31.5 cu.IL 16 21 29 40 19 25 33 47 21 30 40 56 173 234 298 403 _ 304 lbs. 3531bs. 396 lbs. 598 lbs. 1/3 HP 1/3 HP 1/3 HP (2)1/3 HP No-Clog,Wraparound No-Clog,Wraparound No-Clog,Wraparound No-Clog,Wraparound Radiant Shell Radiant Shell Radiant Shell Radiant Shell Cold Wall Shell _ Cold Wall Shell --Cold Wall Shell Cold Wall Shell R-22 R-22 _ R-134A R-134A _Cap! Ca diary Capillary" Ca ulp ary Manual Manual ---Manual _ _Manual— 3.0 3.0 3.1 5.4 115/60/1 115/60/1 115/60/1 115/60/1 _—_ Yes _ Yes Yes Yes — Yes _ Yes Yes Yes _Baked Enamel Baked Enamel Baked Enamel Baked Er .nel — Baked Enamel with Baked Enamel with Baked Enamel with Baked Enamel with Stainless Steel Cap Stainless Steel Cap Stainless Steel Cap Stainless Steel Cap 15 Amp Service Cord 15 Amp Service Cord 15 Amp Service Cord 15 Amp Service Cord NEMA 5-15P Plug NEMA 5-15P Plug NEMA 5-15P Plug— NEMA 5-15P Plug ___- _-- -- "% CAPPING DN��ND I.'0NIN- 11N OPNGIfIN'G o o r]PE NIfIL' blk INSIDE - l,0 _�-- If iTipE --___-_y UO OP[NING �'--'--! Ilf'ER \ OPENING -NTS R[A AWE � 26% CL[ARANC[ 72% UNDER--' I INSIDE I REFRIGERATED CROSSBARS 7611 EIAR OVfR CAO (SII\,-.•� I IINER j�l/• N1y 111(, INSIO!OVO IIAHpt I t 7VFR OVER UI I IINER I NA NDIES I 1 I j iM--_--� or 10% I. erAOSfA1J '7[_ -A.:.-. WAIN full IM[RMOSI At7661. RAIN fUBF � _ --MM SAM 6411',BASf f.ABINFi---- MODEL EDF MODEL 100E 09%CAPPING MFGP U/P►+a— 11 -+ tNI -71N OPENING t �� OPF NINE _.Pt NTNG OPf NINC• - - - SSM _IN INSIDE 110 OPENING I7 r 1- T -- I -�1 110 OPf NINC. Ilk, ,V14-L-+1 ClIFARANCIF I 711„ I /./[ARAN(.( Cl ]1G f.-I11(r T7%11ND[R I x'/r OVER CAP L 12N unR REFIIGFRA OVER UI E__.__ CIO-* NAN11l/t i IOh 1 I h to L— ------------- l- -----------1_---- TCABIN(T aI ----- IUNI ID'4,i IN(RMOSTAF DRAIN IUBE INEIMDSIAI R6k, _ ------''i51%SAM 68 - MODEL 8DF ]A CABINET MODEL 14DF BENEFITS CONSTRUCTION PERFORMANCE SERVICE ' •Radiant shell,non-clogging condenser • 3/4"I.D.vinyl hose exits through • Exclusive Kelvinator bottom drain makes` requires no maintenance. front base rail on Model 14DF a id into defrosting easy. •No condenser fancompressor compartment at front s required means a • Compressor accessible through front savings on replacement and energy costs. on all other models,hose has standard opening behind grill. garden hose--onnector with •Added capacity due to compact screw-on cap. •Service cord exits from the compressor compressor area. •Wide range temperature controls. end of the cabinets;Ton 14DF and 6'6" on all other models. •Exterior and interior shells made of heavy gauge high grade steel,bonderized for • Economical,whisper quiet condenser. No clog,wraparound radiant shell. corrosion resistance. • 2 1/4"polyurethane foamed in place • l lcated top capping is condensation free. insulation bonds inner and outer shell Capping constructed of noncorrosi-ie together. highest qualitystainless steel backc� by steel sub-top to provide maximum • Base is heavy gauge steel to stand up to resistance against denting. rough moving and abuse. • Models 8DF and 10DF have refrigerated cross bars. • Lids arc foamed in place and hay. 'i,,ht seal vinyl chamber guards to keep cola in,moisture out,and prevents power- rubbing frost build-ups. i � I - Exclusive bottom drain for The continuous composition Radiant shell condenser Compact compressor area easy defrost.3/4"vinyl hose hinge is sanitary and saves on energy and allows for added cabinet on Model 14DF. Garden extremely durable. Lid maintenance costs. capacity. The Kpivinator hose attachment on all locking device available as compressor fifis half Cie others. an accessory. space filled by competitors. A FRIGIDAIRE COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS COMPANY 707 Robins St. a P.O. Box 4000■ Conwat; AR 72032 501•;27-8945 FAX 501.450-3701 N95 Litho in ft U.S.A. FOOD PREPARATION SERivi 27" DEEP REFRIGERATED/FREEZER BASES ,., , ,•. 3 y SURi2-30M SUR27 • SANDWICH UNITS • MEGA-TOPS • WORKTOPS • UNDERCOUNTERS • CUTTING TOPS rIII t � � � � . • � � � WORKTOPS UNDERCOUNTERS • Stainless steel worktops with 4"high backsplash • 36" • Undercounter units leaturc fiat galvanized steel tops working height • Available in 27"-48"-60"and 72"widths • Available in 27"-48"-60"and 72"widths- UCR27-ST undercounter • Stainless steel exteriors(front and sides) • Door salad top model available • Stainless steel exteriors(front and sides) "`rnometer(dial type)available as an accessory • Door thermometer(dial type)available as an accessory orced-air refrigeration system provides excellent Forced-air refrigeration system provides excellent cold air circulation cold air circulation • Anodized aluminum Anodized aluminum interiors Locking swivel casters are optional H interiors Optional locking casters N J. N - I UCR7? T N WTR40 _'ti_`i IJGR14 A VVTR27 UCR21-ST EL FINISH "O�i• k pI IWEIG MTS'"�r AMPS IMP" SHELVES 000HOPE111001411F.0.9. YKTR 270_0!4-'Y4 S/S 6.2 27" 28%" 39'/2" 160 115 4.0 1/6 2 221/2"x 211/2' B E F.271°, = tH S/S 6.2 27" 284'6" 391/2" 165 115 6.0 1A 2 221/2'x 211/2" B N On-27. SIS 6.2 27" 28W 341/2" 157 115 4.0 1/5 2 22'/2"x211/2' B 2- S/S 6.2 27" 286" 341/*" 157 115 4.0 1/5 2 221/2"x 211/2" B 7 SIS 6.2 27" 285/6" 341/2" 162 115 6.0 'A 2 221/2'x 211/2" B S/S 11.8 48" 128,,A" 391/2" 231 115 4.5 'A 4 191/2"x 211/2" B S/S 11.8 48" 28%" 391/2" 242 115 7.9• '/3 4 19'/2"x 21'/2" B SIS 11.8 48" 286" 341/2" 226 115 4,5 '/5 4 19'/2"x21'/2" B S/S 11.8 48" 286/6" 341/2" 239 115 7.9 1/5 4 191/2"x 211/2" B S/S 14.5 60' 285/6" 39'h" 265 115 8.5 'A 4 221/2"x21'/2" B C 6 S/S 14.5 60" 28%' 341/2" 266 115 8.5 1A 4 221/2"x 211&, _ B S/S 17.7 72" 285rb" 39'/2" 315 115 8.5 'A 6 19'/2"x21'/2" B S/S 17.7 72" 285rb" 341/2" 305 115 8.5 A 6 19'/2"x 211/2" B VVT COMMON END DIMENSIONS: f—28%"VIEW —1 f—2r—i r - —4e"-1T eo"——�r _— �r_i T - _ 11h' r I391y" T 35'hI" 391/2' WTR27 351/2• 35'h" 39'A' 39 h FRONT 3Syy 1 WTR48 FRONT 1 60 FR � WTR72 Y/TR60 FRONT - I—-2r— UC COMMON l —2r--1 t--- 4!" 4 I----- 80"--I 72" END VIEW — T 2r_a 1 UCR27 344Y T T T 341h'I FRONT 34 Who 341/2' 1 ' UCR48 FRONT �_ UCR60 FRONT ^ L UCR72 FRONT 1_ _PAN 28W—� ABLF 27' w -_ Me"�-, W VJ1R?7 WTFI48 281/2" WTR60 25v:' VtTOR772 1 OP 25/•" —- _'OP I TOP UCP 27-ST L 1 l TOV VIEW _48• F--80" -I 1 — 72" ---1 II--2r —I I 251/2' LCRP275h" UCA448 25%- 1170E 251/4" TOP2�_ I l 1 A STAINI.ESS STEEL ' ' ' DROP-IN SINKS Item #: A Model #: D t - Project: SELF-RIM for Hand Sinn Use! SELF-RIM DROP-IN SINKS DI 1-5; DI-1-10 DI-1-5 • 1 64, DI-1-10 --- -- HUDEE RIM DROP-IN SINKS MODELQty DI-1-208 Supplied with K-52 Faucet DI-1-2012 ---- _ DI-2.10 _ with HVDEE RIM DI-2.208 DI-2-2012 _ DI-3-10 _ yR!� DI-3-1612 REFTACEMENT FAUCETS _ Deck Mouriled Model # Qty SWING _ K-50 r GOOSENECK K-52 Deck Mid.Spray K-58 Supplied with K-50 Faucet Deep Deatun Sinks for CountertopInstallations! Suggested Uses: SCULLERY SINK - ICE CONTAINER - DUMP SINK BAR SINK - SERVICE SINK - HAND SINK - WATER STATION FEATURES: MECHANICAL: Supply is 1/2'hot&colr.. A Deep Drews Diuntertop Drop-in one piece sink bowl. Faucet holes on 4'O.C. All sink bowls have a large liberal r edius with a Faucets are deck mounted and are included. minimum dimension of 2`and RECTANGULAR Waste drains are S/S, 1-1/2'IPS basket type in design for increased capacity with 3.1/2'holes and are included. Mounting hardware t•upplied for securing sink to CONSTRUCTION: countertop. All seams aro T1G-weldad and planished. MATERIAL' Welded areas blended to match adjacent surfaces. Heavy gauge S/S type'300'series. Interior of sink bowls ere polished to a satin finish. Stainless steel hudee rrm. Support bracket fastened between bowls for added strength. Aluminum and or stainless steel mounting hardware. l ,r, NEW YORK GEORGIA TEXAS' NEVADA (800) 645.3165 (800) 832-1218 (800) 527-0353 (800) 446-8684 _ Fax:(5 16)242-6900 Fax:(404)775 5615 Fax:(214)9324795 Fax:(702)972-1571 200 HEARTLAND BOULEVARD. ':DCEWOOD,N.Y. 11 7 1 78380 A-11 DETAILS & SPECIFICATIONS TOL t.250' ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL LENGTH IS LEFT TO RIGHT WIDTH IS FRONT r0 BACK r • 1 14 :. wl Dim. Overall Dim. Cutouts tiie Ship8 •--I 1 -_. —� -DI-1-5 lox 14 x 5 —12 x 18 11 x 17 9 Ibs. c> 12• 10• p CCU C, c. DI-1-10 10 x 14 x 10 12 x 18 11 x 17 11 lbs. l - SUPPLIED WIT'H K-52 GOOSENECK FAUCET ll � Sealant 5• SELF-RIM 0 Mounting Installation 5/s Stud - �— Corner Bracket - Nut EACH Deep Dirawn PACKA El INCLUDES: SINK - MOUNTING HARDWARE J BASKETORAIN TOL t.250' ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL LENGTH IS LEFT TO RIGHT WIDTH IS FRONT TO BACK MODEL # Bowl Dim. OV7 all Dim. Cutouts size Ship j _DI-1-208 20 x 16 x 8 23-1/4 x 21 22.3/4 x 20-1/2 18 lbs. W -O DI-1-2012 20 x 16 x 12 23.1/4 x 21 22-3/4 x_20-1/2 20 lbs. DI-2-10 10 x 14 x 10- 24-3/4x 18-3/4 24.1/4 x 18-1/4 20 lbs.. DI-2-208 20x 16 x 8 45-3/4 x 21 45-1/4 x 20-1/2 36 lbs. 101I-2-2012 20 x 16 x 12 45-3/4 x 21 -45.1/4 x 20-1/2 40 lbs. II I 10111-3-110 10 x 14 x 10 36-3/4 x 18-3/4 36-1/4 x 18-1/4 30 lbs. --- - � DI-3.1612 16 x 20 x 12 1 5::•1/2 x;25 55 x 24.1/2 60 Ibs. I �- ---- OVERA-L DIM. - --- -------{ I — -- BOWL DIM. ---- - - '� --..____ CUTOUI'SIZE -----� 3 Camp.Sinks Supplied NOTE- Corners of Cut-Out must be with 2 Faucets. a radius of 1-1/4' (OPTIONAL) K-52 �� K-50 K-58 Deck Type Deck Type Q Gooseneck Type Faucet r 8" Swing Spout Deck Mounted 4' O.C. 4' O.C. (standard) with Spray 8" O.C. m MARCH 1994,Advance Food Service Equipment,Inc. ADVANCE TABCO Is constantly engaged e a program tof o w DVA IMC , A BCO GM Improving their products. Therefore we reserve the right to N i1 �Fi ' change our soeciflcations without prior notice. 200 Heartland Bk., Edgewcod,N.Y. 11717-8380 A- 12 A6AFana. MERCIAL 1-<a-da MICROWAVE OVEN The Amana Commercial Microwave Over, nodel RFS8MP offers wide versatility in the ever changing food service industry. This full service i:adarange microwave oven offers you programming flexibility that allow!,you to easily taiior your oven's 0 Operation to control costs. �d �ou'II cut food waste, speed serving ®---0 time and keep your profits, without haying to replace the oven. fill$ ou rOFFEFU L fySjr#,1\" Rating based on IEC 705 test. Amana l A MW#Nm .carp Amana Refrigeration,Inc. Form No.07658-1 Amana,Iowa 52204 Printed in U.S.A. 1-800-843-0304 01991 Amana P.•frigeration,Inc. 319-622-2180(FAX) Amana,Iowa 52204 T2 Front View Back View Side View (door open) _f �- 21%" 10- i-°--- 21%"--+1 i-d »» IIGHTBULB ««�COMPARTMEJT ■ IIIJJJJJJ ■ 14:Vi" OVENS 14V4"IlIII � ELECTRICAL �EKT 1,00 l CORD .I_ 7V4" L �- Cabinet Usable Interior Electrical Dimensions (in.) (cm) Dimensions (in.) (cm.) Characteristics Width 21'/." 54.9 Width 13'/:" 34.3 Cooking Power 900 watts Height 14'/4" 37.5 Height 9'/1" 24.1 Power Required 120 volt, Depth(overall) 19"/ �" 50.3 Depth(door closed) 15"/16" 39.8 O 60 Hertz, 1750 Depth(door open Usable Oven Capacity 1.2 cu. ft. 34 liters 5-20 wart,20 amp 90°) 34' �" 87.5 Weight 68 lbs. 30.8 kg service Power Cord 5`t./1.5m Frequency 2450 MHz __ Specifications subject to change without notice. Rating based on IEC 705 test. CERTIFIED FOR SAFE OPERATION 'This microwave oven meets all safety requirements of the Performance Standard for Microwave Ovens of the U.S.Government Department of Health and Human Services,21 CFR SLbchapter J,under the authority of the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Aa of 1968. TO SPECIFY AN AMANA RFS8MP COMMERCIAL RADARANGE MICROWAVE OVEN Oven shall be certified to have been designed and tested for compliance to the applicable U.S.Government Department of F_alth and Human Services performance standards for microwave ovens. Electrical controls for the oven shall consist of a touch control panel featuring single and multiple program pre-set timing methods,variable entry timing,five power levels and nine programming options. Programming shall be all electronic and shall not require tools.There will be no need to pull out the timer panel,match wires and post or adjust screws.There shall be 10 numbered pads,a digital readout display and START,RESET,TIME ENTRY,DEFROST,HOLD, MED-HI,and MEDIUM power pads,The oven shall ha,,e"instant-on"operation to provide microwave energy for the entire time selected.A"Permanent"memory shall lock in programming instructions even if power is disconnected for years. No batteries shall be used.There shall be built-in thermal protection.Oven interior shall be of top feed design with an enclosed rotating micruw:,ve antenna that distributes microwaves everly.Air filter shall be removable from the.front of the oven.Outercase shall be made of stainless steel and shall lift off for easy servicing. Door shall be intrusion-proof,chrome plated zinc die-cast and shall have a slotted choke seal plus 3 interlock safety switches.Oven shall rneet the standards and carry labels of NSF,U.L. and CSA.Oven shall ha-c a five-foot power cord with 3-prong plug.Oven shall Fave a three-year warranty. CUSTOMER INFORMATION LINE NoAMANA TOLL FREE 1-8(x}-843-0304 Amana A SW411rM Com--V Amana Refrigeration,Inc. Form No.0765R-I 4 Amana,Iowa 52204 Printed in U.S.A. 1-800 843-0304 O1491 Animia Refrigeration,Inc. 319 622-2180(FAX) Amana.Iowa 52204 T2 Qty. Item No. HEC2HIES OBART/A� HALF-SIZEI' , w M IC ww0 EQUIPMENT CONVECTION OVEN* HOBART HALF-SIZE • Cool-to-the-tough door �•t�iN'� • <Q� CONVECTION OVENS handle • Prevents operator . . . MORE EVEN! from burning hands; eliminates need to wear gloves to open/ TEMPERATURE. close door. MORE PRODUCT Door interlock switch — CONSISTENCY. Prevents blower and heater from MODELS: operating when door is opened; reduces heat loss during load/ HEC201D — Single section on unload processes. 4" legs. HEC202D — Two sections on • Door observation window -- 165/w" legs Allows product to be viewed for HEC203D — Single section on doneness without opening the Open Stand with 6" legs. doors. • Controls — Fully electronic • Permanently lubricated fan controls with digital time and motor — Eliminates routine temperature readouts. Includes motor maintenance. Reduces Fulse Fan Delay and Cook and repair costs and downtime. Hold Cycle. • Accommodates nine racks— • Cool down switch — Allows Maximizes Output for limited blower to operate with heat space. sot1rce off while door is open. . High density insulation — Allows rapid oven cool-down for Located in oven walls and cleaning or cooking at lower doors; reduces heat loss and temperatures, holds heat lonoer. • Heat cycle light — Informs Specifications, Details and Dimensions on operator when preset tempera- Reverse side. ture has been reached. • Door opens full 18C'—Allows easy access to oven interior; easy cleaning. • Field reversible door — Allows door changes to meet customer's work flow. r�'a'•"•` }� ' ' • Stainless steel door seal — Provides airtight seal wh.ire • ` door meets oven;durar+! ,long- life construction;easy cleaning. • • ry • Stainless steel door liner and porcelain enamel oven cavity — Provides durable construction; easy cleaning. Optional stainless steel oven cavity. HEC20D SERIES HALF-SIZE ELECTRIC �b CONVECTION OVEN 21 7"9 1-1 I/2" Front View HEC201 2 5* 60 1 12" nDJU��TWNT D I-IS,I ME N i/R J 1/."-- Front /4"Front View Front View )ven with Stand HEC202 Ovens with HEC203 1161/4" Legs HEC20D SERIES HALF-SIZE ELECTRIC CONVECTION OVENW r —19 5/8" 21/i2 Y"--T-2 3/4" i i Top View Door Opening to Left 21W REAR ELECTRICAL ENTRANCE ^ f-2 — REAR ELECTRICAL / ENTRANCE ELECTRICAL SERVICE CONNECTION --10 S/8-- ;D 19 3/8" Side View Top View Door Opening to Flight OVERALL COMPARTMENT'S r 208,240V NOMINAL AMP`' RACK DATA(pan capacities shown for single ack) EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS INTERNAL DIMENSIONS a I3-PHASE LOADING PER LINE W MODELNO STD.RACK NO. RACK 8'OD TOTAL W D H W D H KW PER PHASE ;1 PHASE 1 PHAo,F _ STD. SPACING OPTIONAL SIZE PIE M20q 12 X 20 KW IN IN. IN. IN. IN. IN. RACKS IN HACKS IN TINS PANS PANS 012 1_213 LI-L3 208 240 208 240 I EC2010 29 5 4 _ 14,A 5.5 2.5 5 2.5 21 18 26.5 23 HEC202D 30 25 66. 15'/A 21 20 10 1!41 8 x 3 1 1 11.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 33.6 29.1 53 46 HEC203D 65 5 4 20A 5,5 2.5 .5 2.5 21 18 26.5 23 HEC20D SERIES HALF-SIZE ELECTRIC �CONVECTION OVEN .ww w .. SPECIFICATIONS Listed by 'Jnderwriters Laboratories Inc and NSF International. USDA Listed. CONSTRUCTION: Outer shell is isadjustablafrom"Off"or zero minutes to OPTIONS: reinforced sheet steel furnished with fifteen minutes. At the end of the Pulse Stainless steel sides and top. stainless steel front and permalucent cycle, the oven reverts to standard Stainless steel back. gray sides, top and back. Insulation is operation for the remainder of the cook Stainless steel oven interior provided on top, rear,both sides,bottom cycle. A power switch energizes the and door. Standard oven cavity is heating elements and the blower. A ACCESSORIES: porcelain enarnel on steel. Optional separate switch controls the two cavity Set of four 4" adjustable stainless stainless steel sides, top and back. lights Automatic interlock switch shuts steel legs. Full-height door opens 1 op to the lett. off blower motor and burner when the Set of four 16'/A*adjustable stainless Door has laropens window and doors are opened. Cool down switch steel legs and stack set cool-to the-touch handle. Durable aliows blower motor to operate with 28" stand with 9-rack storage mechanical door latch. Permanent doors open and without energizing the capacity heating system. Four 6" adjustable slamless steel sanitary door seal. Racks have positive stop. ELECTRICAL: Vi H.P., 1725-1140 RPM legs for 28" stand. sealed, permanent) lubricated ball Set of four casters for Bland. CONTROLS: E!eclroniccontrols with easy bearing 2-speed blower motor. Enclosed Extra oven rack. to read time and temperature screens are tubularheating elements located al oven located on oven's right front panel. g WEIGHTS: (Approximate) i right ght side encirce blrtd owe . Rae Temperatures are controlled accurately NET SHIPPING to ±7"F. Cook temperatures are adjust- power input is 5.5KW per section. Wiring HEC201 D 270 lbs 285 lbs, able from "Off' to 150"F - 500"F. (The and connections are located behind HEC202D 533 lbs 588 lbs, hold temperature of the"Cook and Hold" and below the control panel and are feature is adjustable from 150°to 200"F.) accessibl^ from the front. Connections HEC203D 386 lbs. 421 lbs. Timer sets cook time from one minute to are tension free and corrosion-resistant. As cunimund pror'wi improvement.a policy of eight hours. Time is displayed in hours Units are v)red for 1 or 3-phase power Hoh.al, speclficallons aro subject to change and minutes and counts down during the supply. (See electrical data block for wir,lout notice cook cycle. The Pulse Fan Delay feature phase loading.) NSE IHOBARTJ ExECUtIVE OFFICr_S 701 RIDGE AVENUE TROY,0H10 45374 0001 FORM F-6133(296) LITHO IN U S A (H-43) -- � _ Item -� v \-A � FERERAL HIGH VOLUME �c NON-REFRIG BAKERY CASE MODEL VH36 VH48 VL48 VH59 VL59 V H77 V L77 11 V Display more product and serve more customers with presentation and value in mind. Cases are available in lengths of 36", 48", 59", and 77". VH models are 50" high; U models are 42"high. Designed for continuous case line-ups. STANDARD FEATURES Adjustable white wire shelves. Shelves are adjustable up All welded steel construction with a choice of six and down and can also be tilted. VH models have three standard laminates on base. Other color laminates tiers of shelves, VL models have two tiers of shelves. optional. Tempered glass front and top. Glass ends and sliding Satin finish stainless steel trim. Brass optional. rear doors. Front glass is sloped for high visual product Easily accessible light switch control. display. White display deck with air vents to reduce heat l Removable sliding rear doors,shelf supports,and shelves. build-up from lights. Full length shielded top light. Shelf lights are optional. 141CI i VOLUME 7� NON-REFRIGERATED BAKERY CASE, 1 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIFIS: *Special Laminate *Package Shelf * Brass Trim *Light Below Package Shelf * Reflective Rear Doors * Mirrored Ends * Rear Wrapping Board *Glass Shelves �- * Cord& Plug(Six Foot) *Self-Closing Front Doors * Special Case Height *Tilt Front for Easy Cleaning ELECTRICAL CONNECTION r`------------� + t —� d'----•---.----J 34 7/8— --)4 PUN MEW OPTIONAL. SHELF LIGHTS DOOR -- " TUANGi " 29 OPTIONAL FRONT PACKAGE SHELF N 7 181/2 1 — 42 1/2— L --"� SIDE MEW FRONT MEW SPECIFICATIONS: Dimensions Shipping Capacity Power Model L W H Weight(lbs) (Bakery Pans) 115/60/1 V11136 36 1/8"x 34 7/8"x 50" 375 4(19'x 26") 1.5 AMPS 4(9"x 26") VL,18 48 1/9"x 34 7/8"x 42" 440 6(18"x 26'1 1.1 AMPS 3(9"x26' VH48 48 1/8"x 34 7/8"x_50" 470 4 i9"8(1" x x 26")61.5 AMPS VL59 59 1/8"x 34 7/8"x 42" 520 9(18"x 26") 1.0 AMPS V1459 59 1/8" x 34 7/8"x 50" 695 li (18"x 26") 1.5 AMPS VL77 77 1/8" x 34 7/9"x 42" 630 1;!(I8"x 26") 1 1.5 AMPS VH77 71 1118" x 34 7/8"x 50" 855 16(IS"x 26") 2.0 AMPS Due to continuing engineering improvements, specifications are subject to change withoilt notice. Look to Federal for Innovative Merchandising; Federal Industries A Standex Company Ftips�lAlL 215 Federal Avenue -� - Belleville W'i Standex company Call Toll Free: 1-800-356-4206 Telefax No. (608) 424-3234 IIV9524 �.� Item iVe /v 7-7 ��oERAL 65 OC_ HIGH VOLUME REFRIGERATED BAKERY CASE MODEL 3650SC 4850SC 4842SC 6050SC 5942SC 7550SC 7542SC T � t t Display more product and serve more customers with presentation and value in mind. Cases are available in lengths of 36 48",59", and 77"; and heights of 50"or 42". Designed for continuous case line-ups. STANDARD FEA CURES Adjustable white wire shel%es. Shelves are adjustable Satin finish stainless steel trim. Brass optional. up and down and can also be tilted. 42"high models White display deck. have two tiers of shelves,50"high models have three Condensate evaporator provided for a totally tiers of shelves. self-contained system. Tempered triple thermopane glass front and top. Over-sized evaporator and low velocity fan system Front glass is sloped for high visua product display. maintains high humidity and product freshness. Thermopane glass ends and rear doors. Easily accessible light switch and adjustable Removable sliding rear doors,shelf supports,and shelves. temperature control. Full length shielded top light. Shelf lights optional. Average case temperature of 38"to 40"F is maintained. All welded steel base construction witn a choice of Rear access to the refrigeration system for quick and six standard laminates on the base. Other color easy service. laminates optional. HIGH VOLUME REFRIGE,RATE'1) BAKERY CASE. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: * Special Laminates * Package Shelf * Brass Trim * Light Below Package Shelf * Mirrored Ends *Glass Shelves * Reflective Rear Doors * Lights Below Shelvcs��22 — * Rear Wrapping Board e * Cord & Plug(Six Foot) Remote Condensing Unit * AL Dial Thermometer CONNECTION N * Self-Closing Front Doors Box PLAN VIEW 34 2/s OPTIONAL DOOR OPENINI;I 24 1/2 44 OPTIONAL FRONT N — PACKAGE SHFLF _ ? — 22 TI 14 2/4 ——J 16 1/8 ----42 1/2 — F►— —L— --'� SIDE VIES FRONT NEW SPECIFICATIONS: Dimensions Shil iing Cap,lcity PWA CI Keln(ile Model 1, W II Weight(Ohs) tllakervPans) 115/00/1 1IS/6(1/I f1SC 4(I N"x 26") '65 i6 1/4" x 34 7/9" x 50" 470 4(9"x 26") 1/3 HP- - 11.0 AMPS 1 9 AMPS 4942s- 48 1/4".x 34 7;9" x 42'' 590 4(13"x 26..) 112 IIP- - 12.11 AMPS 3.N AN11'S 4(9"x 26") 4850SC 49 1/4" x 34 7/9"x 50" 675 N(IR x 26 ) 1/: HP- 12()AMI'S 3.9 AMP`i 4(9"It 26') 5942SC 59 3/4"x 34 7/9" x 42" 690 9(IR"x 26'') 1/2 IIP- - 12.0 AMPS 4.5 AMPS 6050SC 5R 3/4"x 34 7/9" x 90" 790 12(19" x 26") 112 HP- - 12.0 AN111S 4.5 AMPS 7542SC 77 1/4" x 34 7/9" x 42" 975 12(11S"x 26") I/3 11P- - 16.0 AMI'S 5.2 AN,PS 7550S- 77 1/4"x 34 7/9"x 50" 1 980 16119"x 26") 3/4 fill - 16.0 AMI'S 5.2 AMT'S Refrigerated cases are designed to operate in an environment of 75" ambient and 551h relative humidity. Due to continuing engineering improvements, specifications are subject to change without notice. Look to Federal for Innovative Merchandising; Federal Industries f_ A Standex Company ow 215 Federal Avenue - Belleville WI 53508 a StandexCall 'Poll Free: 1-800-356-4206 Telefax No. (608) 424-3234 IVV52J — ` ITITEMNUMBE /� lneifieicra 0 OUAN7/TY 1. '1 The First choice in value. APPROVAL ------ Self-contained compact undercounter refrigerators and freezers Short form specifications Exterior top shall he one-piece,22 gauge stainless steel with front edge turned down to corn,nosing and rear edge turned down. Exterior back and bottom shall be one piece 24 gauge galvanized metal. Exterior ends shall be 22 gauge stainless steel. Base interior shall be one-piece thermoformed AB` Mastic material,with integral shelf supports.Cabinet shall have(4)epoxy coated wire shelves installed.Base shall be fully insulated with high-density foamed in place polyurethane. Doors shall have a 22 gauge stainless steel exterior,with a thermoformed ABS plastic interior liner,and shall be fully insulated with foamed in-place polyurethane.Door handles shall be black,recessed and shall extend the full length of the top of the door. Electrical connections shall be 115 volt,60 Hertz,single phase.Unit shall have a 7' (2.1 m) long electrical cord and NEMA 5 15P plug.Cord and plug shall be located on rear of cabinet,centered left to right, 16"(40.6 cm)above floor. Equipment shall be mounted on 6"(15.2 cm) high metal legs with black enamel finish. THE FOLLOWING APPLIES TO MODEL UCA048 ONLY: Refrigeration system shall use f 1CFC 22 refrigerant.Compressor shall he 'A h.p.,with condenser coil and hot gas condensate evaporator mot.nted on rear of cabinet.Evapora for coil and temperature control shall be mounted on the irterior rear wall of the CX cabinet. Refrigerant flow shall be controlled by a capillary tube.Cabinet shall maintain 36°-to 40°F(2°C to 4°C) Interior cabinet temperature. THE FOLLOWING APPLIES TO MODEL UC4148 ONLY: Refrtperation system shall use CFC 12 refrigerant.Compressor shall be 'h h.p.,with S; condenser coil and hot gas condensate evaporator mounted on rear of cabinet.Evapora it for coil and temperature control shall be mounted on the interior rear wall of the cabinet. Refrigerant flow shall be controlled by a capillary tube.Cabinet shall maintain Model UC4048 -5°F to 0°F(-21°C to -18°C)interior cabinet temperature. Optional accessories & modifications ❑ Stainless steel back U Plastic laminate on front ❑ Additional wire shelves ❑ 3.5"(8.9 cm)diameter casters(recommended for undercounter); 5"(12.7 cml diameter also available An AutoCAUO symbols library U Door lock is available for these models. ❑ 220 volt,50 Hertz electrical system See listing on back. Tl, refrigeration system on Model 12 11C4148 freezers uses CFC 12 [ reftigerant. p}7pp'.#VI 11 M The mfilgeratioit system on Model UC4048 refrigerators uses IICFC22 srLi refrigerant. *it CID • refrigerators listing U40 or8 Model UC4048 °0 only. l Aaelflelef Post Office Box 470♦Mount Pleasant, Michigan 48804-0470 (517) 773-7981 ♦(800) 733-8821 ♦ FAX(800)669-0619 Delfield reserves the right to make changes in design or specli.:nllons without prior notice.671990,1994 The Deltield Company.All rights reserved,Printed In U.S.A. 1 Pill. it-to Awl r HW 111. 11, 1 1 ►IMI H A 1 A 41. 00 .."4 pjw I 1441 f. c 0 L-�' 04 i 11,114 ti V-10 HT I TIND. OF Pi-4011 ii I i1.114 I I I i i I I 1 1 Fj4y r,11 N 1 11t t li IN I I If I j 1) 1H I t I MPR(3VFMF:t%i I f OR 1111 r t t 4-6, (A-9) 11w Pril JI 111n14 . 1 lull I I it o oy I fit.. olic t)w.1 (.-(-111)